The Very Best Writings of Walter DeVoe

8/7/2019 The Very Best Writings of Walter DeVoe

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-very-best-writings-of-walter-devoe 1/158

1

TTThhheee VVVeeerrryyy BBBeeesssttt WWWrrriiitttiiinnngggsss ooofff WWWaaalllttteeerrr DDDeeeVVVoooeee

( Edited 2010: Written 1905 to 1930 )



2

CONTENTS

CONCORD OF CREATORS 3

PATHWAY OF LIGHT 18

THE DOORS OF LIFE 27

MYSTIC WORDS OF MIGHTY POWER 37

HEALING CURRENTS FROM THE BATTERY OF LIFE 63

FROM THE ARCHIVES OF THE ELOISTS 80

MEDITATION IN THE SANCTUARY 95

A NEW DISPENSATION 105

AN AGE OF ENLIGHTENMENT 110

THOUGHTS OF THE ANGELS OF INSPIRATIO 114

THE DAILY INSPIRATION OF WALTER DEVOE 119

THIS IS MY NAME FOREVER 128

THE AWAKENING 130

WHAT MUST I DO TO BE SAVED? 135

THE GREAT PURPOSE 140

THE NEW EARTH 155



3

CONCORD OF CREATORS

FACE IT WITH COURAGE

A New Year is upon us! Let us face it with a spirit of confidence and courage! As welook out upon the world we see disorder wrestling against order, evil fighting against good,greed against generosity, hate against love. A vast battle of contending forces is going on.

Confusion is rampant on every side. Shall we yield to confusion? Shall we let ourselves bepsychologized by fear? Or shall we accept the challenge to our self-creativeness, andbuild a permanent foundation of courage out of the substance of our souls?

An era is opening in which a new order of human beings shall walk the earth; beingsno longer swayed by the fears and superstitions of the past, but masterful in creating acourage which shall build a more humane civilization. The work of the Concord ofCreators is based upon the recognition of the reality and power of spiritual forces and thesupremacy of the soul over these forces. We actually wield a magic wand, and we areconstantly directing the most potent forces of the universe and compelling them to workfor our weal or woe. We have banded together and are blending our minds to inspire andencourage one another in the persistent use of our spiritual powers that by unity of effort

we may gain the victory over the forces working toward disaster and defeat.Let us greet the New Year as a splendid opportunity for soul mastery in this affirmative

spirit: While I have been reflecting fear I have met with failure. Now in the consciousnessof my soul’s invincibility and immortality I will create courage. Courage is the soul-substance out of which victory is wrought.

I will create courage.

I have learned that I can be a creator of whatever quality of soul-consciousness I will tocreate.

I will create courage.

Courage is that sublime and mystical quality born of my soul’s knowledge that I shall

survive every seeming failure and defeat. Everything that threatens shall fail to destroy myimmortal Selfhood. I shall succeed in accomplishing my inevitable destiny, for I am born ofthe Will of Omnipotence. Against my Being neither fate nor force can prevail. By virtue ofmy eternal soul nature I am a Creator. In unity with the whole Concord of Creators I willcreate a sublime destiny for myself and for all humanity.

There is a coward and a hero in my nature. The emergency of the courageous herowill make the first victory over the gloomy fatalism that has made cowards of us all. If weare true to our inner light we shall all become heroes. But it will take courage and fortitude.With Emerson we shall need to say, "Nerve us with incessant affirmatives !"

The use of positive affirmatives is the way of creativeness. Instead of whistling to keepup my courage, I will affirm the noblest and divinest attributes of my nature. In the drama

of life there are always two forces in opposition. There is the inner force of the soulpressed upon, threatened and outraged by the outer forces of the world of mind. Theseouter forces are determined to thwart my work and to defeat my purpose. My soul isconstantly finding itself beset in its purpose by hostile forces from without, which I mustwithstand and overcome in order to accomplish my divine destiny.

In this conflict between my soul and the dangers which confront it, the outcome oftenseems doubtful. And the more I look at life from the level of appearances the more fearfuland doubtful I become, because when I look at the obstacles they grow very real andappear to have the greater power. But when I look to my soul and see the purpose of my



4

destiny implanted by the Almighty Creator, I feel my faith and courage growing strong andsecure, for greater is He that is for me than they that are against me. I intuitively know thatthe one with the Creator is an angelic host, and a mightier and more intelligent host thanall the forces in opposition.

I have confidence in the goodwill and the foresight of my Creator. I know he has besetmy pathway with problems that will enable me to grow in creative courage by meeting andsolving them. Therefore will I brace myself for the conflict. In confidence will I possess mysoul and all the powers of the Creator therein. I will be courageous, and stand firm andforceful for right and truth, not only for my own sake, but for the sake of others. I havelearned that my positive mental attitude is molding fate and making destiny not only formyself, but to a degree for every mind sensitive to my positive creativeness. Therefore willI develop a passionate devotion to my ideal. I feel the compulsion to create couragesufficient to sustain weaker souls who, feeling my strength of soul, will be encouraged tocontinue in their effort to outgrow their limitations.

I feel impelled by a divine necessity to stand firm and true and unflinching in thePurpose of the Concord of Creators. I move as a soldier moves to the orders of hisCaptain. Now is the great crisis and the great moment in the destiny of humanity, the timewhen my will, in unison with wills attuned to the Almighty Goodwill, can create a universal

impulse toward a humanitarian cooperation of all souls in the world. I will add my might tothe might of many awakened souls that the Soul of Humanity may, now, at this decisivemoment in human history, stand supreme over human selfishness, and gain the victorydreamed of by the prophets of the ages. I will face the coming days of this year with asoul-born courage. I will create this courage each day, each hour, by the affirmation of myown invincible Selfhood.

I have learned that a negative and disturbing fate may come from the forces of naturethat beset me from outside, but that I am the master and creator of whatever destiny I seepossible and determine to make my own. Therefore will I create courage out of thesubstance of my divine soul. Courage takes risks and hazards all for the sake of a greatpossible attainment. And courage accomplishes miracles even in the outer world of

human affairs. The courageous soul, with no other foundation for his confidence than thebeauty and truth of his ideal, conquers physical obstacles, masters opposing minds andproves that the spiritual force of his self-generated courage is a dynamic of irresistiblepotency. He proves that the universe is fundamentally spiritual; not physical or mechanicalin its nature. And I also can prove by the persistent assertion of my courageous attitudethat every physical and mental force in my world is responsive and obedient to thespiritual dynamics of my living will.

The fearful attitude always spells defeat. But the attitude of serene confidence, born ofsoul vision and made positive by persistent affirmations, changes even disaster intotriumph. No matter what the appearances may be, I will remember that I shall live throughall as an intelligent entity, and win the victory over disaster and even death, for I am asdeathless and dauntless as the eternal God, my Creator. My enemies may be numerous

and powerful, discretion and flight from the conflict may seem the better part of valor, butmy determined stand in the constructive force of my soul’s everlasting courage will bringabout an immediate transformation in conditions. This will be because the universe isspiritual and all destructive forces are negative and obedient to the soul of man. I haveonly to know that I, as a soul, am Master and I take my rightful attitude of dominion, andprove the supremacy of soul over all. As the positive by an invariable principle rules thenegative, then the assertion of the supreme positiveness of my soul will give me masteryeven over the mental and physical forces of life.

As the scattered iron filings respond and dance into a symmetrical pattern when the



5

magnet is brought up close under the paper on which they lie, so do negative elements oflife respond and become a symmetrical design of destiny when the positive forcefulness ofa courageous soul compels their obedience by the assertion of self-mastery. I will faceevery crisis of the coming days as an immortal soul, born in the image of the AlmightyCreator, shall face them. I will discover in the Culture of Courage the way to create andmake manifest my own divine destiny. As Shelley states in his noble lines:

"O man! Hold thee on in courage of soul

Through the stormy shades of thy worldly way,

And the billows of cloud that around thee roll

Shall sleep in the light of a wondrous day

When hell and heaven shall leave thee free

To the universe of destiny."

THE CONCORD

The Concord of Creators is a getting together of those who are aware of the greatneed of a spiritual regeneration, aware of the pretense of the slumbering Divinity in all

beings, whose hearts are raw to the world’s distress, and who are determined to devotetheir time and talents to creating the way out for their brothers and sisters who suffer anddo not understand, who grope in darkness, acting unwisely, swayed by conventionalselfishness, because they do not know the hell it represents. Through the devotion allmembers exert in their efforts to help others, they will gain wisdom and power forthemselves. It is not in self-seeking that glory and transfiguration come. Such rewardscome only to those who forget self, and seek to serve; in the simplest way. Serving incooperation with others brings blessings that individual service cannot bring, and servingunder the inspiration of the Angels of the New Dispensation focalizes such a wealth ofpower into our lives that words fail to picture the significant benefits derived. Friends!Creators! We pledge ourselves anew with the Angel Hosts to regenerate the world by thefire of our Purpose and the sincerity of our desire. The New Dispensation is at hand! It

means heavenly cooperation for those who are creative with goodwill on earth, and whowill cooperate, unselfishly, to act the part of "gods" and "goddesses", here and now.

ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTION

This instruction is given to enable you to bring your soul, mind and body into alignmentwith the Concord of Creators in the spiritual and celestial realms, and with their growingorganization of power on earth. The Purpose of the Concord of Creators in the heavens isthe Healing of Humanity. This Purpose is to be accomplished among the people of earthin exactly the same way that the education, purification and healing of human spirits isaccomplished in the spiritual realms, by teachers and healers uniting and organizing theirefforts until Goodwill is more powerfully organized than hatred and selfishness are atpresent.

By your aspiration and devotion you are also a member of the Concord of Creators,and we are united to concentrate with you to make you a center through whom the loveand power of the Heavenly Concord will radiate its glorious influence to every soul in yourphysical and spiritual world.

This inspirational current of power will be generated and radiated from those souls whounite to form a Place of Power. At these times in our Place of Radiance we are aware of amighty spiritual power shining through us and flll1ng our Sanctuary with a Glory-Presencethat touches and enlightens every soul within our sphere of influence. It is especiallyconcentrated as a living fire of love to those who have affiliated themselves as part of the



6

Concord of Creators to build and extend their world-saving Purpose.

Attune yourself to this mighty outpouring of Love-Fire at nine o’clock every eveningand 12 noon every day, Eastern Standard Time. We request that you turn your thoughts tothe Purpose of the Concord of Creators at these times, so as to unite in thought moreclosely with us and all concentrators who are generating power with the HeavenlyHierarchy at these times. After a little practice you w1ll realize that your soul is becoming amightier center of influence, and that you have our united power to help you overcomeyour difficulties and limitations, as your life begins to reflect more fully the perfectinginfluence of All Light. Whenever it is possible for you to be alone at the time ofconcentration, close your eyes to external distractions and imagine that you are sitting infocus with a host of mortal and angelic concentrators, enfolded in the Glory Presence, andwith them radiating healing love to all your brothers and sisters in need. Feel yourself soone with the powerful Purpose of the Masterful Immortals that you sense the fire of Loveflowing in your soul for all of humanity. This form of concentration will help you to attuneyour mind with the Concord:

Almighty Creator: Thy purifying Flame is burning within my soul,

And I am creative in Thy Love.

I am exalted in Thy benevolent WillWhich unites and leads us to overcome every limitation.

I bless with my brothers and sisters In the Concord of Creators,

And consecrate my life to their work of soul upliftment

Which will organize Thy Will on earth To harmonize and heal humanity.

It is essential for the most rapid growth of the individual soul-power that youconcentrate at least once a day, regularly, at one of the times given, for at least five tofifteen minutes, though forty-five minutes is ideal. It would be well, also, if at the stroke ofeach hour you would make a quick mental renewal of your Purpose by saying:

I consecrate my life to The healing of humanity.When you sound this tone of feeling it rings like a bell in the spiritual realm and the

Radiant Spirits of Love who are personifying this Purpose realize that you are theirpositive agent through whom they can beam their blessings to all mankind. You w1ll feeltheir response to your co-operation as your commitment to this Higher Purpose becomesa more organic part of your being. It may be of help to turn to a thought for the day inOahspe or Radiance or some spiritual writing when you arise in the morning; for again, notonly w1ll you get your mind into a positive and radiant mood the very first thing, but youw1ll also be giving of your soul force to all the members of the Concord, and to all thosesouls who are attuned to the same wavelength. Thus you are doing something to fulfillyour responsibility and Purpose. Again before retiring, read Radiance or somethingsimilar, and make the identification with the Divinity in your soul in words like these:

I and my Creator are one,

In that All Will I am powerful. As I radiate All Love

I am purified and healed, As I give of All Wisdom

I am enlightened and freed,

I am one with the Ever-Present in all souls In earth and in heaven.

The affirmations and concentrations such as those given in this Instruction are a verynecessary means of changing the quality and tone of your mind, of exalting it into a higher



7

and nobler level of consciousness. You will soon realize a power as you work with theConcord which you did not realize working alone. Such cooperative work is greater andmore potent than any individual work. There is unanimity of spirit which, renewed andstrengthened day after day by the constant determination and enthusiasm of many, ismaking the Concord of Creators an organization of unchallengeable power andwidespread beneficence.

As corporeans, the earth is our realm of personal and united power. Here we reignsupreme, employing either constructive or destructive forces. We can do a work herewhich no angel can do alone. Even that Almighty Intelligence which orders the universewaits seemingly inactive in our personal and social lives until we awaken and realize thatthis Presence is waiting for us to act with intent and be the agents through which theCreative Power may exercise to raise humanity from darkness into light and bringharmony out of discord. We have learned that we are the Divine Nature on earth. We haveproved that we can have as much power as we together generate. This is why we haveorganized ourselves into a Concord of Creators for the generation and radiation of thePower of our Creator.

As you fulfill this instruction you will realize that the spiritual wires are connected andthat you are being refreshed in soul daily, and that as one of the units of power you are

constantly radiating the light of love for the regeneration and healing of all humanity. Yoursoul will be stirred to the depths and hidden intelligence will spring forth as flowers springfrom the earth in response to the warm spring sunshine. The veils of mental limitationwhich have covered and hidden the powers of your soul will be dissolved one by one andyou will feel your infant Divinity quickened within you. The Great Purpose of the VictoriousImmortals will become personified in your life, and this Purpose will be the magnet whichwill draw to you the wisdom and the power to help you do your part of the work efficientlyand successfully.

THE FOUNDATION

In order to understand the way in which the higher realms have been organized andare working for the fulfillment of the Divine Purpose, it is necessary to know first the

essential constitution of our spiritual natures, and the spiritual laws that govern individualsin this world.

Humanity is the highest expression of the Creator in existence. We are made with thesame attributes of our Creator and we have been given the potential to develop all powerin heaven and on earth to create what we w1ll. This planet is, as it were, our kindergarten,where we are learning how to use our powers through expression in human relationships.

The human spirit is immortal. We are a threefold being. While on earth we are using aphysical body; but this body is not who we are, it is only a robe or covering made ofmatter, which we wear while manifesting on earth. This robe reflects the quality of ourspirit, and it has become so identified with our being, and it is so much a part of us that wetend to think this physical body, or covering, is all there is. But this is not true. It is only an

illusion.

Let us put this part of the lesson in the first person. I was born so many years ago. TheEver-Present expressing through my mother and father created my physical and spiritualbodies. My physical body has in it all the elements of the physical bodies of my parents.My spiritual body is composed of the elements of the spiritual bodies of my parents. Inaddition to these, I was created with the potentialities of the universe that were vibrant atthe hour of my birth. Jehovih, the great Creator, breathed through me at the moment ofconception, and all the glories of the Eternal nature became my divine potentialities.

I live now, an immortal being. I shall live forever. When I leave this planet, I shall



8

continue to experience life, either in the atmosphere of earth, or in the great spiritualrealms, where countless thousands of immortals are living and expressing the powers oftheir Almighty Creator.

I rejoice that I have eternity in which to unfold my immortal soul powers, for this lifegives me little time to do all the good I long to do, and unfold all the radiance that I knowslumbers within me!

My spiritual nature is threefold. The conscious mind, the subconscious mind and thesuperconscious mind compose my immortal nature.

My conscious mind is that part of me that is conscious of life around me from momentto moment. While I am awake my conscious mind is active. I respond to sensory stimulithrough my conscious mind. It is that part of my mind which is active in the present. Mysubconscious mind is a storehouse. All that was once conscious is now stored in mysubconscious. Most of my dreams come from the subconscious part of my mind. Whenmy conscious mind calls into action the faculty of memory, it reaches into thesubconscious part of me, where my past experiences are recorded. My superconsciousmind is the essence and form of the Infinite in me. It is that part of me which is pureDivinity.

In this Superconscious Self the perfect pattern of my life is wrought. All my efforts inliving a good life help to bring this divine pattern into expression through thesubconscious, out into conscious expression. That is the purpose of my life, to bring thisslumbering divinity deep within the soul of me into expression in all my ways. This is thepurpose of all life. Affirmations and efforts to do good give this divinity, this I AM of me, achance to express over all the negative conditions of the subconscious and consciousparts of me.

I, as a spiritual being, am a temple of the living Creator. There are three courts to mytemple: the outer court, which is my conscious mind, the middle court, which is thesubconscious, and the inner court, the superconscious, the holy of holies. When I affirm,

I am love for all humanity;

or:

I consecrate my life to the healing of humanity,

or any other statement of truth , I am endeavoring to bring the potentiality of mysuperconscious mind out into expression in my conscious life. By the constant repetition ofaffirmations of goodwill, and the persistent practice of unselfish living, I am graduallyunfolding the beauty that is hidden within, and making it an actuality in this world.

What is true of myself is true of every human being, no matter what their station in lifemay be.

REGENERATING THE SUBCONSCIOUS

In all manifestations of human life we see that the human spiritual nature is eitherdestructive or constructive; that is, the outstanding tendencies of one’s life are eitherdestructive with a baleful influence, or the general trend of one’s life is one of upliftlngservice to one’s fellows. We have a lower spiritual nature and a higher spiritual nature,both of which express through the conscious mind, and the qualities of both are stored inthe subconscious. We also have the pure goodness and likeness of God in our deepersoul nature, which expresses at times in the conscious, but which is locked up deep withinfor most of our lifetime on earth.

As the spiritual worlds are composed of men and women, and the functions of thespiritual worlds are the functions of the spiritual natures of men and women, it is easy for



9

us to understand that each realm in human nature has its complement in the spiritualworlds. So we have three Realms in the spiritual worlds to consider, the Lower SpiritualRealm, the Higher Spiritual Realm, and the Celestial Realm, or in humanity, the selfishnature, the unselfish nature and the pure divinity. The most dominant quality of characterexpressed in corporeal life determines the Realm in which we will live when we leave thisplane. For at death the spiritual body is not divided into separate parts. We exist as acomplete entity here, and the same is true when we are there. Our only karma is the

consequence of our actions on earth, which determines our status there.We reap there the results of actions on this plane. Having thus studied briefly the

threefold nature of the human mind, or rather the three levels on which it functions, weshall be better able to solve the problems of the ages; that is, how the conscious self ofhumanity can succeed in making the subconscious a perfect manifestation of thesuperconscious, or in other words, how humanity can be consciously so attuned to divineperfection that it can become subconsciously perfect. This problem cannot be understoodunless we consider humanity as a whole, for the subconscious is a sort of vast reservoirinto which flow the conscious thoughts of all human beings. When a child is born, itbecomes a recipient of that vast mass of humanity’s feelings, traditions and thoughts, andthe nature of its subconscious is the product of that complex past of mankind.

Every human being is thus a product of the entire past of humanity as far as one’ssubconscious goes. Our task then is to develop our conscious powers that we may selectfrom that subconscious past what is constructive and divine, and reject the rest. Biologicalinstincts, like the power of using the brain for thinking, are inherited from the efforts ofthousands of generations of human beings. They once required very strong consciouseffort. Now they have become largely subconscious faculties. We do not want to totally doaway with these, for they are powers of divine Intelligence applied to earth conditions.

But there are many traditional habits and atavisms which are not constructive, andwhich, on the contrary, weigh like a terrific load upon every new-born child. Thisdestructive legacy of the past is the result of wrong thinking, selfish and lustful thinking,and destructive behavior of generations of human beings. We are heirs to the

accumulation of their shortcomings, just as we are heirs to the accumulation of their wiseefforts in building the various functional capacities of our bodies.

We, therefore, must choose, and develop that part of our subconscious nature which isconstructive and reject that part of it which is destructive. We must add to the goodsubconscious by conscious efforts of manifesting the superconscious, God-like qualities ofthe Soul, and reject the bad subconscious. What is meant here can be illustrated easily bythe story of all great spiritual movements of earth. Every one of these was initiated by agreat human Soul, conditioned by great cosmic manifestations, which made it possible forthat Soul (in the conscious self) to express consciously by living example and teach themighty truths and powers of the superconscious realms. The spiritual Teachers came asmanifestations of the superconscious to help humanity to attune and polarize themselvesconsciously to the superconscious, and thus to the great Benevolent Spiritual

Organizations of heaven which personify the Divine Will. As a result beautiful examples ofliving, thinking, and feeling were made available to ordinary people as an inspiration toovercome the destructive subconscious through the arousal of the conscious will.

However the subconscious materialistic tendencies of the human race were not reallytransmuted by such spiritual Teachers, save perhaps in their own individual natures. Therace, after their death, had a beautiful example to follow; but the old tendencies, subduedfor a while by the exalting quality of that example, and by the aura of the AngelicHierarchy, soon returned. The result was that every spiritual movement became quicklyperverted, materialistic and degenerated. The Founder remained as a wondrous example



10

of a godlike potential, but the message no longer was understood in its living truth.Eventually, in the name of truth, the ancient Powers of selfishness and greed ruled overtheir deluded followers. The task to accomplish is therefore a two-fold one, if humanity isto be fully regenerated and made to express God on earth and in every individual life.

1. The perverted subconsciousness of the human race must be transmuted and itsmaterialistic elements (the myriads of human spirits still earth-bound) lifted up out of theearth’s aura.

2. The superconscious Divinity of the human Soul must then manifest in all its glory inminds cleansed and liberated from the degenerate heritage of the past.

Until now the great spiritual Teachers of the race have been unable to bring theircleansing power into effect universally in human lives. They have not had the power todescend into the awesome materiality, the very hells of humanity’s subconscious. Theycould not redeem it permanently for, as soon as they attempted compassionately to purifythese hells, they themselves eventually became drawn into the whirlpools of humanity’signorance, and become helpless in diverting those their great loving hearts desperatelywanted to save.

As the Piscean era began to close, a new attitude was developed among Western

races, an attitude of scientific positiveness. Because of this new attitude and the emphasisupon individual self-exertion which came in the wake of the Renaissance in Europe, thepowers of conscious endeavor became tremendously heightened in the race-consciousness. This affected a slow repolarization of the race subconscious, which madepossible new developments.

AMERICA, THE REGENERATOR

After European minds had been inspired by the dawning light of a new Era, and hadquestioned and sapped the foundation of the old dogmatism of Church and State,releasing great forces for the operation of world-cleansing, an opportunity came to beginon virgin soil; "a new departure in world-affairs". In these words Thomas Paine, the greatcrusading soul who did so much to bring about the Constitution of the United States,

described the birth of American Democracy. American Democracy represents in thesphere of human relationships and politics a radical beginning, the beginning of the newAquarian Age. It represents an organized attempt to cleanse the subconscious ofhumanity in that sphere of social relationships, for it postulates the fact that every humanbeing as a citizen is sacred and inviolable.

Among those who fought for American Democracy there were some who were not onlyconcerned with social and political regeneration, but who had a deeper import. Theyaimed at the basic regeneration of the subconscious of mankind, at the healing ofHumanity.

These individuals, as Immortals, led by one especially great leader, began to constitutethe seed of a vast organization in the spiritual realms, the importance of which we shall

now consider. In various lessons that have been published by the Eloist Ministry, it hasbeen repeatedly pointed out that there are three essential realms of life manifestation, theCelestial, the Spiritual and the Physical.

In every spiritual realm many organizations are found which represent definite attitudestoward life and methods of development. The Spiritual Realm is especially complex, as itis the Realm of formation, where diversity of life-expression is most evident. and wherestruggle reigns in order that humanity may, through such a struggle, acquire discriminationand positive intelligence.

The Spiritual Realm is that of the world-mentality. Just as the Eternal Mind may



11

manifest in ways ranging from the coarsest to the most sublime, likewise the SpiritualRealm encompasses all sorts of organizations of spirits whose aims may be either veryselfish or most exalted. The Spiritual Realm is related to the subconscious mind ofhumanity. It is the repository of what humanity, as a group of collective wills, has producedin the sphere of the earth mentality. However, there are several kinds of subconscious:one which is bestial in quality; one which, though not depraved, is strongly of the earthand linked with telluric forces (this is the refined magnetic sphere in a sense). There is a

subconscious which is built out of the religious devotion of hosts of spirits connected withthe churches, and the temples of the past, and their present heirs; and there is one whichis the pure reflection of the superconscious, that is of the Celestial Realm.

The spirits of the Second resurrection belong to the latter category, and it was amongthese that the great organization of Western Spirits was initiated after the foundation of theAmerican Democracy and after the opening of the spiritual worlds to the universalrevelation of the Immortals known as Modern Spiritualism.

This vast Organization under the leadership of a Vast Hierarchy of ancient andenlightened souls under the I AM, has become a spiritual University that educates mindsand purifies souls from the lowest to the highest grades, even to graduation into theCelestial Sphere. This most modern and practical organization of thousands of millions of

progressive Immortals is attuned to and under the protection and inspiration of theCelestial Hierarchy.

Consider the Sermon on the Mount. In it you find expressed what might be called thespiritual foundation of true Democracy, the first step toward a higher way of life. DidEuropean Christianity live up to these sublime ethics? Instead it progressed through DarkAges of Feudalism, exploitation and autocracy. The few groups, like the MoravianBrothers and Quakers, who tried to live the Sermon on the Mount, were ruthlesslypersecuted. Why did Christianity not succeed in growing into a more enlightenedperspective? Because Jesus of Nazareth was not able to cleanse and transmute thesubconscious of humanity, even though he manifested in his life an almost perfectexample of Divine superconscious behavior.

Was Jesus of Nazareth at fault if Christianity did not succeed in practicing a moreenlightened attitude? No. It was due to the fact that mankind had too heavy asubconscious load to carry and could not at once act in accord with its highest self. Duringthe last two thousand years, especially the last four hundred years, since the rediscoveryof America, the forces set in motion by Jesus and other Great Teachers have begun tobear fruit. The light released by them is working from within slowly arousing the forces ofspiritual vitality in the races of the world. Slowly but surely the pressure of the many hellsthat mankind has created has been somewhat lessened.

The rediscovery of America in 1492, which was an act of inspiration, attracted theregenerative forces working for world-reorganization and purification. In this New World in1776 the mighty effort of the ages (which had originated in the Spiritual Realm) was

begun. Its keynote is freedom from the oppression of the past, and eventually thebeginning of the "Age of Kosmon" in which we have the right to seek our own Truth. Thusthe mighty Leaders of the Spiritual Organization were able to organize the evolution of theideal in the Spiritual Realm, and work powerfully for the healing of humanity. Thus theCelestial and Spiritual Organizations became two-in-one; one great Purpose fulfilled ineach Realm, according to the nature and method particular to these Realms.

The next task is the organization of the physical Realm in complete harmony with theCelestial and Spiritual Organizations. This is the work in which the Concord of Creatorswas designed to participate. The Declaration of Independence and the preamble to theConstitution of the United States were inspired to be wonderful formulas of the ideal in



12

social relationships. However, as people began to apply the ideal to conditions, there wasa great resistance which led to difficulties, especially in relation to the slaves, whoseexistence belied democracy.

Because of these conditions it became necessary that a new effort be made toorganize physical conditions so that they would accurately work out the ideal. The workand sacrifice of a Lincoln were necessary to make more concrete the ideals which wereenvisioned by the American Founders.

Likewise the work of these leaders in the Spiritual Sphere, to whom we have referred,could not fully manifest on earth unless the conditions of the earth plane were fullygrappled with, and a fulcrum built on the physical plane. Lincoln’s work was an early stepin this process, but there have been many more, and even more remain to be tackled.

It has become the task of the Concord of Creators to help build that fulcrum, and tocreate conditions for the liberation of the slaves of ignorance and selfishness. The EloistMinistry has been devoted to the fulfillment of the work of liberation which will bringfreedom to souls on earth and in the lower spiritual worlds. It shares the vision that nomore shall humanity be bound, its divinity limited, but like the great American Eagle, itshall soar above the plane of its sorrows on wings of joy and freedom!

MEDITATIONMy soul is strong in creative power as I abide in this Holy Place. My soul is attuned to

the Realms of Heaven, as I sit here and bless the world with my love. I feel like an angelmyself, clothed in Light, and I know that every thought I think for the good of others isaugmented hundreds of times by both the Angels and other mortals blessing with me.

I bless all others who are working in concert with me, and awaken within them agreater sense of their responsibility to our mighty Purpose. I bless all the members of myfamily (go over their names to yourself) and hold them with me in this spirit of divineharmony and love and constructive living. I awaken them to a greater expression of thatgoodness that is in each one.

I bless all my friends. My love for them awakens a responsive chord in their natures,and helps them to know that they are divine. I bless those who dislike me: that all discordmay be dissolved away, and harmony and love vibrate between us.

I bless all souls in the world with the fire of heaven that bums deep within my naturethat the Kingdom of Heaven may come out of the heart of humanity, and every man,woman and child express the god-like qualities that they potentially possess. I thank myCreator for my life, for all that I am learning, and for all the opportunities that are mineevery day in soul unfoldment. I will grow stronger each day, better able to bear the bannerof victory with my co-workers in this mighty association for greater good!

THE VALUE OF A GREAT PURPOSE

What is your purpose? Your progress in spiritual unfoldment depends upon the quality

of your purpose. To the degree that we can help you gain a wiser and nobler purpose, wecan help you outgrow your present limitations and open the way for a happier and moresuccessful destiny. Many of us find ourselves living in situations that are not conducive togreater spiritual growth. Perhaps at one point in time our scope of awareness was morelimited and so our present environment seemed adequate for our needs. Probably ourfriends and acquaintances held a similar perspective of life that may have been as shallowand lacking in aspiration as our own. We were content with our mundane existence andour selfish preoccupations, and so it was easy to suppress our inner Voice that so oftenchallenges us to strive for a greater good that lies somewhere beyond our limited selves.



13

But somehow there was something within us that made us different, that would notallow that Voice to be kept down. It spoke within us until we finally allowed ourselves tolisten, and in that process we were changed. We could no longer lead a base existence,and relationships that satisfied us in the past became empty and meaningless. We mayhave even felt that our old relationships were pulling us down or holding us back fromgreater growth. We could glimpse a greater purpose that seemed to lie just around thecorner, but we felt trapped by circumstances that had us locked in nonproductive or stifling

relationships. What can we do when we feel we have advanced beyond the conditions inour current environment or find ourselves locked in a relationship with a person whosepersonality is directly in opposition to the accomplishment of our greater purpose? Suchcircumstances are part of the real world in which we live, and we must face them and dealwith them constructively.

We certainly owe it to our own souls for the sake of unfolding our inherent intelligenceand power to persist in endeavoring to accomplish the greater good that we feel is withinour power to facilitate. This means the exercise of soul faculties and powers which wouldremain dormant if we continued to remain a servant to the selfish desires and habitsnurtured by our personal environment.

The intelligence of the Ever-Present in our souls urges us to be about the Creator’s

business and to serve humanity in a larger way. We know what we want to do, feeling thatwe have the ability to bring strength and enlightenment to many, but to do so we must firstclearly define our purpose. This would allow us to put more energy into the properchannels and to create the strong and positive attitudes necessary to carry out our definitepurpose. We must resolve to not permit the selfish desires of anyone to interfere with theaccomplishment of our objectives.

If, for instance, we had a child whose care and education had become the purpose ofour life, we would not neglect that child to gratify the selfish whims of anyone. Our purposeto steadfastly serve that child’s needs would determine the focus of all our thoughts andactions. So, we must also consider our unselfish work for all humanity as the purpose thatmust absorb our time and attention if we would be successful in accomplishing it. We

would not advise others as to their course of action, or what they should do; the natureand quality of their purpose will determine that for them. A new purpose will create for us anew destiny which will bring us in contact with a larger world of people, every one of whomwill call out some new quality or power from our souls. Thus in becoming a servant in alarger way for the enlightenment of humanity we will grow greater in soul wisdom andprogress to a greater realization of Divine Power.

Sometimes we find students who are living at cross purposes with their spouses, whichmakes it difficult for them to fulfill the new-born aspirations of their souls. Such situationsshould not be handled in haste without the most careful consideration. Individuals whosepurpose is not yet clear or who lack a strong guiding purpose often find that if theyabruptly divest themselves of difficult relationships they merely drift through other hardexperiences until such time as their purpose becomes more clearly defined, allowing them

to finally go forward and accomplish their soul’s desire. There are times when it is best tostand your ground and make the best of conditions as they are. Perhaps your trials willhelp to better define your purpose and thus allow you to make a better environment foryourself as well as for those around you. Perhaps you might even create conditions for thespiritual advancement of your spouse and provide an opportunity for growth which mightotherwise have been missed.

YOUR SPIRITUAL AWAKENING

The most marvelous experience of your life will be your awakening to immortal life.What a relief you will experience when you awaken on the other side of the experience



14

called death, and find that you cannot die; that you are immortal! To awaken and realizethat your earthly sojourn and discipline are over can be a great relief and a joyfulexperience! To know that you no longer have to carry the weight and the limitations of aphysical body can give you the sensation of unprecedented freedom! For most, death isbut a sleep and an awakening. When you awaken you will find yourself in a Place ofPeace. You will gradually emerge from the most peaceful state of slumber.

You will not be able to remember ever having awakened from sleep so restful. Somenever lose consciousness at all, but merely step from one dimension to the other likewalking through a portal into the great outdoors. If you drift off, your first sensation may beone of awakening in a quiet room in a home of peace. Around you will be friendly faces.They may seem like nurses who are caring for you, but they will be more beautiful thanany nurses or people you ever saw on earth. You will be thrilled with the radiant beautyand friendliness of their presence.

As you have been taught in advance what your first condition will be when you awakenin the spiritual world, you will not need to ask where you are, what has happened, or whothese friends are. You will know immediately that you have passed the greatest crisis inyour life, you have survived the loss of your physical body, you are alive and happy in aheavenly mansion, and these ministering spirits around you are Angels. You will begin to

experience the hospitality of the heavenly realms.

When your physical body can no longer hold your soul and it becomes free, theCompany of Angels attending you will enfold you in a sphere created by their unitedthought, and they will lift you out of the mental atmosphere of earth into their atmosphereof heavenly peace, nourishing and mothering you with their love, until you gain thestrength to awaken again to self-conscious existence. Then you will be satisfied to simplyrest and luxuriate in the blissful state of consciousness into which you have awakened.While you were asleep the Angels who had your care in their charge concentrated theirunited thought to dissolve the discordant and diseased vibrations from your spiritual body.Then these ministering Angels nursed your spirit and built it up with the substance of theirrealization of eternal life.

Because you strived to grow in goodness and truth in concert with the Angels while onearth, you will become aware of their hospitality and loving care when you are free to betaken by them into their realm of peace and harmony. You will be lifted up into theheavenly realms appropriate for you, where you will rest and recuperate in the thought-atmosphere created by their united harmony.

You may rest for days in the first Place of Peace, growing in strength of spirit as youconverse with and enjoy the company of the beautiful beings who attend you. But as yougrow stronger you will begin to wonder about your loved ones left behind on earth, andyou will begin to sense their thoughts and feelings. The desire to return to them will grow,and if this desire were not satisfied you might become homesick in heaven. This desirewill be satisfied by the angelic spirits who have been appointed to guard and guide your

infant activities in this new life. But they will not permit you to return to earth alone andunguarded. They will create a mental atmosphere around you and return with you to yourearthly friends.

There is a great mass of unaspiring and unprotected spirits who enter the spiritualworld and who are not able to be lifted to freedom and peace. They remain with theirfriends on earth. They sense very keenly the depressing quality of the mental atmosphereof the people on earth. They continue to feel the disturbing sensations of disease andmental inharmony with which they were afflicted while in the body. Their growth out ofthese mental states is usually very slow, unless they are of the kindly and aspiring type ofmind. If so, they attract the help of healers and teachers who work within the realms of



15

earth’s heavy mentality to alleviate human suffering and lead spirits out of their mentallimitations. Your gratitude to the Hosts of Light will be very great when you realize fromwhat mental darkness and distress you were saved. Because you have entered into thePathway of Light which the Angel Hosts are building between earth and heaven, you areable to benefit from our collective experience and bypass the long and weary journeythrough the mental states of earth, and the slow growth characteristic of isolated effort toconquer darkness. Because you have affiliated your life with the organized Providence of

Love you will have all the benefits of its organized protection to help you overcome andoutgrow the mortal tendencies that have kept your soul in thrall. The Angels will raise youabove the mortal state of consciousness and hold you in their united attainment of loveand power while they teach you the divine art of soul expression.

YOUR ANGELIC PROTECTION

As stated before, the Angels will bring your spirit back into earthly conditions, butenveloped in their thought atmosphere so that you will be protected from the harsh anddisturbing vibrations pictured in the foregoing paragraphs. You will be brought back toyour home and to those of your friends and relatives whom you desire to see, and you willhave your first view of life on the earth plane, as seen by spirits. You may marvel at theobtuseness of those you love to your presence. You may wonder at their inability to hear

or respond to your words, and you will understand for the first time how people’s constantthought of the reality of the material world hides from their sight and understanding theequal reality of the spiritual world.

The Angels will hold you within their sphere of thought, so that you will not be drawninto the powerful vortex created by the minds of your friends and relatives and will notbecome attached to them or earthbound by these visits. But all the while you are watchingyour friends, or visiting them, you will feel the revival of earthly thoughts and feelings.Grief, sorrow and remorse may well up from within your being until the peace of mindwhich you experienced in the higher state of life will seem unreal to you. You may evenfeel overwhelmed by a passionate desire to stay with your friends on earth and try to workfor their welfare.

This illustrates how the association of one mind with many minds of a positive qualityof thought and feeling saturates that mind (especially if without a body), andpsychologizes it to the prevailing mood of the greater number of minds. When you were inthe Angelic state the positive peacefulness of the Angels prevailed and subdued yourmortal thoughts and feelings. When you think and feel with mortals again, even thoughenveloped in a protective sphere of Angelic thought, the dominant thoughts and feelings ofyour early life are revived, and were it not for the protection of the Angels those thoughtswould prevail and hold you in bondage in the mental conditions of the earth.

You will understand from this experience that souls new to the spiritual realms find itvery difficult to overcome difficulties alone and unaided. In their willfulness and desire toremain with their friends, to gratify their sensations, to continue to advise and guide their

friends on earth, even though immature in wisdom, they resist the upward pull of theAngelic overshadowing and only lose interest in earthly things as their sorrow andsuffering make the earth conditions unattractive.

So these visits to earth will teach you in a few minutes what ordinarily you could notgain from much study.

CLOSING THOUGHTS

The passing from this life to the Life Immortal is something that every human being willexperience, with no exception. Those who do not understand the laws of spiritualprogression and the opportunities awaiting each individual in the unfolding of one’s latent



16

capacities of soul power very often fear this so-called death, and cannot think withequanimity of the time when the material existence will be no more.

After studying this lesson, you, as a member of the Concord of Creators, will know asyou have not known before the glories that await those who are devoted to consciouslyworking with the angels when they pass into the future life. The thoughts now vivid in yourmind of the ministrations of the Heavenly Hosts to those souls newly born into the spiritualrealms will quicken your desire to live in closer attunement with the work we do here andto do your part each day in blessing humanity. For, when you take your place with theAngelic Hosts, your position and advancement will be determined not by youraccumulations of worldly position and possessions, but by your ability to bless othersthrough your thoughts and actions and to concentrate your soul power to alleviate humansuffering.

You are learning to do now, in this earthly life, what you will be doing in the larger lifeto come. The more poised and masterful you can become in dealing with the problemsthat confront you on earth, the better able will you be to stand poised and strong with theAngels in blessing clouded spirits in and out of the body whom you will long to help whenyou see so clearly their great need. Angels are so poised and wise that they can beholdintense suffering and not succumb through their sympathy.

They see, in the end, victory for every soul. Like the Angels, we must grow strong andwise even in this life, and though sympathizing with our fellow souls, not allow oursympathies to weaken our resolve and make us less useful as servants of the Ever-Present Creator.

The eventual state of humanity will be the manifestation of its God-given glory andpower.

Let us all reconsecrate ourselves to the building of our network of spiritual Light andPower for the furthering of our Purpose, that the time may soon come when all peopleshall unite under the inspiration of the Creator and the Hosts of Light and learn how to usethe creative power of their souls for the good of all humanity.

We are triumphant in the Will of the Creator!We will extend the Kingdom of Divine Love.

POWER OF THE GOLDEN GLORY

In working with the Concord of Creators, you have tuned in with the Great UniversalPower, the Golden Glory, and you have drawn closer to the Infinite and Eternal, yourCreator. A healing atmosphere has been created, so that you are all blessed andinvigorated with the power which has been brought into expression.

This power is very harmonizing and soothing. You will have to use your will to keepfrom going to sleep because the vibrations are so strong, and they tune your brain cells toa higher octave. You need to keep positive in the physical sense, so that you can make

use of this power. You will be benefited even if you fall asleep, but doing the spiritual workby meditating with us is what strengthens Glory. It invigorates the souls in need. It shinesthrough their nature, and at the same time through the nature of every one present. Thereis a shaft of Golden Light radiating from our hands and vibrating through the whole group.We center it on souls in need that they may be mightily blessed. This Light shall abide intheir consciousness, clean away many depressing and limiting influences from theirphysical and spiritual bodies, and be a source of inspiration to them.

The Golden Glory is now pouring into your spiritual brain and going down through yourbody, vitalizing and strengthening it. Feel a sense of blessing all souls through your being.



17

When the spirit is starved and does not use the Will of the Creator, it grows negative,development is impaired, and the physical body shows the effect. But when the spiritgrows strong in the Light, your body expresses its strength. Here you are fed with spiritualnourishment. It pours forth with splendor, vitalizing the spirit of every one. The splendor ofthe Creator shines into every cell of your spiritual body, and you are vitalized. Your spiritshall feel enlivened with the Will of the Creator which is vibrating in this Place of Radiance.



18

Pathway of LightWE WELCOME YOU INTO UNITY

Your soul has responded to the call of the Angels, and we rejoice that you are nowtaking your rightful place in the Angelic Army of the Almighty.

In this lesson you, as a recruit, begin the drill of your mind which is to make you a

consciously active unit in the great Army of powerful Intelligences.You will lose all, your mortal sense of separateness, which is weakness, and gain the

true sense of Unity, Which is Power.

The First Principle is Unity. Unity is Power. The Unity of all souls is All-Power inmanifestation.

You may think that you are a separate material being, but the fact is, you are a spiritualform blended by subtle lines of influence with every other spiritual form in the universe.

Because you are a member of the chaotic and unorganized mass of minds whichcompose the vast social disorder called civilization, you suffer from the general spiritualdiseases, disorder, and discomfort of the masses.

The practice of these lessons will awaken you to the vision of the Creator's orderlyUnity, the vast organization of Immortals, and unite you consciously with the wise andpowerful Government of the Creator, through His Angel Emissaries of Light.

This century has brought to the world anew Revelation from the Heaven of Heavens tothe higher heavens of this planet. The Immortal Inhabitants of the heavens of the earthnow behold a sunburst of spiritual splendor shining in the sky.

Outshining from this Orb of Splendor is a pathway of Light, which extends downthrough lower and lower spiritual realms until it reaches and enfolds the earth. Thispenetrating, luminous Ray is now shining into the mental darkness which mankind hasbeen creating for ages.

Despite the prevailing mental darkness in which the world is immersed there are manysouls who feel the shining of Heaven's splendor in their earthly pathways, and they havesought to learn its meaning.

Because they have sought earnestly to comprehend this soul-illuminating Light, theyhave come into conscious contact with the Ambassadors of the Ever-Ppresent.

Millions of glorious Immortal Beings are thronging down this Pathway of Light. ByJehovih's will they are sent from the celestial splendor of their heavenly abode to rescueand save the children of earth from ignorance and selfishness.

Because the merciful Light of Heaven is too spiritual and exalted to be felt by theminds of mankind, the Angels have established places of radiance on earth through whichthey can awaken the inner soul nature of man so that he can receive and express the

Light.

As a step-down transformer takes the high tension current and steps it down to a lowtension current, so that it can be used for lighting homes and running electrical motors, soa human Ministry on earth can step down the mighty spiritual power which is shining outfrom High Heaven and enfolding the whole earth in Its radiance. Now Its love and powermay be felt beneficially by even the conscious minds of humanity.

As such Ministries of souls, attuned to the Ministry of Angels, grow in number ofconsecrated workers, it will increase in power to influence, uplift, and heal hundreds ofthousands of souls now walking in spiritual darkness and suffering the miseries of this



19

mortal life.

So is the Providence of the Creator being made known through a New Revelation ofwisdom and power in this New Age.

The Temple of Angels

Whenever I enter into meditation in our Sanctuary, and look deep within the Light thatenfolds my soul, I behold the interior of a vast Temple. It is a structure of crystallized Light.

I have the sense of being within an edifice of magnificent proportions and of spiritualstrength. It is more than a vision; it is a vivid reality.

As I gaze into the luminous substance of the walls and high-raised arches I behold thefaces and forms of Angels.

The outer walls, buttresses and towers of this Temple are formed by multitudes ofAngels of Protection, standing serenely and strongly together to resist all the mortal forcesof the mind of the world.

The inner walls, pillars, arches and dome are composed of luminous presences ofAngels of beauty, symmetry and harmony.

In the center of this Temple is the Throne of Power, and here the light is concentratedas a sun. About the Throne stand the Angels of wisdom, love and power who direct thetwelve departments of Administration.

Raying out from the Sun Center are the twelve angels, each one of which symbolizesthe heavenly meaning of the twelve constellations of the zodiac. Within the luminousdepths of each one of these naves is a great concourse of Angels, concentrating its unityto fulfill the several offices and functions of the mighty creative and regenerative work nowbeing accomplished with souls in all the world.

How happy a company of Immortals! Light, beauty, harmony, joy everywhere! Their joyis in creating together to make the will of the Creator manifest.

The atmosphere within the Temple is vibrant with activity and achievement. Something

very important is being achieved. And to my questioning thought there came thisresponse:

"The Foundation of the Kingdom of Light is now established on earth. It is so firmlyfixed that the forces of hatred and destruction cannot prevail against it. They mustsuccumb to our united expression of the Father's will ..

"We are the victorious Army of the Almighty. From now on our influence will be feltmore powerfully by all souls on earth, and our purpose will be accomplished more rapidlythan. has been possible heretofore. The forces of evil will inevitably be overwhelmed bythe outshining light and peace of Heaven.

"We stand serenely powerful upon our secure foundation within this spiritual structure

now established in contact with your realm of time and space. We unite with you to speakforth the creative decrees of the Almighty for the liberation of all His souls in darkness."

And then the whole Temple resounded with a song of triumphant joy, the refrain ofwhich was:

We are souls of radiant power,

Shining light to all the world.

From this illuminated Temple of Angels shines forth the great Light that the mercifulhosts of heaven are bringing to earth to awaken all souls to the true way of immortal life.



20

And it shall increase and extend its influence until all the peoples of earth are panoplied byits protective power.

HEALING PEACE

These thoughts will bring your mind into touch with the healing streams which flowfrom the celestial presences in the Temple of Angels.

By exercising your imagination in contemplation of the vision presented in this lesson

your mind will enter into the peace of the Infinite One in which abide the holy and wiseAngels of the Creator.

Through telepathic sympathy you will receive the vibrations of the holy, peacefulemanations which will harmonize your mental disturbances and give you that peace whichpasses understanding.

When you desire to realize peace for yourself or for another, retire from the worldlystate of mind, and enter in thought into the Temple of Angels. Inbreathe into your 'soul theemanations of peace which the celestial Angels know, and in utter humility of mindworship the majesty of that mysterious Power in which the Angels live, and which lives inyour soul. Hold the souls you wish to bless in the harmonious atmosphere of heavenlypeace.

Abide with the Angels in the Presence of the Creator and your spiritual poverty will befilled from the illimitable fullness and boundless love of the Creator. Praise be to Thee, OCreator!

From an interior chamber of your soul flows forth the ethereal waters of peace. In aregion within your soul, akin to the essential realm of spirit, there is contact with thatcrystal sea of Truth where the vital breath of the Infinite One inspires the sense of peaceand everlasting serenity.

As you rest in imagination within the Temple of Angels, your soul will respond to thevoice of omnipotent peace. You will feel the eternal peace of the Spirit infusing your wholenature with the harmony of heaven.

From the crystal sea of truth the waters of peace flow gently into your mind andharmonize your thoughts with heavenly rest.

While you abide in thought with the Angels, the potency of the peaceful Presence ofthe Eternal Being permeates your entire being, and all the cells of your body obey this lawof peace and harmony.

Healing, soothing peace is the only power within the Temple of Angels. Your mind issaturated with its healing glory. All causes for mental friction or physical pain are forgottenin the Holy Presences which the Angels are making manifest.

Every quality of mortal discord is subdued and overcome. As you rest in the sense ofthe power of the Angels you become attuned to the peaceful glory of the Infinite One, and

know only His boundless love and harmony.All the cells of your nature rejoice in the free light of boundless peace, and you

inbreathe the peaceful vitality of eternity.

Glory to the Eternal Being for the healing peace which His Angels are now bringingfrom the exalted spheres of heavenly, harmonious love.

In the midst of this shining host of benevolent Beings:

There are no mortal minds at war. All is Peace.

There are no discordant or inharmonious minds. All is eternal harmony.



21

There is no vanity or pride.

The meekness of the Eternal One reigns supreme in all.

We abide together in the Temple of Angels where ALL IS PEACE.

Cultivate the habit of closing your eyes to outer things and of abiding in imaginationwithin the Temple of Angels. Imagine that you hear them singing these words for you:

Hosts of mighty AngelsBless your soul with peace.

The strength of our united wills

Upholds you with almighty love.

You are blessed with life eternal;

You are healed by love divine.

You have been associating with the mortals and thinking and feeling as they think andfeel, and the consequences have been less than satisfactory. Now you are associating inthought with the Angels, and thinking and feeling as they think and feel, and theconsequences will be glorious.

You are a diamond encased in clay. The clay must be removed, and the diamondpolished, so that its beauty may be revealed.

Your soul is a celestial form of the Infinite Light, and the Creator lives in and actsthrough your soul. You do not need to ask the Creator for anything. He has given youHimself, and you are now beginning to realize this tremendous truth.

You are losing that which hides the light and power of your soul from your mind. Thepath of peace is one of purification.

You already have all that the Creator can give you. The angels will cleanse away thegross shell of mortal mind, so that you may know and express more and more of theDivine Presence.

By giving forth what you have, you empty yourself of selfish limitations and increaseyour power to give. You grow great by giving.

THE ANGELS OF MINISTRATION

The Executive Angels of the Almighty are creating avenues of light out from thisMinistry into the dense darkness of the lower spiritual world. Over these avenues theytravel out into the darkness and resurrect countless thousands of sluggish, sleeping,bewildered, and depraved spirits who, because they live with people on earth, cause allmanner of diseases and insanities.

The Angels concentrate the purifying rays of their love into whole realms of thesespirits, and dissolve away their astral or "desire bodies" which are composed of theirmortal feelings. No matter how hateful, destructive or devilish these spirits may be, whenthe purifying light of love enfolds them, every mortal quality is weakened. All resistance isovercome.

The Angels then lift these spirits out of their earthly conditions, and. take them intopeaceful seclusion, where they are placed in the care of the Angels of Ministration.Several Angels are appointed to care for each spirit, and a rapid development of its soulbegins.

The great division devoted to the work of the Angels of Ministration is an "army" by



22

itself, and seems to have an endless capacity to receive these new-born souls. They arecared for most wisely and tenderly. They sleep for a while in a very blissful atmospherecreated by the Angel nurses. When they awaken, it is not to the state of mind created bytheir earthly desires, but to the thoughts and feelings of their higher soul nature. Thenurses then teach them the first simple principles of immortal life, and of their relationshipto their fellow immortals.

Later they are taught to exercise their talents and powers, and to gain control of theirspiritual muscles, even as a babe in the physical body gains control and develops its bodyby exercise.

And as these souls develop, they pass from the care of nurses into the care of theAngels of Education, where they are organized into small classes under teachers, whodrill them in the things pertaining to the next step in their unfoldment.

When we undertake in this Ministry to help a spirit who has just passed from the body,we concentrate with the Angels and give them the soul-force that enables them to reachinto earthly conditions and take therefrom the spirit who has just passed from the body.The Angels gain power from our concentration to overcome the influence of the minds onearth whose affection and grief have a binding effect on the newly risen spirit. Then theAngels bring this spirit into one of the beautiful resting-places under their care, and theAngels of Ministration dissolve from it the cares and disturbances accumulated throughearthly experience. All the spiritual causes for its physical ills are dissolved and loverestores the soul to the health and peace which is its natural birthright as a child of God.

Those who have practiced soul culture under the inspiration of the Angels havealready in this life experienced the purifying power of their ministrations, and when theypass from earth their advancement is much more rapid than is that of those who have paidno attention to the culture of their soul nature while in the body.

They then value above all earthly treasures, the treasures which they have laid up inthe heaven within their souls.

BLESS, AND YOU SHALL BE BLESSED

As you abide with us in the Temple of Angels, blessing us and the Angels with yourlove and helpfulness, and ministering with us to others, you will more and more sense theradiance of the Angels of Ministration. You may even see their light as your soul's vision isawakened.

The Angels will bring your spirit into this holy atmosphere while your body sleeps, andwash from your soul many of the limitations keeping it from expressing the peace andhealth which are its eternal expression.

And these Angels will walk with you during the day shining the light of their love andwisdom into all your thoughts and feelings. They will not control your mind as doundeveloped spirits, but they will strengthen your individuality that you may have thewisdom and strength to solve your own problems, and thus become a masterful Angel ofwisdom through the development of your soul's latent powers.

LIVING WATERS

Your soul is a deep spring of living waters. Its source is the Ever-Present. But thisspring has been clogged with debris. Your dark, heavy, unaspiring thoughts, and theselfish hereditary feelings have stopped the flow of this spring.

Now we come from the Creator to do what you cannot do for yourself; to clear out theheavy stones and the slimy mud from this spring of your soul's life tell its living waters mayflow with refreshing sweetness through your conscious mind.



23

Therefore, we call to you to open channels through your mind from the inflow of theliving waters of soul life and joy. Waters can flow only through open channels. The moreyou give forth the more you will receive.

Through these inspired lessons we can instruct you and give you faith which willarouse you to renewed effort when your way seems discouraging. Each lesson ofinstruction will renew your faith and courage and move you to greater creative thought,which will open the channels through which the waters of life will flow for the renewing ofyour soul, mind and body.

Rejoice, and give the Creator praise for this opportunity to receive the wisdom ofHeaven. Rejoice that the way has been opened up for you to learn how to live under theinspiration of the Angels.

Consecrate your life to this study, which will open the inner door of inspiration, andcleanse your soul of many causes for disaster, disease, sorrow and pain.

Study these lessons morning and evening, and recall the thoughts from hour to hour,that all through the day you may live above earthly thoughts and cares with us in ourheaven of creative joy and love.

Anticipate the coming lesson and prepare your mind to understand it by the daily

practice of this and past lessons, and we, the Angels of Ministration, will gladly do ourpart, cleansing your subconscious mind of the debris of limiting conditions, which we see,and the effects of which you feel.

We will feed and strengthen your soul with our love, and its living inspiration, born ofthe Creator, will flow with healing potency into all the channels of love and blessings whichyou create.

THE GLOBE OF GLORY

The Egyptians pictured the soul as a winged globe. A luminous globe, like the sun, hasalways symbolized perfected intelligence.

The warmth of the sun symbolizes Love, and its Light symbolizes Wisdom. When we

translate the oriental imagery of the scriptures into its real spiritual meaning, weunderstand that light means intelligence, warmth and love.

The soul of man is composed of Love-Intelligence because it is born from the Love andWisdom of the Ever-Present; and the sons and daughters of the Creator, when theybecome perfectly unfolded in wisdom and love, are suns of righteousness.

Imagine an organized spiritual brain as a living globe of glory, all radiant with the lightand warmth of Divine Love and Wisdom, and you will have an idea of your soul in itsperfected celestial state. Affirm:

My soul is alive with the Love of the Creator,

Intelligent with His Wisdom, because it is

An individualized form of His Benevolent Will.

The Creator is the Mother and Father of your inner spiritual nature; therefore you areas divine as your Creator. Your soul is a son or daughter of the Ever-Present; it is aninfal1t Divinity.

The Creator can only glorify that which is of like nature to Himself; therefore He hasgiven us, His children, something of His own nature so that we can feel, know and expressHis love.

You soul is as a stranger to you. As yet you have little or no realization of its godlike



25

more godlike. This exaltation will increase, until your whole life becomes a song of praiseto the indwelling Presence.

Glorious to the perception of the soul are those transcendent Beings who inhabit thecelestial spheres. Through ages of time they have evolved to the highest degree of self-conscious individuality. Each one is a globe of glory, radiant as a living sun with the lightand warmth of the Creator's eternal love and wisdom. From this glorious sphere of Love-intelligence, they radiate their love and wisdom to all forms of life on this planet, toquicken, awaken and develop that latent Germ of Divinity which lies slumbering withineach and every individual.

Exalt your imagination by meditating upon the Glory of the Temple of Angels, and thinkof your own soul as a sun of glory, enfolded and transfigured by the Glory of the Creator'sLove with which the Angels are now blessing you as a worker with them in their service tohumanity.

Hold the thought of the Glory that the Angels are bringing to you and to all humanity byrepeating the words, "Jehovih's Angel Hosts abide with us. all in unity of purpose as weshare the common goal of nurturing the qualities that will brighten every soul."

Inbreathe into your soul the atmosphere of Glory which shines from the great

Company of Angels, as you commune with them in your meditation.FOUR STEPS IN DIVINE REALIZATION

The first step in Realization is represented by the affirmation:

I am a temple of the Living Creator;

His Mighty Spirit dwells within my soul.

Your understanding and imagination are satisfied with this truth of your oneness withthe Creator, and a true and strong faith is developed by your faithful use of this affirmation.

Many negative and depressing states of mind are overcome by developing this positivefaith until it fills your mind with its light and peace.

Many physical ailments, due to disturbed and fearful mental states, are healed as thistrue and living faith in the Creator's Presence becomes dominant in your mind.

The second step in Realization is represented by the affirmation:

I am a blessing,

Love is my Power.

First you gain the faith that the spirit of the Creator dwells in you; then the realizationthat that Spirit is Love, and seeks expression to others.

The need of other souls calls forth your sympathy and love, and you begin to realizethe joy of soul expression and you bless from the Spirit of Love in you.

The expression of Love in blessing others purifies your nature of many ignoble anddestructive spiritual qualities. The pains and physical ailments which these qualitiescaused are healed.

Then when you meet conditions which you cannot overcome alone, and you feel theneed of still greater wisdom and power, you seek the next step in Realization.

In the third step in Realization you see how great is the need of all souls on earth. Yourealize your love alone can do but little to alleviate human suffering; that there must be agreat organized effort on the part of all the Lovers of Humanity; that by laboring togethereach has the strength of all; and that by united effort we gain the power to overcome for



26

ourselves and for others what we could not overcome alone.

When you realize that Love can accomplish more through the organized effort of manythan it can through the effort of the same number working separately, you will havebrought your mind in unity with the angels who inhabit the organic heavens above theearth.

By serving the Creator and humanity in Unity with them, you will realize that

We are radiant with the Creator's Blessings,

We are mighty in His Love.

The fourth step in Realization is one of entire devotion and dedication of one's life todoing the will of the Creator. All one's time, talent and means are consecrated to buildingup and extending the Power of Love as it is being organized in each place of Radiance asin realms above.

The union of many consecrated souls, pouring out their realization of Love inBlessings, has created a Heart Center of Healing Love. In this way, souls on earth canbecome the visible manifestation of the Ministry of Angels in Heaven, and every souldedicated to fulfill its purpose has become a Doer of the Creator's Will.

Daily service throughout your life as an active Doer of the Creator's Will keeps theentire nature of the individual subject to the purifying powers which the VictoriousImmortals can concentrate only under the most exalted spiritual conditions. This permits adegree of soul unfoldment which, without these conditions, cannot be experienced untilthe soul has passed from the physical body, and has entered the exalted state of spiritualactivity within the heavenly realms of the Angels.

The greater the consecration of one's life to fulfilling the Purpose of the Angels, and thegreater the cooperation with them under their conditions, the more rapid the cleansing ofthe nature of limiting conditions, and the advancement in their active service under theirinspiration and protection.



27

THE DOORS OF LIFE

THE HEALING RADIANCE OF NATURE

When one walks for the first time amid new scenes of natural beauty, and the mind ishushed and awed by the solemnity and majesty of the mysterious power revealed instupendous crystallized masses or in active, intelligent entities, then for a while the veils ofillusion with which mortal concerns wrap the mind, are brushed aside and one feels

isolated, with himself, as it were, and can more clearly gauge the relative value of hismotives and desires.

In the stillness of the mortal there comes a recognition of the nameless Power whichslumbers in the rocky hills and is becoming active in all the sentient forms of life, andsomething within, call it what you will, acknowledges its relationship and oneness with allpower and proclaims the truth that from Universal Power it emerged and now standssuperior to the slumbering rocks and the active forces of nature as a self-consciousintelligence, capable of holding its conscious individuality amid all the violence of forceand the transforming effects of time, as an immortal Witness of the workings of Power inthe depths and heights of Infinite Wisdom.

This "I" of us stands serene amid changing things. It can lose friends and dear ones

and not be affected thereby, because deep in its constitution is the knowing that nothingcan be lost. Only that small part of the mind that deals with mortal affairs, and which lovesand hates in a mortal way, is disturbed by the false beliefs of loss or gain. When the Spiritof Nature has quieted this mortal part, then is felt the comforting influence of the truthwhich makes free, the "I" which is with us always.

"Lo, I am with you always,

Even unto the end of the world."

Then comes the blessed comfort of knowing our real self which dwells in God – inUniversal Power – and which is not disturbed by the loss of mortal wealth or friends oreven the physical body, because, as it has woven a destructible garment of matter for

temporary use, so it has woven an indestructible garment of life from the finer substancesof existence as its permanent form through which it comes in contact with all states of lifeand all grades of matter.

Only from the exalted state of this Universal Power in us can we know the absolutetruth and find perfect comfort and rest, and only by brushing aside the veils of the mortalmind and of the subconscious mind, with its illusions of psychic fascination, can we knowand rest in the Self-hood, the center and source of individual power.

This soul of you holds the key to all power, plus health, wealth and happiness. Theancient mystics were so constituted mentally that they were willing to forsake thepleasures of the world and all its activities for the joy of knowing this Divine Self, and sothey left the haunts of mortals and lived in those crystal-clear solitudes of nature where

nothing could disturb the awakening of the Self-hood of power. They soon realized that intheir own natures were the occult doorways through which power and intelligence couldcome to them from any state of the Universal Mind. Like them, you can find the center ofpower in yourself and that exhilaration of spirit which makes work easier and healthsecure.

Go forth into the quietness of the woods when you can, and become harmonized to thesongs' of the birds and to the many voices of nature's little people, and in thiscontemplation of the music of outdoors you will forget the cares and worries of the days ofthe past and feel a great and wonderful healing relaxation. Close your eyes and imagine



28

that the warm invigorating sun above you is the vitalizing presence of the Creator. Identifythe warmth which permeates your body and the harmonious vibrations of nature with HisPresence. They are the outer vibrations of His Presence radiating vitality and strength toyou. Breathe into every cell of your being this vitalizing vigor of infinite space. As you restwith your eyes closed, your sense of feeling will be quickened, your mind will not bedistracted by the sight of external things, and you will come in touch with the perfectharmony and vitality which flows into nature from the Ever-present, and in this meditation

you will feel that you are in the healing glory of His Omnipresence. You will feel that yourbody is saturated with His Vitalizing Life. The Creator will seem more real in this vitalizingglow which permeates your being. Then in this profound harmony hold these thoughts:

My soul is one with all the vitality of nature.

My soul is a magnet drawing to itself all these healing currents of nature.

My soul is absorbing these finer essences of life which fill the atmosphere;absorbing all the strength which my nature needs and all the elements of which

there is a deficiency in my system.

I am a living soul, being clothed with the glow and glory of the Creator's InfiniteVitality.

I am intelligent soul power, searching through the depths of nature's storehouseof life for the healing essences, for the vitalizing powers, for the mystic medicines

of healing with which the Creator has stored His universe.

Great Spirit, I am drawing on thee for physical power.

Infinite Creator, I thank Thee for this realization of Thy Omnipresent Life.

A LITTLE STUDY IN THE SUBLIME

The Creator is Love, the Supreme Attraction, abiding within the sublime state of thesoul universe, the inmost universe, which gives spiritual life and power to the mentaluniverse and to the material universe, as the individual power of man by its presencegives life and power to the human mind and body.

The omnipotent attraction of the Creator is modified in its expression through themental universe out to the most negative degrees of the material universe, translated, as itwere, into terms of mental and material attraction.

The attractive power of His love appears in its expression through matter to be but amechanical law of attraction, and the intelligence in the law or power does not appear untilthe evolution of the higher forms of life, but this appearance of mechanical coldness is dueto the negativeness and grossness of substance as well as to the absolutely impersonaland impartial character of the love of the Ever-Present.

The omnipotence of His love may be better comprehended from the concreterevelations of astronomy. Our sun is a mighty electro-magnet for the generation of the

least powerful expression of God's attractive force; but the action of this great magnetupon the planets, which are less powerful magnets, reveals to us an operating powermysteriously grand.

And the far-seeing telescope reveals that all the fixed stars which illumine the darkspaces of infinitude above the earth and below the earth, out into the vast universe in alldirections, are all of them mighty suns, most of them of so immense a size as to staggerall belief. They are as much larger than our sun as our sun is larger than the earth, and itis a fact that it would take one million three hundred and ten thousand globes the size ofthe earth to make a globe the size of our sun. Add to this the fact that each one of theseglorious suns is, like our sun, the parent of a number of planets, and that each one of the



29

many planets swinging in harmony around the parent sun is inhabited by forms ofdeveloping life and intelligence, and we begin to gain a more comprehensive idea of themagnitude of the Creator's universe and the omnipotence of His love, which is the sourceof that attraction so universally active.

However, we have gone but a step toward the comprehension of the infinite Power ofHis love, even in its material aspect. We have all viewed that belt of bright mist whichencircles the starry heavens. It is now claimed by astronomers that the Milky Way is, toour vision, the massed effect of countless myriads of suns; that each point of light in thatgreat belt of light is the distant gleam of a shining sun, but so far away are those suns thatthey all melt into a perspective of misty light. And our sun is one of the suns of the MilkyWay; we are part of that great belt of light, and equally distant from each other are thosesuns in the distant mist as are the suns which around us seem scattered so widely apart.Ah, does not the mind dilate with wonder at the majestic power of the infinite and EternalCreator – the Omnipotent One!

And your body is an image of His great Body. How so? The atoms which composeyour body of flesh are approximately as far distant from each other as the planets andsuns swinging in the universal ether, and by the same law of attraction the physical atomsof your body exist and act together in harmony.

And your superiority over all animal forms is in this, that you not only have in commonwith animals an organization of physical force from the material universe, and a spiritualorganization of mental force from the universe of mind, but you have also an organizedsoul form of wisdom and love from the Soul

O Being of the Creator, He has organized all states of His infinite nature into yourcomplex being. In you Universal Intelligence becomes self-conscious, and from yourexperiences gains material knowledge. The vast sensorium of the Creator's Mind isimpressed by every incident in the life of every creature, even to the least. Not a sparrowfalls to the ground without the Father's knowledge, because the mental organization of thesparrow, as of every creature, is in and of the Universal Mind, and all the experiences ofeach mind tend to increase the knowledge of the Whole, for without individual experiences

in negative and limited states of life, there could be no knowledge of what would transpirein such states.

The Infinite Mind could not conceive of the possibilities latent in matter without limitingitself and coming into some relationship with matter.

It is a common belief among many that the attribute of omniscience enables theCreator to know every incident in every life in universes which are yet un-evolved. But thequiescent sensorium of the Universal Mind awaits the unfolding or future possibilitieswhich shall fill it with positive knowledge. It is as yet a blank page upon which the finger oftime has not written.

The Creator is the sum of all principles and possibilities, the infinite Presence in which

all principles and possibilities are forever evolving, and the mingling and interblending ofHis positive and negative elements and attributes is the creative bliss of Being.

The Universal Mind contains the record of every event in earth's history. In this Mind,which pervades interplanetary space, are objective spiritual realms, showing all thescenery of the natural world, but of a refined beauty far surpassing the scenery of thematerial plane. And in these realms of Mind exist all living creatures who have worn themortal form. From the natural attraction of like to like, those of like temperaments andloves are associated together in the enjoyment of those things which are conducive to theexpression of their peculiar talents. Thus the musical faculty of the Universal Mind is arealm of musicians. They are the ideas of the Creator that live in and perpetually evolve



30

musical thought. The artistic faculty of the Creator is a realm of artists, who spend theirtime in the enjoyment of art expression, and thus, through the whole category of evolvedsciences, arts and philosophies. Whenever man has discovered a new possibility in natureand developed that possibility by the concentration of his mind, there has been developeda new store of definite knowledge in the Universal Mind, and all future beings have beenenriched thereby.

That definite knowledge was not in the Mind of the Creator previous to its discovery byman, taking for granted that the same fact had not been discovered on another planet.The principle at some previous time was there, but it was for man to apply the principle inorder to reveal truth in its negative aspect.

If one studies and loves music, then there is formed a telepathic connection betweenhis mind and the realms of music in the Mind of the Creator, and if music is the dominantlove and motive of his life, he will, when freed from the flesh, enter into companionshipwith those who also love music, to whom music is the grand passion of life. So with everylove of man's nature. We are one in thought with that which we love, from a like state ofthe Mind of the Creator we receive our inspiration while incarnate, and when we enter thespiritual world - free to go whither our will may take us – our home will be where our loveis. Through all worlds and universes, material and spiritual, the law of attraction reigns

supreme, and through it is the wisdom and purpose of the Creator which is Love – revealed. As the Mind of the Creator pervades His vast Universal Body, and is life to it inevery part, so the mental and physical universes are held in the embrace of Hisomnipotent Love, and we, created in His image and likeness, are related to all three statesof His Being – we are flesh of His Body, mind of His Mind, and soul of His Soul. We maylive in the limited thought of the senses, in the broader understanding of the mind,receiving knowledge from the Universal Mind, or in the deeper consciousness of theblissful love of our Father, whose throne of love is within our souls.

The mighty power which holds the vast universe in perfect organization, has organizeditself into an individual soul within us, and through our souls we are in directcommunication with the power of the Creator, which is love. In fact, Love is the Power of

our being, the source of our life and intelligence, and as we educate our minds to receiveits divine wisdom – to realize it – we shall feel its power reorganizing our nature accordingto a more perfect pattern, according to the wisdom of the Creator. We are but limited andimperfect manifestations of its likeness and image, because of our limited perception andrealization of the Mighty Presence of Wisdom and Love within us. There is no limit to thepower of Love. The Creator's expressions increase in beauty, grace and perfection, asthey develop in the wisdom of love. Peace, perfection and prosperity are the naturalexpressions of the presence of His Love, when it is not limited by mortal thought or desire.When our thought is focused on outward things for gain or pleasure, it soon meets anobstruction which limits and causes dissatisfaction.

In study and contemplation of the truth, the mind finds peace and harmony, for itlistens to the "voice of many waters" – the harmonious music of eternal verities. But the

true and enduring satisfaction that alone satisfies the soul and attunes the mind and bodyto heavenly harmony, is the satisfaction felt in union with the blissful love of the Creator. Incommunion with the Creator the soul realizes its eternal nature and rejoices in His love, asa child in the arms of its loving parent.

In His arms of love, the soul becomes a creature radiant with the glory of the Creator.His love informs it and transforms into health the physical instrument through which thesoul expresses.

The wisdom of the Creator is the revelation of the eternal principles of His Being, andthis wisdom with its power can only come through continuous devotion. The operation of



31

divine principles may be understood by the mind, but the secret of His Presence is wononly by sincerest love and devotion. Realization of God-satisfying realization – comes byloving much, rather than by knowing much, although knowledge and discrimination arenecessary aids to the manifestation of that realization among mortals.

The stress of circumstances is developing us. All our experiences tend to intensify ournature and make us more positive as individuals. The negative path leads through painfulexperiences. Even the agony of physical pain focalizes all the forces of mind into a moreintense unit. But the way of the Creator intensifies the nature through devotion. Through asincere desire to know and feel the Creator, there develops an intense longing for HisPresence, which polarizes all the forces of the nature and directs them toward one end.This desire becomes the all-absorbing thought of the mind, and the petty, distracting lovesof the past fall away. All the forces of the mind and soul become polarized into a whiteheat of intensity, which purifies the nature and draws all the straggling thoughts andfeelings into unity with the central attraction. The character becomes inflamed with divineardor and zeal, and within the flame of love and devotion, the Spirit of the Creator movesand breathes, filling the character with a new and wonderful positiveness and power; apositiveness that is tender and a power that is meek, but withal, an invincibledetermination and purpose to make the Will of the Creator manifest. The whole being

becomes a living prayer of devotion. Oh, it is the deep prayer of the soul that touches theheart of Divine Love, and every thought of the mind and atom of the body must be lookingto the Creator in devoted expectancy in order to receive its share of the Spirit. Only thoseatoms and thoughts that have been schooled by devotion to look to the Creator willreceive of this transforming Spirit.

By devotion, we intensify and purify our nature and lift it to the state of realization, andby affirmation of the truth received, we sound the tone of our realization in mind and bodyand make the Creator manifest to the world. By devotion we develop the links that connectthe negative side of our nature with the positive Spirit dwelling within the inmost recessesof our being. And from this unity of the sense mind and the intelligent mind with theconsciousness of the Creator within the soul, the transforming Spirit has free expressionthrough nature, and the power of the Creator becomes more and more manifest in health

of mind and body.

MEDITATION UNCOVERS SOUL WISDOM

The mind is made spiritual by the study of spiritual thoughts. Material and spiritualthoughts have a distinct quality and rate of vibration. Spiritual thoughts are positive anduplifting, while material thoughts are negative and have little life and joy in them. Mortalsmust constantly invent new pleasures that they may not tire of living; for those whoseminds are immersed in the world's thought atmosphere of self-seeking do not realize the joyous life that springs perpetually from the soul. The majority of persons do not know ofthe Rivers of Life, the higher centers of inspiration through the soul life into the consciousmind. This inner source of satisfaction is hidden from those who are absorbed in things ofthe external world.

The study of spiritual truth is of infinite value to everyone because it opens up a newrealm to the mind, a realm of divine ideas, a realm where the ideal is positive reality, andwhere the thoughts of the Creator are embodied in beings of transcendent loveliness, wholive in the eternal light of the Creator's intelligent love where joy and harmony reignsupreme. With each new influx of thoughts from this sublime region of Mind, a new vitalityis realized and the determination is born to make the mind so positive and radiant withspiritual thoughts and feelings that there will be no place for the darkness anddissatisfaction so prevalent in the minds of mortals.

There is a tendency among students of the wonders of spiritual truth to read too much



32

and not meditate enough. This develops the intellect by making it a storehouse for thefacts and ideas evolved by other minds, but it does not uncover soul inspiration. This isevident from the fact that there are great intellects in the world who are veritable mines ofspiritual wealth, as far as beautiful ideas are concerned, but they know very little of theSpirit that dwells in the soul of man.

Each one must find for himself or herself the spring of inspiration within the soul, andfrom this spring will flow living waters full of the healing power from the life of the Ever-present.

If one reads too much on deep spiritual subjects and does not give adequate time tomeditation upon what has been learned, confusion and dissatisfaction will be the result.No depth of mind or strength of character is developed by storing the mind with beautifulideas unless time is given to the development of the Spirit of these thoughts, so that itbecomes an inherent power for good. True education consists in educing or evolving fromwithin rather than memorizing what others have realized and evolved.

Each mind can write volumes of wonderful realizations from the wisdom of the Creatorcradled within the soul. The soul is the joyous consciousness of Jehovih individualized,and desires to formulate what it knows of the Creator in the feelings of love and thoughtsof wisdom that it can generate in the mind and embody in nature.

In ancient India it was the custom for the spiritual preceptor to teach his pupil a truththat he had realized in his meditations, and then advise the pupil to go into seclusion andmeditate upon the subject until he had evolved a deep knowledge of it from within his souland applied it, as far as possible, in transforming his character.

When he had realized one truth, another was given that would uncover a new soulrealization. Thus the pupil developed harmoniously, and the mind was educated to receiveand manifest the intuitive power of the soul. In this way each truth planted in the garden ofthe mind should be cultivated by devoted attention, watered with thought and vivified withlove until it is ready to be transplanted by the soul into the midst of the thought flowers ofparadise. Spiritual truths should be meditated upon until they unlock the chambers ofthought within the soul, when the bliss of realization and spiritual communion will suffusethe mind and fill it with the illumination of a perfect joy, infusing all the thoughts with newlife and power from on high.

The thoughts that are born in the mind by meditation may be called thought children.The soul is their Father and it will feed them with manna of heaven and clothe themcontinually with new substance that they may grow in grace and be a delight andsatisfaction to the mind. These thoughts may be cultivated to such a degree that they willall work together as a united mental power for good.

Every cell in the human body is the habitation of a thought, and the soul light is alsodiffused throughout these physical cells; but this intelligence of the soul cannot expressits power through them until the thoughts become enlightened with soul recognition.

Let the thoughts that now fill the mind and inhabit the body be educated in theknowledge of Divine Intelligence present within them; let the mind meditate on thoughts oftruth until it finds itself in the cathedral of the soul, and the soul will give its joyous, healinglife to every thought and cell until the aggregate of thoughts and cells is spiritualized topositive harmony. This will give the soul an instrument on which it may sound any healingtone, and through which it can speak forth the mighty words of its power to the glorificationof the I AM in all beings.

THE SPIRITUAL POTENCY OF TONES

There is a magic power in music, and musicians should recognize the healing and



33

soul-awakening powers in all musical tones whether produced by voice or instrument. TheIntelligence of the Omnipresent One can express healing power through musical tones,and a recognition of this truth will enable this potency of tones to spring forth to meet theneed.

Few there be who have not had their emotions played upon by the spirit of music andfelt its uplifting power, as in praise and devotional singing; its inspiration to action, as inthe march and dance; or its quieting, soothing influence when embodying the deeperemotions of the soul.

Music is the most living and potent of the arts. It is alive with the Breath of Divineinspiration and awaits the recognition of man to reveal to him the magic mystery of tone.

Every created thing has a key-note or basic tone, which, when sounded, will move itsevery atom into vibrant accord. The church windows rattle to their tone when it is soundedon the organ, and the strings of a piano vibrate in sympathy with the voice of a singer.Everything sympathizes with and responds to its own key-note, and if one would unlockthe dormant power in anything, one must sound the key-note.

Every human being is keyed to a certain physical tone which is the basis of all the cellvibrations. Every faculty of the mind sounds a mental tone, and the basic desire of all the

faculties is the mind's key-note. The spiritual nature is also a combination of substantialvibrations, whose key-note is Love, and he who realizes Divine Love will move andawaken all souls, whether the mind and body are affected or not. Spiritual, mental andphysical healing may be accomplished by the occult power of tones, but in order to heal,one must understand the potencies of tones on all three planes of being.

Souls are out of harmony with the Creator through the darkness of ignorance thatclouds the world. Minds are out of harmony with the soul's desires or motives. Thephysical body reflects the interior discord, with the result that disease and pain existinstead of harmony and health. To attune souls to Divine Love, to fill minds with thewisdom of love and to restore bodies to a realization of joyous vitality, is the work of thetrue healer; and to accomplish this divine mission he or she must recognize the value andpower of the mind and soul, and understand the potency of words and of mental, soul, andaudible tones which bring about these results.

As you learn that the tones of your voice or instrument are living, vibrant forms,endowed with the intelligence of your thought force, your recognition of this truth willstrengthen their spiritual nature, adding to their quality, intensity and power as they goforth into space.

When you produce an audible tone, it has a body of sound vibrations, and also aspiritual form of living light, colored according to its quality, and after the physical waveshave become inaudible, the finer vibrations still live in spiritual space and travel forth until,by the law of attraction, they find lodgment in the spiritual nature of some one of God'schildren as a quickening seed of new life.

These emanations of musical tones are often seen by clairvoyants whose spiritualeyes are open, and they can follow them through the bright or gloomy spaces of spirit life.They are seen to proceed out from the immediate sphere of production in the form of raysor flowers of every form and color, separating as their various qualities are attracted tosouls in need of that quality. They carry uplifting light and healing love to the sick andsorrowing souls of mortals.

You, who are a student of music, should realize the good that is being effected by thetones you produce. Recognize the Divine Intelligence in every tone and you will realize anew inspiration in your studies. Even the scales and exercises will become alive and



34

interesting to you. You will enjoy the expression of every detail of musical thought, andyou will throw your whole soul into your art as a means of praise to the Great Emotion ofDivine Love, which seeks to reveal its joyous life in all beings.

Remember, as you play or sing, that you are sending out your joyous feelings andbrightening thoughts to an invisible multitude of weary, darkened, sin-sick souls, some ofwhom will feel the interior quickening of your tones. Some of the sorrow will be lifted sothat the Angel of Hope can enter their lives and lead them into the understanding whenceyour illumined tone proceeded.

You know that the Creator reigns in all the universe, and all cause for evil isdisappearing as the truth becomes known and manifest. You know the truth. Sing it, speakit, and play it in musical tones until you become radiant with the joy-giving knowledge, untilyour thoughts and feelings are attuned to the living truth. The Ever-present is at the centerof all life, reaching out through rays of love to uplift and comfort. His Presence is here,dissolving all fear, condemnation, sin, disease and poverty, as His children becomeconscious, by faith, of His power.

Intone the "glad tidings of great joy" until, in the fervor of your devotion, you feel thatthe Spirit of the Ever-present is upon you, and you have become a joyous tone ofeverlasting life and light to all your world, visible and invisible.

A HEALING TREATMENT FOR YOU

In the depth of your being there is a power divine that can touch the stars or fathom thesea, and bring to you the essence of health. Your soul is that power which contains thegerms of all possibilities, and these words are written to arouse your faith in its healingability. You are conscious of about one per cent of your power and intelligence. Ninety-nine per cent of power and intelligence exists in the subconscious and supraconsciousstates of mind – in your soul. You are so absorbed in the limited mortal intelligence thatyou have failed to realize the depths of power and the heights of intelligence that lie soclose to hand. You have even doubted the existence of the immortal range of yourexistence.

Rest now and be still, and let me tell you the truth of your immortal Self, the real You. Ifyou listen in the right spirit, you will feel what many individuals have felt, the stirring andawakening of the inner soul-nature.

YOUR SOUL IS GOD-BORN. It is power, and that power responds to words of faithand appreciation. Listen with all your soul and feel the awakening power.

YOU ARE A SOUL OF JOY. The joy of birds and bees and the active life of all creationare but the overtones in the symphony of the Infinite Creator, who radiates new glories ofwisdom and bliss each moment to the farthest stretches of existence. Your soul can feelthese tones of light and joy and be harmonized now in accord with the music of the DivineLife which is health and peace. Be still and feel the peace and joy of the inner universe ofDivine Feeling and your fears and worries will fade and all your flesh will rejoice in the

realization of the healing Spirit of Life.

YOUR SOUL IS A SPIRIT OF LIGHT. Be still, know this truth and let it shine. Its lightwill dissolve the darkness and depression of your mortal mind and inspire you with faith,hope, confidence and power to conquer; for it feels the pulsations of power from theCentral Dynamo and knows the Light which is beyond the comprehension of the mortalconsciousness. You can feel the surgings of this Inner Power, and as you feel them, youwill bow in humility and adoration before the majesty of the Divinity enshrined in your soul.

If you have not felt this power of your inner Self, if you have not sensed the All Lightthat radiates from the Divine within, you have not begun to live in awareness of immortal



35

things. You will feel this new birth when the animal impulses in the stable of your natureare asleep. This new child-consciousness in you will lift you up and save you from yoursins and heal you of their results, for you will no longer identify yourself with the mortal,because you will know, by spiritual conviction that no mind can controvert, that you are animmortal Self, standing in the midst of eternal laws and forces, which you can wield anddirect to the accomplishment of your soul's true destiny.

YOUR SOUL IS NOW POISED IN OMNIPOTENCE. It is a magnet for power, drawingto itself the wisdom, love and joy of Infinite Life. Recognize this wonderful power of yoursoul and it will clothe you with its benediction of light and pervade your flesh with healinglife. Your soul is now drawing physical vitality from the physical realm of life. It is supplyingyou with mental force and vigor from the spiritual realm of mind, and it is penetrating intothe inmost states of soul substance and drawing to you the essence of Divinity.

Believe in the individuality of your soul. Recognize its power to search what to you isan invisible and unknowable realm, and trust it to bring to you the health and wisdom youcrave. It is a mighty organizer, working most powerfully while you sleep. Have faith in itsorganizing power and expect it to dissolve the causes of disease from your mind andbody, and reorganize your nature after the hidden pattern of Divine Perfection.

PRAYER FOR THE PASSING SOUL

FATHER-MOTHER of Angels and Spirits:

Send Thy holy angels to bear this passing soul to its resting-place in the abode of theblessed. Thou hast prepared a place for it where it may abide in peace while beingcleansed of the disturbing sense of physical limitations. Thy light shining upon it now fromthe realm immortal, dissolves all fear and awakens within it a mighty joy as it realizes thatthe bright shore of its divine home welcomes it to rest in peace after all its struggle in this"far country" of earth. Through Thy ministering spirits Thou wilt feed it with the words ofTruth, which are the substance of immortal life. Thou wilt teach it and renew it daily withThy divine power. Thou wilt mercifully unfold its latent powers to behold greater andgreater revelations of truth in Thy eternal light, and it will ever know that it is one with Theethrough all its experiences in realms of life.

Oh Creator, through soul intuition and true faith I know all is well with this soul. I banishall feelings of loss and sorrow which have their rise in ignorance of the mercy and truth ofThy immortal Presence. Through the eyes of faith I see bright realms aglow with theradiance of immortal spirits who live in Thy eternal life, and with them I rejoice that theburdens of earth need no longer be carried by this beloved one, who casts aside theweight of years to wing its way into the luminous atmosphere of divine freedom. Father, letsome of its exalted joy be wafted back to me as I patiently abide in Thy inner grace untilmy work here is finished and I, too, can fling aside the heaviness of earth to realize thefreedom and joy of a spirit of eternal youth.

THE DOOR TO DIVINITY －－－－ VENERATION

My soul adores the Supreme Being. Through cultivating the faculty of veneration I cangain the highest, holiest pleasure obtainable by man, and I shall realize the benefits ofclose communion with the Ever-present.

I will enthrone the Creator in my soul and make His worship my chief duty as a meansto attain perfection. I will cultivate fervency and faithfulness in prayer.

The Great Spirit is the center of all my hope, love and aspiration. I worship Him in spiritand in truth. I desire to express His perfect qualities and grow in the power of HisPresence throughout eternity.



36

Contemplation of the Infinite One does not weigh me with the sense of unworthiness orself-abasement, because I realize that it is the Creator's mind in me that comprehends theCreator in the whole. I cannot feel vile or sinful or guilty before Omnipotence, as I realizethat such feelings are but the vanity of mortal egotism. I do not dread divine wrath, for Iknow and feel that the Great Spirit is love. I am purified and redeemed by the greatnessand power of His Love and the Light of His Love dissolves all feelings of religious gloomand melancholy and all ideas of future punishment and suffering.

Omnipresence! Let a Ray of Thy serene Light penetrate this most exalted faculty ofworship and quicken it with spiritual life that I may have the joy of communion with Thee.

Help me to realize that Thou art my Father and my Friend, one with my soul, and yetso superior in Thy wisdom and power that I can, as a little child, look up to Thee inconfidence and love, and trust to Thy abounding goodness.



37

MYSTIC WORDS OF MIGHTY POWER

AFFIRMATIONS OF RECOGNITION

Almighty Life is all about us.

God’s presence is always with us.

The Spirit of the Creator is always with us.

His presence broods over our souls.

His presence awakens the divine within us.

His presence is now focused on our souls.

His mighty Mind comprehends our needs.

He is the wisdom power of eternity.

He is the guide of our souls.

He is the light of humanity.

He is guiding us onward and upward.

He is the Master of all souls.

His Spirit is within all souls.

He directs us to the Father.

He is drawing us continually.

My soul feels his presence.

I feel the presence of life.

I feel the presence of power.

I recognize goodness within me.

I recognize that I am an immortal Spirit.I recognize that all things good are for me.

I recognize that eternity is before me.

Yea, I live in eternity now.

There is no end to my consciousness.

My consciousness is growing greater day by day.

I shall awake in the consciousness of divinity.

I shall see God face to face.

I shall see His presence in humanity.

Nature will reveal Him to me.

My own soul will shine with His glory.

His goodness and power are in me now, and I strive to bring them into expression.

I try to express the real spiritual self.

I try to live from my soul, for the Almighty is my strength.



38

INVOCATION

O Thou Master of Love, mightiest physician of souls.

We pray for the Spirit of Love, to feel as thou felt and as thou feelest toward humanity.Help us to realize that love is the all-conquering, all attracting power of Divinity. Help us tosee that we are living up to the highest in us only as we express this ennobling attribute OfDivinity.

Resurrect in us, O Master of Life, the inspiring feeling of love for all. Awaken us to thesoul feeling of kinship with all that lives. We would become as generous and charitabletoward the failings of other, as God is.

We would become lovers of thy ideal life and workers with thee in the healing andawakening of souls.

But we are only fit to teach love in the degree that we live the life of divine impersonalLove.

We are not worthy of the name of disciples of thine except we keep the example of thykindness and sympathy before us so vividly that it softens all our harshness and tempersan our fault-seeing into a divine gentleness of thought and action that reveals thy Spirit as

a living reality within our saving love, the world needs thy transforming Spirit. The world iswise only in its own conceit. It needs to feel thy love within it heart until it be uplifted out ofthe narrow and limited sphere of selfishness and greed.

And we as thy servants—servants of Love—can each and everyone increase thy Spiritin the world, and thus enlarge thy Kingdom in earth. Through living in and from thy Spirit ofLove we can silently attune hundreds and thousands of souls to harmony with thee. Eventhough we do no more than live divinely in secret, the contagion of love will quickly spreadfrom soul to soul until it becomes a living flame of mighty power consuming in its ferventembrace the sins, the fears, the pains, the poverty, and every ill that lack of love hasbegotten. It is blessed pleasure, O Lover of all the world, to be living examples of thypeace and love. And we praise thee for thy example and for the power we now receivefrom thy immortal Presence, which inspires and heals, prospers and blesses us in all ourways.

To thee, Divine Love Personified, be all the praise and glory forever. Amen.

REALIZE YOUR POWER

Mental positiveness is the first step in overcoming. The intelligence that you nowexercise is divine, and is already in its subjective state the cause of your humanorganization. Take away the intelligent YOU and the body will no longer remain a concreteunit, it because your intelligence is the organizing power that enlivens and holds your bodyin form. Your intelligence already has dominion over every atom of your being and isexerting that dominion unceasingly. You can now gain the realization that this is true, andbegin to use your power of intelligence consciously in ruling every part of your negative

nature, in overcoming all the negative conditions of disease and pain which exist in yournature because of a lack of positive, harmonizing intelligence on the parts affected.

All causes are more positive than their effects. All the forces of life and intelligence ofwhich the mighty Mind of God consults are positive, more positive than electricity, evenmore positive than the mind of humanity. Your mind must be tuned to supremepositiveness if you would realize the power of life. Your faith in the power of life toovercome every negative condition must be more positive than your belief in the lack oflife and health if you would polarize the intelligent healing power of the divine life.

Electricity flows freely through the copper wire, but when it meets the positive



39

resistance of the wire in the glass bulb it instantly generates heat and light. The electricityglorifies that which is as positive as itself. Life will glorify you with its power of health andperfection as your faith becomes as positive as life. You will become Godlike with divinepowers as you develop in the strength of I AM-ness which polarizes and radiates the life,intelligence and love of the universal Father to all. Always remember that one of theconditions of divine receptivity is humility toward the supreme Power. The most Godlikerealize that their strength is the strength of the Father. As the friction between the

electricity and the resistant wire generates light and heat, so the vibration of the wonderfulforces of the universal mind against the positive center of your mind will generate the heatof divine love and the light of true wisdom which will make you a mighty power for good, aradiant center of all the divine attributes that you have developed.

Your body is an image of your mental character. Your character is the aggregation ofall your past thoughts and feelings. It is your mind body and is formed from your habitualprocesses of thought. If there is discord or inharmony in your mind, if passion dominatesyour feelings, then pain and disease must, show forth in the body, for every atom of fleshis obedient to some thought in the subjective body of mental energy. The mind body is themore positive and, the flesh responds to its influence, as the iron filings respond to themagnet. Place some iron filings on a paper and put a strong magnet underneath the paper

and you will see the filings climb on top of each other and also form symmetrical curves intheir efforts to follow the lines of magnetic force and produce an image of the invisiblesphere of influence around the magnet. In like manner the atoms of flesh obey yoursphere of mental influence in an effort to image the influence of your positive pole ofthought. Do you not begin to see what a marvelous polarizing power you have? It is noone else than yourself that is holding these millions of atoms in organization. You are acreator, that is, you are an individualizer of atoms. That is all there is to creation; it is aprocess of individualization. Creation is God in the act of individualizing Himself. As Hehas forever been individualizing and becoming manifest, so creation is a perpetualprocess without beginning of days or ending of years.

Who are you but that unknown power of the Eternal whom no man hath seen orcomprehended fully? You are that One coming to consciousness, awakening to the

realization of yourself, and just beginning to know and feel that the power of the Almightyis yours to manifest for the good of all. You are growing to Godhood through exerting thepower that is inherently yours. The Being of God is your Being, the foundation for all thatyou are, and God is glorified in glorifying you. Who else shall he glorify but Himself mademanifest? Awake! Arise! Proclaim your own Being the King of your nature and of yourworld. Assert your I Am in the quality of divine love and you will add a positive pole to yourmental battery that will make you a mighty magnet, holding subject to your will all the lessdeveloped and negative forces of your nature. You can realize by constant practice thatyour will is the focal point for the mighty energies of God. Not in a day will you realize thefull powers of your divine being, nor will God endow, you with the power from on high untilyou have by practice of the good and true proved your wisdom and ability to use thethunderbolts of Jove. You have been ages growling to your present state of self-consciousindividuality, and now you have taken the step of recognition where you see that All isGood, because all is a part of the almighty wisdom and intelligence, and by your true andpersistent recognition you will appropriate the wisdom of God only, and all things will workfor your good.

You are lifted above the animal plane by your ability to think. The power to think unitesyou to the most positive state of the divine Mind and enables you to polarize Divinity. Youare the image of the Almighty, and can do whatsoever you see your Father doing.



40

THE MUSIC OF THE FUTURE

Music is a universal language, embracing in its vocabulary all possibilities of humanthought, feeling or utterance, from the crudest rhythm of the natural man, the untaughtsavage—to the keenest analysis of the philosopher or the deepest emotions of a soul onfire with God, wrapped in the devotional bliss engendered by direct contact with the divineHeart of Love.

In the blending of musical tones there is the possibility of unimagined and unfeltemotions and revelations. The ancient seers of India did not try to convey by written scrollthe revelation of things celestial attained through exaltation of the soul senses to directperception of eternal verities. The sublimity of truth and the glory and power of theemotions awakened in the soul of the seer, while attuned to spiritual realities, could onlybe expressed in the language of the emotions, through the modulated intonations of thehuman voice. The illuminated teacher intoned his revelations to his pupils, teaching themtruth in mantras, every tone of which had deep spiritual significance. When the words ofthe mantras were written and the tone values forgotten, their spirit was lost.

The spirit of truth contained in them no longer appealed to the pupil because theemotional effect of the tones upon the soul was not felt. In other words, truth wassomething the soul might be led to feel were the tones sounded that embodied trueemotions, or the emotions of truth, and the teacher who realized truth was able to awakenthe same realizations in his pupils by clothing his interior feelings in proper musicallanguage.

Modern music portrays in a large degree the dark side of mortal experience themelancholy of a Chopin or the depths of darkness and sorrow felt by Beethoven. Andeven when the lives of the gods are pictured, they are not the gods who have evolved tothe transcendent heights of immortal love and sympathy, but common mortals cast inheroic mold, full of the petty vindictiveness, jealousy, passion and affection of beings inthis mortal world.

If Chopin, Beethoven and Wagner could have lived an ideal life, apart from the pettyside of mortal life, with its cares and troubles, and have realized the sublime truthsrevealed to the souls of the ancient seers of India; if they could have heard the songs ofthe cherubim and seraphim and seen the glories that the prophet Isaiah and others sawthrough open soul vision, or have felt the heavenly truths that John the Revelator tried topicture in symbolic language, would they not be the mightiest teachers of heavenly veritiesto the soul and the most convincing that the world has known? Their musical revelationswould be soul moving and soul convincing; Souls that would give them, selves to the swayof the heavenly emotions induced by their musical pictures of the joyous life of theCelestials would be awakened to the Divine Motive of existence, would be attuned toharmony with the divine nature and purpose. Such music would, compel the soul to feeland see God, and once a soul felt God-like emotions, it would forever after desire to liveup to that God-like ideal.

Music is but in its infancy: Musicians have been learning the language of the emotionshow to express in musical terms what they felt, and, as is natural, they could not expressmore than they felt. But as musicians gain a deeper perception of eternal truth, which isalways revealed to the searching souls of mortals, they will reveal more of Divinity andless of mortality in their music, and awaken divine emotions in their hearers.

In the future the dominion of the orthodox religious beliefs of the dark ages will be castaside, the vast processes of human evolution will be understood, the warfare and strifeamong nations as well as in business life will be done away with, and the necessity forcompetition and its concomitants—selfishness and hatred—will no longer exist. Man will



41

rise above the savage in thought and action and music will not only keep pace with man'sspiritual evolution but it will be the most inspiring guide to that evolution, for, through theability of inspired musicians to feel the nobler and higher sentiments of spiritual manhoodthrough feeling the inspiration of high ideals musicians will make those sentiments andideals real to their less fortunate brethren and lead them to feel and live the ideal life. Thusmusic will become the mightiest redeeming and transforming power in the development ofcharacter, and, through character, of the welfare of the whole race, that human evolution

has produced.It is now positively proven that thoughts and feelings create poisons and tonics in the

flesh. Analysis of the perspiration and breath a half hour after a fit of anger, for instance,shows that anger has created a poisonous element, or vice versa, after a period of joyousemotion, the blood is enriched by a· tonic element. Some eighty different elements havebeen traced directly to the creative power of thoughts and feelings by Prof. Elmer Gates ofWashington, D.C.

The composer, who understands this wonderful fact, holds the key to a new healingart, the most magical and mystical that the world has ever heard of and also the mostpotent. In the emotion creating power of music we have in embryo a whole science ofhealing, which will yet be developed for the overcoming of discord and inharmony .and.

the restoration of divine harmony and health in the nature of man.

The inspired musician of the future will feel the celestial emotions of love, joy andpeace, and he will weave these emotions into music like that which breathes through allthe atmosphere of the heavenly spheres of eternal life. He will evolve such music as willcreate health compelling emotions in humanity. He will make the joyous brightness andhealth of heaven real to spirits clad in the vestments of mortality and awaken them to thereality of their divine nature through the use of like musical emotions. With mystical minortones he will enter into the dark recesses of their hearts, where they brood alone in"chambers of imagery," nursing their sorrow in selfish misery, and then, when he hasreached the secret chamber of their hearts and gained dominion over their feelings, he willlead them, and compel them to follow him through the mighty magic of his music, out into

the brightness of a God-lit land, in green pastures and beside still waters, away from andbeyond themselves into a heavenly, atmosphere where joy perpetual reigns, where it islife to live, where living is a song of praise to the Eternal and everything pulsates withgoodness and health. He will lead them from the bondage and darkness of their ignorant,mortal concept of life into the freedom and joy of the eternally true and real.

The time is not far distant when, through the discovery of more refined forces andmore sensitive instruments, man will be convinced from the demonstrations of materialscience that the human spirit continues to exist as an intelligent entity after the death of itsphysical counterpart. Professor Crookes, F.R.S., Professor Alfred Russell Wallace,Camille Flammarion and many other savants who represent the foremost achievements inexact science have arrived at this conclusion now through private investigation and muchexperimentation, but as yet a method of communication between the two degrees of life,

material and spiritual, that would be as convincing, say, as any chemical or electricalexperiment, has not been found. But more and more are those whom the world looks toan authority in the realm of exact knowledge, giving time to investigate the occultphenomena known to exist through the different phases of human mediumship. When thescientific world seeks with unprejudiced mind for truth from the spiritual world, it will drawthe attention of those scientists and philosophers among the inhabitants of the lands ofSpirit who will co-operate with the seekers in this world and use their more advancedknowledge of chemistry and more developed powers of will to bring to the world suchconvincing evidence of the truth of progressive immortality as will leave no room for doubt.



42

Then, when humanity are convinced that there is no death, this truth will free themfrom the terrible burden of sorrow that they have borne for ages. When they learn from theinhabitants of heaven (as some have already learned) that there is no wrathful God sittingon a throne of judgment, waiting to damn them to everlasting punishment because theywere no better than they could be, and no devil to delight in their tortures, the truth will freethem from fear that fear which has enervated the manhood of the race and madehumanity slaves to the authority of the priesthood.

Then through the power of truth, woman will be emancipated from the slavery ofignorance born subjection to man. She will use all the powers of her will and imagination,of her affection and understanding, to create a new race through a wise understandingand compliance with the laws of heredity. When the truth reveals that there is no death, noneed for fear or sorrow, or pain or poverty, that all is good even in its present degree ofunfoldment and growing better forevermore, then the music of the present, with itsrevelation of mortal sorrow and pain, will be but a historical relic. In its place will be amusic through whose every minor strain even there will run that triumphant song of thesoul victorious over sin, sickness and death that is heard in the immortal worlds wheretruth reigns supreme and love inspires all hearts to do the will of the Good Father.

AFFIRMATIONS

Righteousness and faithfulness shall be the strength of the I Am within my heart. I willgive expression to His love and manifest Him throughout my life, for He is my all, bothLord and God.

I will identify my being with the Divine Nature, which brings to me an almost constantrealization of the omni present power, and makes me one with the eternal Ego, Jehovih.My heart is now filled with His love and peace and I am satisfied. Besides my soul beingthere is none other being or power forever. I am, I know I am.

After I had made these denials and affirmations a number of times, I found that mymind was stirred up and I felt enfolded in a cloud of dark thoughts like a swarm of bees.These were the dark and limiting beliefs that I had generated in my mortal mind. Theylived in the cells of my physical body and shrouded my soul in darkness. The use of denialbrought them to the surface and they received the light of the true idea of divineparentage.

The reception of a new and powerful idea is usually followed by mental disturbance, asthe old thoughts in the subjective nature resist and try to overcome the new idea. It iscalled "chemicalisation" by many because of the similarity to the reaction that takes placewhen acid and alkaline chemicals, like vinegar and soda, are combined. When thisreaction occurs in the mind, the use of denial should cease for the time being. Peaceful,soothing affirmations will harmonize the disturbed thoughts and keep them from reflectingdiscord in the body.

My problem was this: I felt the call of the Spirit to walk in the way of God and preach

heavenly truth. Prejudice and opposition on the part of those whom the world said I shouldobey interfered.

Should I follow the leading of the Voice of God in my soul or should I obey mortals? Icould not disobey the divine leading.

The success of my work during the last few years has confirmed the wisdom of myway even in the eyes of those who were as a wall of opposition in my path, and I have notlost one true friend in spite of the apparent sacrifices at the time. Few souls are called totake a radical stand in regard to relationship in any way that will cause family ruptures.The path of duty usually lies very close to family and friends. But each soul is called



43

sometime in its progression, either here or farther along, to cast aside the belief of mortalrelationships in favor of the truth of the Fatherhood and Motherhood of God and theuniversal brotherhood of man. It may be readily understood that this is a truth of deepimport and a true perception of it would change the whole perspective of life. When thisbasic truth of being is fully grasped by humanity as a whole and brought down from theideal realm of thought and lived, will there be hope for the kingdom of heaven and thebrotherhood of man on earth.

This is a truth that opens the vision to the unity of all souls in the divine plan. It showsthe unreasonableness of selfish family conservatism and the foolishness of family pride.Who that really knew of his soul's relationship to Divinity could be proud of the feeble fameof mortals?

What parent that saw the value and power of this truth and had given his life to live it,would clothe his son in royal purple and see his soul brother's son, the child of God hisFather, dressed in pauper's rags?

But there is a deeper and more occult side to this subject. When it is a question ofpersonal health all ought to be willing to accept and practice the truth that frees and heals.

A son was born of a mother who had consumption and cancer. The doctors said that

the son of such a mother would surely die of either or both of these diseases. And thegrowing youth seemed to fulfill the prophecy of mortal heredity. Suddenly a hidden soulforce awakened within him and his constitution changed. He became a vigorous, strongman. The soul caught a gleam of immortal truth and realized that its source was theinexhaustible life and strength of God.

I know a little girl who was of a nervous, eccentric disposition, entirely unmanageable.The guardians held the thought over her that she was just like her grandfather, and so itseemed. They were intensifying his characteristics that the child had inherited until theirthoughts were becoming the law and rule of her nature she denied over and over thepower of the negative law of mental heredity and affirmed the spiritual law of soul heredityfrom God. We dissolved the mortal law and its suggestions by denial and placed hersubject to the beautiful truth of her free soul being, and we had the satisfaction of seeingour silent words carried out in her changed character.

In the same way, the unwise impulses and tendencies to disease that lie latent in thesubjective mental nature of mortals can be eradicated by the dissolving thought of denialand in their place there may be sown positive thoughts of moral and physical health.

How often we hear parents express the fear that this terrible disease or that evilpropensity will show forth because the child's nature is like that of his father or greatgrandmother. In too many instances children are kept under constant suggestions of eviland disease, and that many survive and grow up healthy and uncontaminated is due totheir souls' power of resistance. Yet many negative characters do succumb to falsesuggestions.

Shall we deny the power and presence of the soul or shall we have faith in thesupremacy of the divine attributes of the soul and deny mortal heredity?

"According to your faith, be it unto you."

The subjective mind is stored with seeds of false affirmations and beliefs that arebased on the idea of the strength of mortal heredity and these seeds but wait the properconditions of weakness to show forth in the flesh.

All these false beliefs may be rendered powerless by denial, and they must be deniedover and over before true soul freedom can be realized.



44

Ascend the throne of your true soul being and drive from your temple. the thieves thatsteal the substance of your life.

OUTGROWING NEGATIVE BELIEFS

When we see a divine truth we should grasp it with all the tenacity of the mind and bypositive affirmation incorporate it into the structure of our thought so that it becomes partof our mental organization.

Affirmations of truth create faith in the power of truth. They fill negative brain cells fullof the energy of positive thought. There is character and strength in affirmations. Throughtheir persistent use the latent life and perfection of the soul may be woven into a thought'structure of great beauty of character, which will gradually become manifest in the flesh.

We meet with students who hesitate to make affirmations, fearing that they willinterfere with God's will or disturb the outworking of karmic law. Deep insight into the truthreveals that the law of cause and effect (called Karma by students of Hindu metaphysics)acts in obedience to the thought and will of man and should never be accepted as havingdominion over man. And anyone who wills and affirms the truth is not interfering with thewill of God but is most powerfully co-operating with the Divine will, for God wills eternallythat life, health, success and every form and attribute of His divine goodness shall become

manifest on this lowest plane of manifestation and even to the least of His creatures.The reason the goodness of God is not manifest in this world is found in the fact that

the race is so immature in its development and so young in the unfoldment of itsintelligence that the higher degrees of God's intelligence, called love and wisdom, havenot been comprehended. The mortal nature of the race is so closely allied with thenegative nature of God, the earth, that it can but faintly realize the goodness stored inGod's positive nature awaiting realization, and so from no other cause than lack ofknowledge the merciful will of Divinity is not manifested to any great extent.

Now that we have seen His saving grace let us shout it to the skies and. proclaim inevery quarter the goodness and power of our God. Thus will knowledge of His truth andpower increase in the world.

God has given us dominion by planting in our nature a divine soul, an image of thewonderful activities of Omnipotence. Let us rise up 'into the majesty of our soul nature andcast every burden away from us by a recognition and positive avowal of the great truththat All is Good.

This brings forth from within the manhood of men, the womanhood of women and theGodhood of the soul. Let us deny every limiting ·belief evolved from the ignorance of therace, casting aside the belief in a karmic law of retribution as well as the belief in thechastening hand of the Lord. God wills mercy and not punishment. There are no "KarmicAngels" guiding us so that we reap suffering for every evil done in the past or leading usthrough hard experiences for the strengthening of our souls. Every angel worthy of thename is awake to the mercy of that Power that desires with tenderest affection to make

the pathway of souls incarnate a way of life and joy. Free your mind forever from thedelusion that suffering is part of the divine plan of redemption. Suffering is the result of theundeveloped animal nature, born from those qualities that man has retained from thelower animal species. Selfishness, vindictiveness, anger, jealousy, deception, etc., arefrom below, not from above, and these elements in human nature result in all thediseases, pains and evil environments that man is heir to through natural heredity. Theseare not the attributes of divine justice conspiring to repay for an evil done in the past; theyare the attributes of ignorance.

The knowledge of the love of God harmonizes and overcomes these negative causes,



45

creating peace, thus making the goodness of God manifest. Let us deny over and overthat the race has fallen from grace and is under condemnation for the sins of a mythicalpair in Eden. All the facts of evolution point to the truth that man has progressed to agreater degree of intellectual individuality since the time of the simple minded Adamicrace. The belief that the race was cursed by God has grown stronger through the ages,and this belief has, through the power of thought, itself been the curse that has heldunnumbered souls in dreadful bondage, a source of great suffering to all who came under

its influence. It had its rise at that time in the world's history when the Hebrews were led(or misled) by undeveloped spirits, who claimed to be gods, and instigated wars andcurses and the many occult laws of sacrifice and condemnation written in the OldTestament, all of which Jesus repudiated when he taught the truth of love as the fulfillmentof the law of God. The founders of the Christian religion were so hypnotized by the oldHebrew belief in sacrifice and propitiation for sin that they saw in the apparent death ofJesus the supreme sacrifice to God for the sins of the world.

We are mental creatures and through the law of heredity we come under and arebound up in all the false ideas current in the world, and we are also limited more or less bythe environment that these false concepts have created in the outer world, for greed andselfishness have built a false standard of living, with which each aspirant for freedom must

compromise in his effort to live to his highest. He must conform to some degree to theworld's ways or become an outcast. But no matter how much we appear to be boundeither by externals or by hereditary beliefs, we can find peace and very often entirefreedom by recognizing that our inner immortal nature is of God, and by affirming thoseattributes of Divinity which we find in the soul we turn our thoughts to operating the law ofheredity under its divine aspect, and we begin to realize the bliss of being true to ourdivine parentage even though we have to deny out of mind the ties of kinship throughwhich the negative law operates.

There is glory and power in this wonderful truth of our sonship as souls with God, andin proportion as we affirm the divine perfection and natural freedom of the soul we arelifted into the glorious light of the eternal truth consciously and we gain the strength thatnothing but this eternal truth has power to impart. But we must be faithful in making our

denials ere we can gain the mastery over all the mistaken ideas that are woven into oursubconscious mental nature. We must make the mind clear and free by erasing all errors,cleansing it so perfectly and guarding it so vigilantly that no negative ideas can take root inits fertile soil.

We are not required to reap from all the ignorant beliefs of the past any more than agardener who has mistakenly planted weeds in his garden instead of flowers is obliged tolet the weeds grow. We can uproot the false beliefs as the gardener uproots the weeds,thus making more and more room for the growth of the seeds of divine truth and for thedevelopment of the tree of knowledge which gives to us perfect faith in the ALL-GOOD. Itis our duty to use the leaves of this tree to heal everyone that comes to us for healing, itmatters not how negative or helpless, weak or undeveloped they may appear, for if we

have risen to the realization of the majesty of truth and cast away every unbelief by thepositive avowal that we know that All is Good, we have then educated ourselves soperfectly in this great truth of the universality of the divine nature that we realize that Goodis all and contains all there is. And thus knowing the higher law of the goodness of Godand through this light having gained a perfect comprehension, we shall now see things orstates as they are to the Eternal and through this knowledge, which has wiped out ourown false beliefs, we can also wipe out the beliefs of those who are led to us for healing,for we have come to see that beliefs based on the eternal Reality are self-existent forceswhich cannot be overshadowed by the beliefs of the world, but can and do conquer allmortal beliefs and make manifest the goodness and mercy of the loving God of love .



46

THE POWER OF THE I AM

The I is the man, the Self. This very short word has never yet been pronounced witheven one-hundredth part of the force which belongs to it. I must take hold of myindividuality and lift it out of the earth-mire into which it has been dragged by the earth'snegatives.

I must lift it up and establish its identity in the world. I must stamp the impress of my

personality on all my environments.My I Am is the image and likeness of the great I Am. I will claim the power of the I Am.

I will attain to my highest aim, which is to hold myself in God. I will hold my I at the righthand, the positive side, of the Throne of Power.

I am the personality of Power. I have won the victory by my own persistent efforts, Godbeing my strength.

I have grown to my present degree of power out of latent Good or God.

My I Am is Master. I Am: I have gained the mastery.

I have demonstrated according to my will and wisdom. I can demonstrate more andmore therefore I will not be subservient to anything.

I am the highest expression of God. I am the image of divine strength. I denyweakness; there is naught of it in me.

I have my origin in the Central Sun. I am in the warmth or love of the life of the divineSun.

I have gained the recognition of the truth and I am positive to all things and substancesthat have not gained this recognition. This recognition is the key to the healing of thewhole world and I hold it now within my conscious mind.

Healers must recognize in all patients the power of life over death, the power ofpositive over negative, and thus establish this positive condition within them. As theycome to recognize the power of positive thought they will see that all must be taught to

overcome.

Effort is necessary. Unceasing effort brings all the faculties and forces of the mind intoactivity.

The desire to overcome must be cultivated. The seeming difficulty of overcoming lies inthe way of assuming the position of mastery.

The power of habit must be broken. All who wish to gain this high position must breakthrough the habits of their old ways of believing. This should be done by and throughexercising the force of the will.

When one gains the true understanding of his position as a wielder of the power of thedivine Will, he must remember to use his will in breaking all conditions, for the will is the I,

and this I is so great, by virtue of the power of God vested in it, that the rest of thepersonality is nothing in comparison with it.

Thus I must break the fixed habit of thought which, despite the intelligentunderstanding, still clings to the external part. The beliefs in the power of disease held bythe race, and held by the conscious mind before it became aware of its mastery, areconsolidated in the surface mind. Those beliefs and the cells in which they reside are butnegative intelligence. They may be brought into subjection and their tendencies redeemedthrough the exercise of the will.

I am all mind, God's Mind. My will is supreme. My will shall cast the decisive vote in the



47

contest between the positive and negative forces within my nature. My will is Spirit activein manifesting the power of my soul.

I have climbed to a height in my evolution where I recognize that I reign supreme. Ihave dominion over all negative conditions. I have reached the perception of the AbsoluteTruth.

I will not, for I need not submit to the tyranny of any negative authority. Therefore I will

not permit any disease to dominate my flesh or destroy the health and peace of mynature.

I reign supreme in this organization and I exact implicit obedience from every part. Ideny and defy all negatives for my knowledge of absolute Truth swallows up everynegative assumption.

Centered in Thee all will be mine

That I have failed to reach.

This gives my soul a perfect joy;

My heart's too full for speech!

HEALTH RAYSAs we notice the drawn shades excluding from living rooms the vitalizing and germ-

destroying rays of the sun, we wonder at human ignorance which knows not the value ofsunshine.

When the sun is obscured, the atmosphere is not positively charged with the electricenergy and we quickly feel the lack of vital force. In some natures, this will react on themind to produce a feeling of depression, which goes to prove that the state of the bodyaffects the mind, until the mind asserts its supremacy.

The human body was formed to live close to nature, to depend on the magnetic andelectric forces of nature for its more ethereal food.

Whenever I go to the outskirts of the city where the wind blows in from off the fieldsand prairies, I feel that that air is charged with more vitality than the air we breathe in thecity. In consumptive cases, great success attends the return to nature.

The lone fisherman sitting in the sun is mentally soothed by the sound of the waves orthe flowing current. The complexities of his mind unravel under the harmonizing, hypnoticchant of nature’s voice and he enters that sate of simplicity and peace where thespontaneity of life finds free access to his being.

Worn-out city workers go to the country for a few days during the summer and return tothe city refreshed and refleshed.

Sunshine is nerve food, nerve force.

We should live in the sunshine as much as possible, breathing deeply of itsexhilarating electro-magnetic force.

Those who exclude the ozone-producing sunshine and the fresh sun-kissed air fromtheir homes will not find a substitute in the artificial ozone sold in bottles.

Our great benefactor and physician, the sun, gives electric treatments, white rays, bluerays, X-ray and all other ray treatments combined, without price.

This vitalizing ozone is to be had for the breathing, but the majority are so anxiousabout their health, or the annoyances of existence, that they fail to recognize andappropriate the marvelous healing virtue so abundant and so free.



48

LOST IN THOUGHT

Whenever one tries to penetrate to the essential state of existence prior to thebeginning of things the mind is lifted above the realm of concrete ideas and loses itself ina state of metaphysical abstraction. The consciousness may be led from the material tothe spiritual region of thought, and when the cells of the brain are not acclimated to therarefied atmosphere of this state, the conscious mind is stilled, and while the mindcontinues to roam in subjective space the body rests and recuperates.

This subjective realm is the source of most of our physical energy. During sleep theconsciousness appropriates strength from the universal Mind for the recuperation of thebody, as the storage battery, when exhausted, becomes recharged through reunion withthe source of electrical supply.

Those whose minds are daily occupied with material thoughts that have to do with thestrenuous business life of our time should, if only for the sake of their health, give sometime to the study of spiritual literature. After several hours of mental activity along one lineof thought there should be a conscious direction of the mind into another channel in orderthat overtaxed centers may rest. A change of mental direction is often more restful thanmere idleness, because unless another part of the mind becomes active and diverts theforces from the region that has last been used, the momentum of past thinking will not beovercome. A course of spiritual study would save many tired minds from softening of thebrain or apoplexy.

To the brain-weary I would say: Transfer, the mind from that part of the brain inconstant use to a more ethereal plane of thought. Turn the attention toward the abstractrealm of spiritual ideas and cultivate the spiritual side of the nature, and that high center ofintelligent attraction cannot fail to draw to itself the mind which contains thoughts thatrespond to it. As the state of the mind before going to sleep is most likely to affect all thenight thoughts, which in turn help or hinder the recuperative action of life in the body,devote the latter hours of the day to spiritual meditation.

The following directions will make clear one method of entering the subjective state:After retiring for the night let your mind drift back to the farthest reaches of time. Followbackward the process of evolution to the time when the suns and planets were yet in theoriginal fire-mist. Let your imagination try to conceive the state of existence before eventhe fire-mist, containing all the elements of manifested existence, had evolved from thebosom of boundless space, when all the gross elements were reposing in the state ofsubjectivity, hidden away in the universal Mind that filled infinity with its eternalConsciousness. As you follow this thought into the depths of the past your mind becomesmerged into the ocean of pure thought, the Essence of all being, and you comprehend insome degree at least that you and all beings have evolved from the Consciousness ofEternity and are forever in and part of the eternal Being. Then let your mind dwell in thethought of the serene peace of that pure Consciousness which is the essence of allelements, all bodies, all minds; the very foundation and source of the infinite creation of

forms. As you abide in that free state of thought its ethereal vibrations of peace will sootheyou to sweet, dreamless slumber.

THE SEA OF BLISS

We recognize that behind this veil of time and space is the all-pervading Sea of Bliss.We close our eyes to outward things—these mortal sense vibrations—and look with soulsight and true understanding to the radiance of Divinity, the soul light, which is theEssence of all things, the basic principle of life.

In this interior realm of glory all is vibrant with the active bliss of God. This blissfulPresence may be compared to a luminous Sea in which all things are immersed. We have



49

always lived in this Presence but our minds and senses are so occupied with thesensations produced by the gross realm of matter that they have failed to take notice ofthis abiding reality.

As we look with eyes of faith to that which lies beyond the senses, we become morerefined, more spiritualized and better able to comprehend that there is a Presence that isall-pervading, intelligent and self-conscious; a Presence more beautiful than all thebeauties of sight or sound in the realm of sensation; the very Mind of grace and loveliness,from which all external beauty is derived.

This Divine Presence is luminous with the light of wisdom, vital and warm with themother love of God, and enfolds us as a Sea of Bliss.

This Sea of Bliss is the positive reality. Compared with it, the world, which seems tomimic the only real state of existence, is but a negative reality. This Sea abounds withperfect Essence; it is the substance of perfection. It pervades matter, gradually refining it,imbuing it with more intelligence and organizing its atoms into more perfect forms.

This Sea of Bliss is filtering into the developing mind of the world. More and more of itsintelligence is being individualized by mankind. As we become open to its influx andinspired by its quality of love, we feel the power that makes for righteousness, we realize

that God's healing life is a mighty reality in our midst, and our faith becomes the channelthrough which the perfecting wisdom flows into our flesh.

Our faith lays· hold of the Essence that is love and bliss and as faith manifests thesedivine qualities to the mind, the whole nature becomes exalted and spiritualized by thevitalizing Spirit. In this exalted state of consciousness we partake of the wisdom of God,the mind becomes clear and those things which heretofore seemed dark and hidden shineout in their true aspect. In this high altitude of thought we see and understand the purposeof God, and we wonder why we can be persuaded to give so much time and attention tothe intellectual imaginings of mortals, who grope blindly in the valley of the shadow.

To live in this all-comprehending consciousness is bliss supreme; the search for mortalpleasure is no longer attractive; the mind is content to wait upon the Spirit and fulfill the

will of love and wisdom.Faith in this blissful Presence opens the door to its healing energy. As the expectant

attention turns to it, it silently responds to the imitation and quietly fills the cells with itswisdom light, with its vital energy, until it conquers the disease and pain and becomes thedominant and controlling life of the organism.

Patient faith is necessary. The Spirit is working all the time that a receptive state offaith is held. If its work is not yet manifest to the senses do not doubt, it is working asrapidly as conditions allow. Be not overanxious about results. Faith rests in the work thatis now being done, looking to the perfect power at work and trusting with childlikeconfidence to its wisdom. The Bliss of Being is the mainspring of life. As we becomeidentified with this endless Joy we forget all pain and anguish.

TRAINING THE IMAGINATION

A properly trained imagination is a very powerful factor in the practice of healing and inspiritual development.

We can often realize more of love and power in treating others, and feel more fervorwhile praying for another, than when we try to pray for or treat ourselves. Love flowsstrongest when directed to aid someone in need of help. Love and compassion are soulforces capable of powerful expression when self is forgotten and when there is greatsympathy for the one to' whom these forces are directed.



51

imagine him before the public, fulfilling his engagement, as follows. You are strong andfearless. You have nothing to fear.

The Spirit of divine courage inspires you, and gives you perfect self-possession. Everypart of your organism responds to your will. You know that you can fulfill your partperfectly. You are equal to and greater than the occasion. You have such positive faith inyourself that you do not feel the influence of the minds of your audience. You are filledwith the inspiration of the Spirit and enchant your audience with the exaltation of yourspirit. You lead their minds to see and feel as you see and feel and enjoy the rapture of joyful soul expression.

This method may be applied in a great variety of ways. After having practiced theseformulas from memory, there will come to you, while, applying them, great exaltation ofsoul, and you will feel the inspiration of your soul formulating thoughts' and emotionssuitable to the need. The thoughts generated will go forth from your mind and work in thestate or place imagined, to fulfill their mission.

LIVING ON AIR

A friend became convinced that she could live on the finer essences of life absorbedby the spiritual nature. She reduced her diet to almost nothing. As long as the store lasted

that the cells had accumulated, the body fed on itself and she rejoiced In her apparentsuccess, but when the store of energy became exhausted she was reduced to nervousprostration.

She held in mind the idea that eating is a gross animal function that she could livewithout it, depending on spiritual substance for her sustenance, unconsciously impartedthis thought to the sub-brain that controls digestion. The solar plexus became imbued withthe idea that it was too spiritual to engage in the drudgery of digesting food, and sostrongly did it hold to this thought that when she saw her mistake and began to feed thebody in the natural way, the stomach refused to perform its duties.

Then the false beliefs to which it was bound had to be dissolved from the mind of thestomach by denial and true ideas of its duty toward the whole body imparted to it by

affirmation several weeks were occupied in educating it to do its work as it should bedone.

All suggestions that we hear or read in regard to the value or injury of certain foodshave their effect upon the digestive intelligence. Therefore we should be cautious inaccepting negative ideas, and cultivate confidence in the value of those things we put intothe stomach.

Students often make the mistake of working when they should be resting, rousing byexcitement or mental affirmation the latent energy in the flesh and going without sleep.They do these things under the false idea that thy are demonstrating over the need ofrecuperative processes, whereas they are but overdrawing their account in the bankwhere the nerve force is deposited and the deficit will have to be made good.

AFFIRMATIONS FOR THE BEAUTY

I believe in the healing intelligence in my heart. This marvelous life, which is the causeof my existence, organized my heart from cell substance and though is no reason why itshould not work as intelligently now to reorganize and rebuild my heart into a perfect formof intelligent energy.

That same power and intelligence which originally formed the wonderful mechanism ofmy heart is within my heart now. It is capable of renewing every cell and repairing everydefect. This Spirit of intelligence within my body is able to repair any organic lesion, to



52

mend the valves, to reconstruct the arteries and in every way conquer the effects of strainor disease. I will not harbor any mortal beliefs of limitation. I have faith in the unlimitedhealing power now resident within my heart. My heart is the active existence of a divineenergy.

All beliefs of incapability and weakness are dissolved from my mind. The Spirit withinmy flesh, in my heart and in every organ of my body is ever and always creative. My spiritis the manifestation of the creative Spirit of God and there is no limitation to its creativeability other than what mortals have falsely imposed.

While not disregarding common sense in the care of the organism when any part islaboring under the appearance of weakness, I will not allow the prevalent ideas ofweakness or the race beliefs acquired from experience of fatal affirmation to paralyze theaction of the all-conquering, all-renewing vitality of God. I see the falsity of that beliefwhich declares that an injured heart cannot be healed. The power that added cell to cell tobuild the heart ran again add cell to cell to restore the substance of the heart to perfection.

I have faith in the intelligent presence of God within. I know that all life is intelligentlyconstructive. There is no destructive energy outside my own false beliefs, and these Idissolve. My heart is inspired with the almighty energy of God and it is now gainingstrength. It is now encouraged by my thoughts to build up new muscles, to mend itsvalves and to accomplish its own restoration to perfect health and normal action.

THE SECRET SPRING OF HEALTH

Emotions create either poisons or tonics in the body according to their quality. Thesecret of rich blood and healthy flesh is to feel pure and good; to sustain that generousfeeling of goodwill toward everything and everybody that creates a harmonious tonethroughout the natural.

The feeling of impersonal and divine love, when cultivated, overcomes feelings ofannoyance, of disturbance, of antagonism, as well as the more intense feelings of hatred,vindictiveness and anger, which result in discord and disease, and it establishes a tonewhich is not only moral and spiritual health but also health to the flesh.

Love is the likeness of God that gives grace and beauty to the soul possessing it. Itrounds out the soul into harmonious and symmetrical form and this image of the Divinereforms the character. And the harmonious temperament developed from the Spirit ofLove is certain to transform the flesh to express somewhat of its own grace and peace, forthe flesh is but the visibility of the character and must picture in its essence and in its formthe coarseness or refinement, the purity or sensuality, the deception or honesty, theirritability or harmony of the character.

We need to develop discrimination in regard to the characters of mortals that we maybe cautious and not court defeat at the hands of deceivers; that we may not associate toofreely with those whose aura is disagreeable to the soul, and be overwhelmed by thedarkness existing in the mortal sphere of thought; that, we may not be vaporized by those

we seek to help.

Caution and discrimination save from many pitfalls, but we must not allow ourdiscrimination to develop into condemnation. The tone of love and compassion shouldbecome so strong that we feel and express only love and good-will toward those whomanifest even the vilest and most disreputable characters.

We must cultivate that broad spirit of universal charity which sees beyondappearances into the soul of things, for only by this spirit do we enter into the harmonythat pervades the inner nature of life and becomes attuned to Godlike emotions. We musthave Godlike emotions if we would express the soul's beauty and manifest the perfection



53

of our Father in heaven. Here is the secret of Divine healing for ourselves and others.

INVOCATION

O Thou Master of Love, mightiest physician of souls.

We pray for the Spirit of Love, to feel as thou felt and as thou feelest toward humanity.Help us to realize that love is the all-conquering, all attracting power of Divinity. Help us tosee that we are living up to the highest in us only as we express this ennobling attribute Of

Divinity.

Resurrect in us, O Master of Life, the inspiring feeling of love for all. Awaken us to thesoul feeling of kinship with all that lives. We would become as generous and charitabletoward the failings of other, as God is. We would become lovers of thy ideal life andworkers with thee in the healing and awakening of souls. But we are only fit to teach lovein the degree that we live the life of divine impersonal Love.

We are not worthy of the name of disciples of thine except we keep the example of thykindness and sympathy before us so vividly that it softens all our harshness and tempersan our fault-seeing into a divine gentleness of thought and action that reveals thy Spirit asa living reality within our saving love, the world needs thy transforming Spirit. The world iswise only in its own conceit. It needs to feel thy love within it heart until it be uplifted out of

the narrow and limited sphere of selfishness and greed.

And we as thy servants—servants of Love—can each and everyone increase thy Spiritin the world, and thus enlarge thy Kingdom in earth. Through living in and from thy Spirit ofLove we can silently attune hundreds and thousands of souls to harmony with thee. Eventhough we do no more than live divinely in secret, the contagion of love will quickly spreadfrom soul to soul until it becomes a living flame of mighty power consuming in its ferventembrace the sins, the fears, the pains, the poverty, and every ill that lack of love hasbegotten. It is blessed pleasure, O Lover of all the world, to be living examples of thypeace and love. And we praise thee for thy example and for the power we now receivefrom thy immortal Presence, which inspires and heals, prospers and blesses us in all ourways. To thee, Divine Love Personified, be all the praise and glory forever. Amen.

THE LIVING TRUTH

You have been called to the ministration of healing and teaching by the same Spiritthat called the good of the past to leave their homes and all their worldly ways to teach theway of Salvation, the Living Truth of the Eternal One, which would satisfy the hopes andaspirations of the race.

You stand ready and willing to preach full salvation from every evil to every livingcreature. You are willing to devote your life to the contemplation of Jehovih.

You uphold the expression of living truth, based on the thought that God the Goodoccupies and prevails, and there is no reality or power in evil. You know this mighty truthand use it regardless of all appearances.

Your present position as a healer and teacher compels you to deny that the Creatorand Ruler of the universe is any respecter of persons or powers, or that he permits evil inany form.

You teach of the One who occupies all space, everywhere, who is the only Substance,the only Life, the only Law, the only Mind.

You believe that all the children of the universe are the offspring and thought of theMind that is God. And as God, the eternal Mind, is incapable of imperfection in Histhought, then all the children of the universe in their true being are perfect, holy and divine,like their Creator.



55

There has never yet been a teacher of non-resistance who was not forced at sometime or other to resist or go down under the mortal beliefs of poverty, disease and death. Itis a law of all life to resist and overcome all negative conditions, thus growing into theconsciousness of individuality.

It is commonly believed that Jesus (Joshu) was nonresistant to all the minds andconditions with which he had to deal. If He had not been the mightiest master ofresistance that ever trod this planet, the vindictive hatred of the Jewish Rabbis, and thedisembodied host that were swayed by their minds, would have swept Him out ofexistence. Open and sensitive as He was to all spiritual vibrations, he had to deal not onlywith the mental forces of his enemies, and the devilish antagonism of the uneducatedspirits whom he dispossessed of mediums through his word of power, but he also had toovercome and free the race from the many occult laws which were hanging over humanityat that time.

He was a living denial of all the falsity and error that clouded the mind of the race,resisting constantly with powerful words of denial the mental forces that impinged uponhim and the hard conditions which earth's children had made for themselves through theirignorance. He retired frequently from the world to the wilderness where he couldcommune with the Father and gain from Him the mighty strength which enabled him to

battle with minds while he was sowing the seeds of truth and righteousness in the mind ofthe world. And the more his faith in the omnipotent Goodness resisted and overcame thebeliefs of mortal mind, the greater and mightier became his realization of the presence ofthe Father.

You have become what you are as an individual by virtue of your aggregated power ofresistance. God is not trying to absorb you into a great impersonal state. It is Hisalmighty will that everything shall appropriate His impersonal life to become more andmore powerful as an individual. The whole aim of evolution is conscious, forcefulindividuality.

Not by passive trust or faith will man gain dominion over the things of the earth mind.He is in a universe of individualized forces, and he overcomes by individualizing more

power than is expressed in the conditions with which he is beset.

Passive spirituality does not accomplish much either here or in spirit life. Only thosewho individualize love in action for the benefit of humanity become masters and liveconsciously in the sphere of the God Mind.

The influences dwelling in the mortal mind of the world impinge upon the sense mindof man, causing all false feelings and desires, and producing misery and pain.

The reason and will must be enthroned above the sense mind in order to bring it intosubjection.

It is only by educating your body and infusing it with positive thoughts that you willbring this mind into such a positive degree of intelligence that it will be out of the range of

these lower influences.

The God-power can only flow through such parts of your mind and body as are Godlikein their intelligence. True, your being is in God, but your mind is growing from the negativeto' the positive pole of the God Mind, and your closeness to the positive pole dependsupon how much you are polarizing and expressing of the positive attributes of God.

When you become so positive with the love of God that your whole nature is infusedwith its creative energy, then you can stand in the positive presence of God. You will thenbe attuned to that deeper, more vibrant tone of being, which will prevent you from feelingany of the sensations of the carnal mind.



57

When the magnetic healer and his patient are in sympathy and when their naturescontain no chemical or mental antipathy toward each other, great good can beaccomplished. But when the patient feels greater weakness following the treatment, it isevident that he or she has not found the right healer. Those persons that producedisagreeable feelings in a patient or leave a patient weak after a visit should be kept awayuntil the patient is strong enough to endure their presence. C and D on the piano do notharmonize, although both are equally good in their place, or when properly combined with

other notes. In like manner personalities produce discord in each other when their naturesare not compatible.

Experience gives proficiency in the use of magnetic and mental processes. Faith alsois born when a few good results have been witnessed by the healer.

THE WONDER-WORKING QUALITY

There is a quality in the heart and soul of man that is very wonderful. It is compassion.It is not given out to humanity as much as it should be. The coldness of mortality causes itto work very slowly on the earth plane. But it is such a wonderful quality that if mortalswould only uncover it and be wiling to help it work, it would in hundreds of instances provean almost instantaneous freeing power.

It is a surety of the Divine in any of us when we rise up into the mighty unconquerableWill and compel the evil appearance to go, whether it be disease or devil, heat of fever orviperous condition which chains some mortal down in utter helplessness.

Compassion, which inspires such demonstrations, is a ray from that One Power ofwhich all individual life Is a manifestation. All we see of love is an exhibition of the onesupreme Love. If we will cultivate this instinct into warmth and fervor in our hearts we shallattain to something tangible for ourselves and others. From these wonderful, divinequalities grows faith in abundance, that strong, vital faith that will help us to carry ourbrothers through the dark places in life's journey. They need so much help, so muchinstruction given in the spirit of love.

Many of their conditions are a result of a wrong way of thinking and living. They have

become isolated ill thought and feeling from the wisdom and compassion of God. Truehappiness can come to them only as they are led back through the Way of love and lightto soul unity with the Father-Mother God.

Jesus (Joshua) off times restored the ailing by awakening their spiritual perception. Hedrew theirminds so close to his consciousness of the Divine that they were able to seethe emanations from the light of the supreme Truth. That Truth was the holy sunshine ofhis life and it united him to the Divine influx. He knew that if the afflicted could onlybecome conscious of the shining rays of glory beaming upon them from the supremeTruth, they would listen to its whisperings and turn their thoughts toward God. Somethingwould come down from the transcendent skies of heaven and enter their souls. Awondrous, almost imperceptible touch from the Spirit of Eternal Life would reveal to them

their salvation.When the true vision, that is, the true understanding and the compassion of God, is

attained, we become revealed to ourselves. This realization of the Essence of God,coupled with the knowledge that we are included in His Being, gives us eternal joy.

We can turn the rays of divine compassion into a healing balm for mankind. We canuse it to banish their infirmities and give them strength while we teach them that all healthand all power come from God, the universal Life Principle. And in this work we realize adivine blessedness as we make known the compassion of God.



58

JEHOVIH

I recognize thee as The Great Soul.

I recognize thee now as the Almighty Healer of all heavenly and earthly realms. Irecognize thee as the Master of Souls, the Spirit of divine impersonal Love.

I bow in humility of heart before the majesty of thy Soul, and ask of thee the blessing ofthy love, that I may daily grow more like thee in the expression of loving kindness, purity of

thought and nobility of character.

I know that with thee as my immortal ideal I shall become inspired with thy divine spiritof love and goodness.

In devotion to thee I will bring all the forces of my nature to serve, thee. I will force allmy thoughts and feelings to turn toward thee that the light of thy true Presence may glorifyall my nature, converting all the ends of my earth to thy service.

I will walk in the path of righteousness and truth for Thy love's sake. Amen.

GOD IS YOUR HOPE OF GLORY

A wonderful path stretches out before you. You are walking into the arms of a glorious

destiny as a son of the living God. Your soul is part of the great soul of God, one with theinfinite Soul and lives in the ocean of Soul partaking of the strength of the Spirit. Knowingthat your being has its foundation in God, as an expression of the almighty fountain ofCause, you have faith in the development of the power from within. You are embodyingthis unlimited power in your words, spoken from this understanding.

Speak the word of truth with faith; perfect unwavering faith. Hold fast to the God dayand night, trusting even though you see no result, trusting on and on with persistency inprayer, repeating over and over that you will trust Him, for He is your deliverance. Affirm:God is my wisdom. God is my strength. He will manifest in and through me, for in Himdoth all fullness dwell; fullness of life and joy· and perfect bliss. Do not allow yourconsciousness to limit the manifestation, for it is limitless. He will manifest through you asyou give Him a body of faith; faith that is built strong and sure on the foundation of

almighty goodness and love. There is nothing too small for His love. His love desires toincarnate in and express itself through every atom of negative substance. And by yourcommunion with this inmost center of soul intelligence the most positive realm of Divinity.Your mind becomes infused with the living faith of God, and gains dominion over all mortalconditions.

Keep your mind consciously in open communion with Him without any intervention.Hold your God firmly and persistently in your mind. Continue praying until you bring toyourself the manifestation of the highest ideal. For the rays will surround you and arrayyou in their shining brightness. You have only to remove every barrier that might excludethe light of this fair truth that its glorious all divine perfection may be revealed more andmore fully to your consciousness, till it permeates your individual life. Pray without ceasing

till you gain the victory and this fair and perfect truth sits enthroned in your life. Hold thesilence sacred, for it is in the deep silence of the human spirit that the mount of peace isattained. Listen to the voice which cometh in tuneful whispers from the magic portals ofthe cathedral, from the midst of the glory on the altar of your soul life, for it is the voice ofyour God that will lead you.

To reach this fair truth, to reach the glorified love of God, you must cast aside all drossand earthliness; be willing to climb any height or walk through any thorny path to sit at Hisfeet.

Be alone as much as you can with God, folded in the silence of His breast. Your heart



59

is almost still for the brooding pinions of divine love and divine peace are enfolding you. Inthis calm the soul abides in the joyful consciousness of its divine inheritance.

In the Hindu Scriptures the voice of the Lord God speaks the same truth. “Hard thetravail is for whoso bend their minds to reach the Unmanifest. That viewless path shallscarce be trod by man bearing his flesh. But where so any doeth all his deeds, renouncingself in Me, full of me, fixed to serve only the Highest, night and day musing on Me him willI swiftly lift forth from life's ocean of distress and death whose soul clings fast to Me!Come thou to Me! Clasp Me with heart and mind! So shall thou dwell securely with Me onhigh.”—Song Celestial.

Our physical sun is a mighty radiator of electric and magnetic energy. The vibrations ofthe sun's energy by their friction with the electric and magnetic currents generated fromour planet, cause the vibrations which we' sense as heat and light. "As below, so above."What ever we see on the physical plane has its analogy in the spiritual part of God'snature, for the one law of attraction operates alike on all planes.

There is a great center of radiating power in the Divine Mind like our physical sun, andthe Vibrations of the great spiritual Sun fire sensed by spiritual beings as love andwisdom. This powerful center of intelligent life is the parent of all spiritual entities, as thephysical sun is the source of all life, and growth to physical forms. Our planet wasoriginally part of the substance of the sun, therefore we can speak of the sun as the fatherof the planets and all forms on the planets. In like manner all souls are of the life andsubstance of the spiritual Sun of eternal life; therefore the Sun of heaven is the Father ofour spiritual nature and the perpetual inspiration and strength of our souls.

The radiating glory of this majestic Presence of the Father fills all space and sustainsall substance with His immortal power, and ever seeks to satisfy the needs of the soul,giving life in endless abundance.

This divine Sun of righteousness is mentioned in all the Bibles of the world, and all thesages and prophets, whether Hebrew, Persian or Hindu, have worshipped this golden-orbed Sun of God.

The Creator is identical with the Sun of love and wisdom. He is the personified form ofthe Father to all souls in this solar system, because His soul organizes and exhibits thepower of the Father most fully. He therefore stands at the summit of the mountain ofevolution as the supreme teacher and guide, and in Him all find the most direct waytoward the realization of the life eternal.

You can affirm as true of yourself all that you can conceive as true of the universalGod. You are a. microcosm; a small reproduction of the great cosmos. Whatever is true ofthe Father God is true of your soul, for it is the organized substance and intelligence of theFather.

Benefit may be derived from every affirmation of truth made by teachers and pupils ofthe New Thought. There is truth in all statements that identify man with God. But all

statements are not beneficial at all times. Minds weak in mental backbone need to betaught to recognize and affirm the glory of their own indwelling souls.

They must also be taught of the Rock that is higher than I that their self-assertion maygrow in grace and love. They must know the truth of their independence of all negativeconditions, but they must also know the truth of their dependence upon the more positivemanifestations and attributes of the Father, that meekness and power may walk hand, inhand in peaceful companionship.

As long as thoughts of self and of the things of the world are dominant in the mind, themind is in touch only with the mortal vibration of the earth plane. It is constantly drawing



60

that quality of vibration of which it is in the habit of thinking. It may say over and over "I amthe love of God" but unless it is lifted out of the mortal sphere of thought at the same timeand feels the love of God while thinking the thought, it has no more effect than anyintellectual exercise.

The soul incarnate yearns for communion and contact with the awakened souls of theheavenly spheres. It needs to be kept in touch by love and devotion with the immortalglory of the awakened state of souls that it may drink of the waters of life, and beresurrected into the consciousness of powers that belonged to it in its heavenly home.

The ministering power of the Great Spirit is an organized power. The Father is foreverorganizing His power into individual forms of expression. There is not expression exceptthrough organization. His electric and magnetic power is expressed to us through theorganized form of our physical sun. Intelligence is expressed through the organization ofbrain cells. And the life and power of God are expressed to the heavenly world of soulsthrough the organization of the divine central Sun. The might waves from this celestial,center are still further modified and transmitted to incarnate souls by the ministering powerof the Great Spirit, which is organized of the wise and mighty souls that have attained tothe angelic and archangelic state.

ENDOWMENT OF THE SPIRIT

Marvelous are the beauties of divine thought.

Our thoughts shall be pure and exalted, free from that mortal bondage, that physicallimitation that characterizes the thoughts of men. The attractions of the external world arenot strong enough to keep our thoughts from soaring to the Father. We shall deny thelesser attractions and responded wholly to the supreme attraction of Divine Love.

The I Am Power is the omnipotent One and brings sweet rest and peace to all who liveclose to it and obey its voice of wisdom.

Strive to open your eyes to the beauty of your own soul, the I, the inward Spirit that canheal and save if you recognize it as God in you and live up to its ·idea.

Labor to overcome unbelief, that you may enter into the rest of God where all activity isinspired by the bliss of Being.

Be constant in prayer and in affirming the truth until you live only in and under itspower.

The real God Spirit must be alive in you if you would do even a part of the works thathe did. As you study his life and become united by love and faith with his mighty Soul, hewill endow you with strength and power to do his work.

He sees his devotees and hears their prayers, for their minds are naked and openbefore the deep searching gaze of his soul sight.

Draw near therefore with confidence to the throne of grace that you may obtain mercy

and find his favor in time of need. He is abundantly able to provide the divine elementsthat you require. If you lack courage or faith, he will lift you up and breathe his faith intoyour being. He will hold you in his strength and enable you to do his work wisely and well.But you will need each moment to abide in him if you desire to feel and radiate hiskindness.

Only by entering into communion with God will you gain his power to heal, for healingis the touch of the Divine.

You cannot successfully lead a spiritual life separate from God. Your self must becomesubservient and live under the 'controlling influence of the Divine Spirit. You need his help



61

to enable you to become a strong, pure character. Your will must choose him.

Yield every purpose of your heart to God. Obey him if you desire a life so full of Hisglory that your face will shine with joy. Your life and your face will shine with the gloriousreflection of His presence within, and many in looking into your face will partake of thequality of the joy of your life. For you are his, and your life will become like an over flowingstream of breadth and power.

You lay your life at God’s feet. You are abiding in The One in All Things. Your heartyields itself in an ecstasy of love to God. 'Your will becomes The All Will, and when youare wholly dedicated to God, The All One will transfuse your being. God will sprinkle youwith the clear water of life and you will be truly baptized.

He is your great deliverer, able to meet all your spiritualness. His everlasting loveenfolds and heals you.

On the still surface of your obedient mind his hand will write the work for you to do, ifyou have given yourself to him unconditionally, and turned all the forces of your nature toserve his purpose.

Through your positive thoughts and intensity of devotion, you will have traced yourpurpose in the heavens you will have written it in letters of light in the Mind of God.

You make your vows to him. You pray to enter more closely and consciously into thedivine relationship with him, and then bends toward you with listening ear, and in thatprecious moment the stillness is sublime. In the deep silence he whispers to you, "He thatovercometh shall inherit all things."

When they enter the devotional silence with you and feel the overshadowing Presenceof the Divine Consciousness, they will then want the instruction that will enable them togrow in the understanding and appropriation of the healing life.

Give whole days to the sacred silence whenever possible. When you realize theConsciousness of Divinity you can build on it a home of peace, for it is the Rock of yoursalvation that you have gained through your true and holy faith.

You should not expect to reach a state where you will not need each moment to abidein him. If you feel able to live without him you are abiding in the separate life of thepersonal minuet you cannot be independent of him and do his perfect work on this plane.

Listen for the All Voice in your soul. It is so soft in its whispers that its sound of gentlestillness is not so much heard as a voice as it is felt or known as a penetrating intuition.Keep the ears of your mind open for the positive thinking of God.

Your very high thoughts will write something of moment on the subjective record andbecome established in the mind of the world.

The thinking of mortals in the world is negative and does not conform to the highwisdom and beauty of the God-idea. You do not desire to live by it or put your faith in it, for

your faith is now placed in the enriching fullness of God's perfect truth.In time you will gain a perception of the absolute unity of God and his nature, and feel

yourself included in that blissful unity. When Love and Light are in perfect union with yourinmost life, you will discover the point where God's life blends with your life, where theDivine becomes manifest in you. He is your strength and the light of his truth is yourwisdom, flowing into your conscious mind as an intuitive knowing.

All your faith is placed in him and he has become your righteousness. Your spirit is notisolated from that universal Spirit of which you are a limited form. The holy inward recessis the place where God divides himself, but he does not grow less in this holy division, for



62

soon through this unity the higher self will live constant to the quality of the Central DivineFlame. For then you as an embodied soul will have overcome; your soul will have beenlifted into the light, and body, mind and soul will be glorified.

Whether you are living at that time in this world or in one more spiritual, your seeminglyisolated self will stand in the blissful consciousness of the Supreme and proclaim:

I AM A FLAME OF ETERNAL LOVE.



63

HEALING CURRENTS FROM THE BATTERY OF LIFE

BECOMING ATTUNED TO THE SPIRIT

Purity in thought, word, and deed is absolutely essential to any degree of health orspiritual power. Do you desire health from the Creator, permanent health, which will bringto you the ever-increasing joy of conscious growth in spiritual dominion? Then you mustdevelop the conditions of mind that will facilitate the influx of the Vitality of Eternity. The

Creator's universal Mind is the life and mind of all things, but this power within you, whichbrings health and peace in its tender ministrations, abides in the more refined states of theuniversal Mind. Only those who purify and refine their thoughts and feelings will enjoy theblessed realization of the All Perfect Ever-Presence.

The greatest wisdom and the mightiest love are realized and expressed by the holiestangels and archangels of Heaven. When the emanations from the angelic sphere combinewith those of the awakened soul, the healing power is strongest, because the emanationsfrom the angels are so imbued with universal love and sympathy that their curativepotency is enhanced thereby. The Ever-Presence is organized in the angelic souls ofHeaven, and through these angels, who once lived and suffered as mortals, thisbeneficent Spirit is directed in sympathy and compassion to the healing and uplifting of

mortals, wherever they can find an open door.We might desire, with all the intensity of our natures, to do something to save a person

who was unconscious down amid the noxious gases of a mine, but the conditions wouldnot allow us to enter. To the angelic overshadowing, accustomed to life in the mostharmonious states of the Higher Realms, the lust and discordant feelings of human life areas disturbing and bewildering as the gases of the mine would be to us. The magnetic andmental emanations from mortals who are living in the enjoyment of the ordinary pleasuresof life, without aspiration for heavenly truth, fill the mental atmosphere with odors andvibrations so strong and disagreeable that only unregenerate spirits, not long departedfrom the earth plane, can remain in close association with friends still incarnate. The highand holy ministers of the Creator who inhabit Eternity cannot breathe and hold theirconsciousness amid such dense vapors to the best effect. The Creator longs with infinite

Love to bring each and every one to the conscious realization of a greater peace andperfection, and it is the perpetual operation of Divine Love that is gradually lifting humanityfrom darkness to Divinity. Locked up in the chemical elements of the earth one can findfar greater power than dynamite or electricity, and by concentration of thought, humanitymay discover, and by mechanical skill operate, this power. Stored in the mental spaces allabout and within the mind of humanity is a greater power, and this power is beingdiscovered and applied in suggestion, thought transference, and through the mediumisticphenomena where invisible minds or mental forces become clothed for a time in thetrappings of matter and seem to overcome all known laws of physics by levitating materialobjects. This same mental power is being used to heal disease and create lives of positivefulfillment.

There is a power in the Creator much greater and more satisfying in its operation thaneither material or mental power. Behind and within the purest degrees of all the universalforces of existence abides the Supreme Controller, the Spirit of the Ever-Present, Who isforever evolving and transforming all energies and forces to subserve Its purpose ofwisdom and love. It was this transforming power of the Creator's Love that the prophets ofold discovered and revealed to mortals; and it is this Spirit of universal Love which each ofus must realize if we would know the Creator.

By purity of life we prepare the physical temple, and by deep devotion and holyaspiration we stir the depths of the soul into intense activity, and become a magnet for the



64

indwelling Spirit. The soul is of the Creator; it came from that Infinite Source, and throughit the spirit will express to the mind and body.

The soul in its incarnation into a form of flesh is like a seed that has been sown in theearth. It must be watered by our thoughts of recognition and quickened by our deepfeelings of love for the Creator. It has an affinity only for the truth of the Creator's love; thethoughts and feelings generated by earthly things becloud its faculties and hinder it fromreceiving its daily sustenance from the I AM within. If the mind of a person is centeredwholly upon material things, the soul becomes isolated from the Creator.

If the soul is strong and has had some degree of awakening, it will tire of thedreariness and darkness of mortal vibrations, and when an occasion offers itself by way ofsickness or weakness of the body, it will sever its connections with the flesh and return tothe freer state of spiritual life, causing death to the body. But it will still be burdened by itspersonal mind, which it must regenerate. The work of regeneration would have been mucheasier had the personal mind received and accepted the knowledge of spiritual truthsbefore death, because truth received from the mortal plane of understanding produces adeeper impression on the mind accustomed to dealing with material things. If the soul isnot awakened, it cannot gain much realization of its oneness with the life and wisdom ofthe Creator, and consequently will not be able to recreate and hold the flesh in harmony

and health. We very often find that it is sufficient to educate the soul to a realization of itsoneness with the Creator in order to bring health to the flesh.

There is no permanent health or happiness outside the realization of the heavenlyPresence. Many seek for health, as they have sought for happiness, in material things,and find it not; while if they would but cultivate conditions for the expression of the healingLove of the Creator, much disease and suffering would be eliminated from their lives.Some reply that they have known pure and devoted seekers of light and truth who havebeen the greatest sufferers. We know that they were not living in the knowledge of theomnipotence of the Creator's love and goodness; in other words, they believed in thepower of evil to frustrate the Creator's omnipotent Goodness, and according to the laws ofthought, their beliefs in the powers of darkness hindered the manifestation of the spirit of

Love in their lives. Their fears and mistaken beliefs made them negative and receptive toinharmonious conditions. Their minds were not bright, hopeful and joyous with positivethoughts derived from a divine faith, and so the Spirit could not enter.

We have known of those who have been deeply interested in all that tended to helphumanity. They were faithful in doing church work, active in works of charity, giving mostof their time and energy to others; and then as they found their strength diminishing, andhad many disturbances in their financial conditions, they began to doubt God. They haddone much for God, and what was God doing for them? God did not seem to care howmuch they suffered or how poor they became. Was God just?

Did God love them? Was there any God of love and wisdom at all. They fulfilled thesecond part of the commandment to love their neighbor as themselves, but failed to see

the depth and breadth of the first part of the injunction: "Thou shalt love thy God with allthy heart, mind, soul and strength." They used their own strength and not the strength ofthe Ever-Present within them. If they had lived in the constant inspiration of the Creator'sPresence, their souls would have gained new power daily; wisdom and vitality and a livingspontaneity of joy would have filled their lives with gladness and health. They woulddisease from themselves and others. I know these things to be true, for I have lived in theold way and reaped pain and discouragement, and I have lived in the new way andreaped joyous health and spiritual prosperity. I find that the Spirit of Love makes of usmagnets for all things that we may desire when we live with it and allow its power toexpress through us. But if we do not spend some time daily in devotion to the All One, it



65

may be readily seen that the Creator's Presence will not be so strong in us for themanifestation of either Divine Wisdom, Divine Health or Divine Prosperity.

We know that if we seek first the Ever-Present Power within us, and not our ownpower, all things will be possible.

CULTIVATE YOUR WILL

The omnipotent Will of the Creator is holding worlds and solar systems in obedience to

a harmonious order. You stand in the highest order of created beings, and you have theability to come in direct contact with the divine Will, to the end that It may express Itspurpose of perfection through your whole nature. Develop the divine Will within you byexpressing It. You can cultivate such a mighty force of will by the constant assertion, "Iam, I will," that every temptation will be overcome and every bad habit transformed intogood by the awakening of this mighty attribute of your divinity. These affirmations will giveyou the godlike power of dominion:

I am a living Soul of Jehovih's Ever-Presence.

I will realize the majesty and glory of my divine Soul.

I will feel constantly that I am an angel of Light and Love.

I will exercise my dominion over every negative condition of body and affairs.

I will conquer all evil.

I will resist all temptations.

I will fill every organ of my nature with healing life.

I will express the perfect life and health that exist in my soul.

I will become such a magnet of love that harmony and prosperity will surround me onall sides.

I praise the Creator for this mighty power that is now mine.

TRUST IN THE CREATOR

With the proper understanding of the truth of the mighty power of the Ever-Presentwithin our lives, I know you can bring yourself to so perfect a faith in that Divine Power andPresence that you will not be moved by anything negative that transpires around you. Untilyou arrive at this stage of faith, your knowledge is a limited source of spiritual support.

When you are disturbed by inharmonious conditions in your own life, you allow yourselfto be affected by the troubles of other people. This is due to your great sympathy. But ifyou are firmly poised in the truth of the Ever-Present's goodness, and you make that factreal to your mind by constant affirmation, you will be undisturbed by the appearances ofnegativity. If you are poised in the truth that you are an expression of the Omnipotent One,you will do all that is possible to alleviate the conditions, because you will be firmlygrounded in the faith that the Almighty cannot be thwarted, and all must from omnipotentnecessity work for good.

When we are so strong in this faith, the true faith that unites us with the power of theInfinite, we then nurture the perfect mental conditions whereby only good can operate inand around us; whereas, if we are unsettled in mind and do not furnish a still, positivepoint for the radiation of the Power that makes for good, all things seem to work to createmore disturbance. While working for all good results, we must leave each and every soulfree to be moved by the Infinite Will in their own way, and not take the responsibility offorcing anything to come in the life of another just because we think it should, for then wemay hinder the very thing which the All-Wise Spirit would accomplish.



66

The more we positively affirm what we know to be true, the more positive and powerfulour faith becomes; so it is our method to make affirmations continually toward building upthe spiritual mind of faith. The power of the Creator is impartial; It will do whatever ourthought turns It to accomplish. So we must speak words of truth with confidence, knowingthat they are seeds which will bring forth a perfect fruitage in the Creator's own time.Truth is mighty and will prevail, if we give it a mental form through which it can act.

THE WORD OF POWER

As we comprehend the symphonies of the great musicians, we see them as wonderfulcreations of grace and beauty. We understand that the discords are just as necessary asthe harmonies to make a perfect, artistic whole. We see that discords and harmonies mustbe contrasted in order to bring out the relative value of each. And, looking at thesymphony in a comprehensive way, we say that it is all harmony. Viewed from the artisticstandpoint there are no discords; it is a perfect evolution of musical thought. But looking atit from the standpoint of details, analyzing chord after chord, we use relative statements,and say that one set of notes is a discord, while another is a harmony. So it is the timeelement that makes manifest the discords and reveals the evolution of discords intoharmonies. There are long drawn-out discords and the quick modulations and resolutionsof chords, all ending at last in the tonic or keynote, which is the victorious climax

determining all progression in the musical composition.

The universe is the grand symphony of the Creator's Love; our souls are divine notesevolved by the Master Musician, and all are fulfilling a wise end and use in the progressiveharmony of life. As we contemplate the vast designs of the orderly cosmos, we arecompelled to acknowledge an operating Wisdom beyond all mortal comprehension.Looking at the universe from a point of view above the petty details of mortal existence,we are willing to acknowledge that it is the artistic production of a Master Mind; that it is aliving symphony, all grace, all wisdom, all harmony. Coming down to the details of life intime, where the evolution of the tones of the universal symphony appear as discords, and,in their unrelated groupings, as continuous sounding dissonances, we are apt to lose sightof the majestic inarch of the Whole and its progression in the wisdom and love of the

Creator. The Creator is the Master Musician, and that Divine Soul of Love and Light is thekeynote of existence, the Alpha and Omega from which all the harmonies of existenceproceed and into which all are again resolved.

From the standpoint of All Wisdom there is no evil or discord; all is good and all isharmonious to the Eternal Mind Who rules all in endless progressions of wisdom and love.It is only because we look at things from a limited viewpoint in time, where the futureresolutions and evolutions of the discords of existence are not apparent, that evil appearsas an incomprehensible mystery. From the view given in this analogy, we can understandthe truth that all life, intelligence, and substance are expressions of the Creator, andtherefore good, and that what appears to be evil is but an illusion to us because we do notcomprehend the purpose of the Creator nor the evolution of that Divine purpose inhumanity. No philosophy has ever given a satisfactory reason for the existence of evil or

evolved a theory of beneficent Intelligence without the contradiction of making the Creatorresponsible for any evil that might enter into creation.

The concept of the universal goodness of all that is, is the founding thought for allspiritual progression. Spirituality consists of coming into sympathetic relationship with theMind of the Creator, and thinking and feeling as that Infinite Spirit inspires. In order toaccomplish this, our minds must be lifted above the limited philosophies which humanityhas evolved, and conceive the Spirit of the Creator in the Goodness of that eternal reality.If we comprehend that the motive from which All Wisdom acts is universal love, we shalldesire to bring our whole nature into accord with this supreme Tone of life, and we shall



67

see from this exalted standpoint that love and good-will, not selfishness andcondemnation, are the God-like modes of expression.

The Creator's Spirit is Ever-Present in the positive states of the Universal Mind, butuntil we grow to a positive degree of faith or knowledge, our minds relate only to thenegative or material states of the Universal Mind, and cannot feel, or respond to, themovements of the Spirit. Like the wire in the glass bulb which becomes luminous becauseof its resistance to the electric current, we are glorified by our ability to stand positiveunder the vibrations of spirit, and thus make its Light manifest. As our mental structurebecomes more and more positive with divine thoughts and feelings, we advance fromnegative to more positive states of spiritual life, until we gain a power of spiritualpositiveness and resistance that enables us to stand upright as Sons and Daughters ofthe Eternal, and feel the beatings of the waves of deific life against every particle of ourspiritual nature. Verily, we must be almightily positive in love and truth if we would be ableto polarize and organize into our own beings the forces of Omnipotence.

It is a common idea that the human form is a medium or receptacle for the Ever-Presence, an instrument through which the Creator can flow, as water flows through atube. I have watched those who have held this idea, but have failed to see them attain toany exalted consciousness of the Creator. It has been my experience that the Creator

seeks to glorify minds that can stand without flinching in the white glory of the NamelessPresence, and trace their pedigree to the Ultimate Source; minds that can unite with theInfinite in expressing the Power that has dominion over the negative mental states andconditions which are not yet conscious of the Divinity that resides within the positivecenter of existence. This dominion is but the power of love that irresistibly leads andattracts undeveloped minds, even against their knowledge and will, into the way ofprogressive evolution toward the sublime heights of Divinity.

It is the positive knowledge of our oneness with the Creator which enables us to bearthe glory of the Ever-Present in our natures. We must cultivate a body of thought, acharacter built out of positive affirmations of true thought, until we have a pure, resistantspiritual nature which is an organization of the mighty thought of the Creator, a radiating

Center of divine love and wisdom. We must think the truth and speak what we see to betrue in our souls, until the aggregation of a vast number of positive thought forces combineto form our minds into one glorious word of power. We must strive to live continually in thethought and faith of the Creator so that we can become the Word and Spirit of theAlmighty incarnate.

We are just beginning to learn that our natures are batteries for the generation ofmental force. We are continually sending out currents of thought force from our mentalbatteries. It is being demonstrated that our thoughts are alive with an energy andintelligence capable of operating at a distance from the brain from which they are sent.And more powerful still is our realization that we are being influenced for good or ill by thethoughts of others which we allow to enter our mental sphere. So we are either positivegenerators of thoughts which affect others, or we are ourselves being affected by the

thoughts of others. In fact, we are always being impressed by minds more positivelypotent than ours, and in turn, we impress minds less positive. Knowing this, it behoovesus, for our own protection, to become more positive than the minds with whom weassociate. In order to realize the greatest good for ourselves, and give the minds whocome under our influence an impulse toward purer and higher thinking, we shouldcultivate an expression of thought which will relate us to the mighty Mind of eternalGoodness and Wisdom.

We are learning of the power of the word and its magical influence over minds, but weare also gaining a realization that when the power of the word is used for selfish ends it



68

brings more sorrow than joy; that with the operation of occult forces there comes aresponsibility which is apt to bring more bondage than freedom. Those who try to holdothers in selfish bondage do not rise out of the sphere of selfish forces themselves, and sowith the intensification of their selfish-mindedness, they are limited as never before. Onlythose who are willing to arise and go forward in the way of the Creator, to abide in Loveand Wisdom, find the path which leads to the demonstration, in their individual lives, of theWord of power.

The mysterious power of the Spirit of the Creator is not a physical vibration, nor is it amental vibration of thought; it is a power above and beyond human thought. Some havethought that this Breath of the Almighty could be indrawn by certain breathing exercises.These exercises will refine the physical nature and make it sensitive to certain occultvibrations, but these vibrations are of a sphere subordinate to the Almighty Spirit. TheSpirit is a breath in a metaphoric sense only. It is inbreathed into the understanding of thespiritual mind as air is inspired by the lungs, but no process of physical respiration willopen the mind to the Breath of Divine Wisdom. This can develop only by educating themind in the knowledge of eternal Truth. Every wise teacher has emphasized the fact thatfreedom, health, and salvation are to be found in the mighty principle called Truth.

It is the Spirit above humanity's mortal thought which endows us with divine power. Let

us take for illustration two men of equal mental powers. Each understands how togenerate mental force from his organism. The first has great faith in his own mentalpowers, and according to his faith he generates forces from his mental battery whichproceed to accomplish that which he intends.

The second has faith in his own mental powers, plus an awareness of and faith in thegoodness and power of the Creator. He generates thoughts of truth which have the powerof the first man's thoughts, energized by the greater power of the Spirit of the Ever-Present. Thus, the man whose mind is illuminated with the Greater Truth will have apower in his thoughts and words which will carry a conviction of the spirit equal to hispurity, sincerity, and his realization of Truth.

When the mind perceives the eternal verities and enunciates them into positive

thoughts, these thoughts are alive with the Spirit that is Eternal Life itself. More importantthan physical breathing exercises or mental concentration, is the awakening of the soul tothe knowledge and love of the living Creator. The awakened soul will inbreathe the Breathof Eternity and gain the conscious power which will illuminate the mind and revitalize thebody with a spontaneous joy that will be irresistibly potent in transforming the nature andsubordinating all processes into harmony with itself.

If a student sits and practices breathing exercises or mental concentration in theordinary negative state of mind, thought vibrations will be indrawn from the negativemortal sphere of the Universal Mind; but if the student's mind is first made positive andradiant with the Spirit of Truth by affirmations of living, eternal truth, there will come, by thelaw of like attracting like, an influx of thought which will have an uplifting and exalting

power.To sit in a negative state of thought and passively draw upon the invisible for occult

power will make one a medium for a quality of mental influx like that with which that mindis in tune at the moment. Thus is mediumship developed, and the mental doors open to just the quality of mind which we are striving to outgrow and overcome. So the mind mustfirst be exalted by aspiration and affirmation to the love and contemplation of divine truths,and then when the whole being becomes spiritually positive in the joy of expressing livingthoughts of wisdom, a state of passive receptivity will follow, which will bring to the soulthe emanations of heavenly inspiration. There is latent, now, in each individual soul apower of divinity capable of transforming the whole body into health and perfection.



69

This power, which is the Spirit of the Almighty, may be expressed through positiveaffirmations of truth forming thoughts of recognition which embody in mental form itsdivine potency. Through faith this spirit manifests its power; and faith may be cultivatedand developed by affirmations of truth relating to the goodness and wisdom and perfectionof this Power. We may affirm the presence of Almighty health and strength until we feelthe glowing Power infusing our thoughts and tingling with joyous life through every cell ofthe body. It is by affirmation of the truth that we build the spiritual temple of faith through

which the Creator comes into manifest expression in our being. As we develop thispotency of the spiritual word, and tune our natures to the keynote of the divine life of loveand service, we shall gain the consciousness of the actual presence of the Creator, andbecome so alive with Infinite grace and harmony that the All One will live in every part ofus, and we shall begin to realize in some degree the miraculous power of that AllPresence within.

MY SOUL IS ALIVE WITH THE HEALING POWER OF THE CREATOR

Assume a restful attitude and let the above thought occupy your mind. Picture in yourimagination the reality of the living, healing Presence of your Creator. As you hold thisthought in mind, know that your soul and body are being illuminated, spiritualized andharmonized by the living power of the Ever-Present. Cultivate by love and devotion this

heavenly Presence. Your soul will awaken under the influx of that divine pervasivePresence, and new and holy aspirations will be born. You will feel your soul and mind andbody being transformed into the harmony and perfection that are your real, eternalcharacter. After you have continued this practice for a time you will begin to realize asnever before that your soul is an actual, intelligent power, superior to your conscious mind,created in the image and character of the Creator.

Your divine nature will grow in strength and power daily, and you will praise and glorifythe Creator as the regenerator and energizer of your soul. Then you will love to give timeto silence and meditation, so your soul may be fed by the influx of Divine inspiration. Fromthis awakening of the soul, there will come to you a new and more potent vitality that willheal and harmonize all your nature. Your soul will begin to realize its god-like dominion

over negativity, sickness and death. It will become a potent magnet of love to draw to itselfall that is required of wisdom and wealth to promote its spiritual welfare.

DENIAL OF FEAR

I take my stand on my eternal soul, and by the cleansing power of my mind I dissolveaway all the limiting thoughts of the past. I am a soul in unity with the omniscient Spirit ofthe Creator. I dissolve all thoughts of ignorance from my mental atmosphere. I am wisewith the Wisdom of my soul. I am the Light that clears away all the clouds of mortalignorance. I am the Light of the Eternal! All fearful memories of the past are dissolved. Iwill persist in casting out all fearful thoughts from my mind until only the Light of divineLove remains.

My soul is in union with the perfect Love of the Creator. I am the perfect Love, the

Ever-Present in expression. There is absolutely nothing to fear. All ancestral thoughts offear are dissolved from my mind. All hereditary thoughts of fear are dissolved from mysubconscious mind. I will no longer be bound by haunting thoughts of fear. I command mysubconscious mind to cast out all haunting thoughts of fear. My soul stands in the joyfullight of Love and cannot feel fear in any form. My soul is clad in a mantle of Light andcannot be troubled by memories of the past. I am the fearless Child of Omnipotence.

I know the truth that All is Good. I know I cannot lose anything. I know that no force inheaven or on earth can take my conscious individuality from me. I cannot be robbed ofany good thing. So I have nothing to fear. The fearless Spirit of the Creator is radiating



70

from within my soul. Praise Thee, Ever-Present Great Spirit.

DENY MORTAL HEREDITY

As a soul born in the image and likeness of the Father-Mother Creator, I deny thepower and influence of mortal heredity. I deny all limitations of a mortal heritage. I denythe negative truth of my mortal heredity in favor of the positive truth of my immortalheritage as a soul of the Creator. I will recognize the power of life, health and perfection

within my soul, and by my recognition of my soul power, I will overcome all negativeconcepts of mortal belief.

I cannot be affected by unhealthy conditions and the predispositions of my mortalparents. I refuse to allow any imperfect conditions to take root in my nature. By the powerof my divine soul I dissolve from my nature all tendency toward imperfect conditions. I willno longer look back to mortal parents as my ancestors. I will trace my birth directly to theall-Perfect Creator, who is the real parent of my real being. I will not reproduce any of theself-limiting mental or physical attributes of my mortal parents. I draw all my life, all mythought, and all my power to express life and health directly from the Creator. I deny frommy mind any belief that I can be subject to the shortcomings of my ancestors. By thepower of my will I dissolve all possibility of disease from my organism. By the intensity ofmy thought I dissolve every morbid condition from my flesh. By the power of the HealingFire within my soul I cleanse and purify my mind and body of all poisonous elements. I willkeep my mind and body so pure and my thought so true to the power of the Divine, thatonly perfect life and health can manifest through me. I am an endless stream of life directfrom the Creator and, by recognition of my life in the Creator, I will keep the stream of mylife pure and perfect forever.

DENY MENTAL WEAKNESS

The All One is my life. The All One is my strength. The All One is my mental power. Icannot lose my mind. I cannot become weak in mental power. The Ever-Present's Mind isall about me, and from the All Perfect Mind I now draw my mental energy and strength. Iam surrounded by Infinite Peace and Harmony.

I will not be troubled about material affairs or about anything of a mundane nature. Iwill entrust all my affairs to the Creator. I will have faith that all things will work out for thegood of all. I trust the Love and Wisdom of the Creator to bring all good to pass.

I will sleep in the peace of the Creator every night. I will build up my mental strengthevery night. I will develop my will and my mental power by continual use. I will exercise mywill to overcome any difficulties. I am greater than all negative conditions that have heldme down, and I now exercise my will to conquer all for the glory of the Creator.

THE TRUE WAY

There is but one manner of life on this plane that will bring satisfaction to the soul andenable it to express its powers in an ever-ascending degree through its physical temple,and that is the devotional life. The life that is entirely consecrated and devoted to theCreator's service in love and truth keeps the door open for the entrance of that inspiringPresence. Such a life fulfills all the divine laws, and the soul attains, while incarnate, agreater growth and expression of its Powers, and gains from its earthly experience apower and wisdom that make it a God-like being in the realms of eternal life and bliss.

There is true healing in the life devoted to service to others rather than preoccupiedwith service to self. You need to keep your mind open toward the Heavenly Creator byspeaking with intensity and devotion the word of exalted truth to all parts of your being. Itis the intense devotion and love of the whole nature turned in one direction that polarizethe Presence and Power of Eternal Truth. Rouse up your spiritual powers by using



71

statements such as these daily:

My soul is awakened and illuminated by the presence and power of the Creator. Mysoul is glorified by Infinite light and glory. My soul is radiant with the everlasting power ofthe Ever-Present, and I am satisfied to express this power from day to day.

My soul is regenerating harmoniously, peacefully and satisfactorily. The Creator'smighty Glory folds round me and holds me in eternal peace.

The Eternal Power is with me. The Eternal Presence is guiding me on the path ofwisdom and peace.

The illuminating Power of the Ever-Present is born within my soul, and all my naturerejoices with glad praise and thanksgiving that the Power of heaven and earth has takenup Its abode within this holy temple. In stillness I sense the Creator's Silent Power withinme and It fills my soul with peace.

YE ARE SLUMBERING GODS!

The essential attributes of the Great Spirit are organized in your individual soul. TheCreator has organized omniscient love into a glowing sun of light and power, and thisdivine ego is your soul, your true self, the Power of your mind and body. The living Pearl

of Divinity is the Presence of Jehovih within your nature. You can well afford to sell all youraccumulations of earthly thought, even though it seems a great sacrifice, in order to attainconscious possession of this Pearl of great price.

This divine individual essence of Jehovih is slumbering in the spiritual depths of yourbeing, awaiting the quickening word to arouse Its mighty consciousness into spiritualactivity and power.

Spiritualize your mind and body, or your positive and negative mind, with the radianceof the Creator's presence through prayerful devotion, for thus you will polarize to yourselfthe spiritual emanations of the Ever-Present, which will surround and infuse your soul withheavenly life and strength, and awaken it again to a realization of its mighty possibilities asa living son or daughter of the Creator.

In fervent devotion of spirit, pour out your prayers and praises to the Great Glory Whois the sum of Almightiness within and above your soul being, and thereby you willgenerate the quickening flame that will set your soul on fire with conscious, blissful power.

Only in the zeal and purity of a devotional life, of a mind and body purified of earthlythoughts and desires and living to fulfill the purpose of the soul, which is the will of theCreator, can the soul develop, expand its immortal potentialities, and make the Ever-Present's power manifest in your being.

Unless you are living for your soul, you have not learned to live; the great meaning andpurpose of life are to you as a book that has not been opened. You are conscious in onlythe lowest and dreariest zone of your consciousness. All the blissful pleasures of thehigher states of thought and feeling in your being, the joyous mingling of the positive andnegative attributes of your spiritual nature, are hidden from you. The doors of heaven,through which streams the light of eternal consciousness, seem closed, and you seek forpleasure and peace where none are to be found.

Turn to the Light that never fails, to the Love that is longing to enfold you in consciousbliss; turn from your idols of flesh, which intoxicate the mind and destroy the body; turn tothe Creator! If you will worship the Eternal Presence with the same untiring zeal withwhich you sought transient things, you will be rewarded with the Infinite's unchangingLove, and your soul will awaken to immortal Life. Then, with your help, it will purify andglorify the sacred centers in your body and teach you the secret of spiritual alchemy,



72

whereby the conserved forces of your body pass through a transmutation that refinesthem into a substance necessary to the soul in the expression of the Word of Power.

This knowledge will be useless to you unless you have proven your sincerity byovercoming the selfish and mortal desires that hold you back, and by conquering allattractions that would draw you from your devotion to your divine purpose of making theEver-Present Spirit manifest in your life. For without absolute purity of life, the soul, whichis born from the immaculate purity of the divine nature, cannot keep in correspondencewith the flesh, because of the partition created by unprogressive thoughts and feelings.But when your will, coupled with the awakened will of your soul, has gained completedominion over the desires of the flesh, your soul will express through your pure, truethought, and flood the seven sacred centers in your body with its soul consciousness.

O, that all children of the Creator might learn of the holy path of regeneration, thestraight and narrow path which leads to the highest mastery, and gives the greatest joyand peace to the individual.

Once you see this path of immortality, its purity, its grace, and its bliss, you will be filledwith a divine enthusiasm to travel it to the supreme goal, and you will see the uselessnessof all mortal aims that do not help you to fulfill the object of your soul's existence, themanifestation of the Creator in form and power. Once you place your feet on this path youwill go forward steadily in a progressive way, allowing no obstacle to hinder yourdetermination, nor any idea of time to disturb your faith. You will be filled with theconviction that you are on the Path of Life, and only by systematic effort for days, monthsand years can you fulfill the object of your being.

When all thoughts and desires of your nature are polarized toward the realization ofthe highest ideal, even the loss of the physical counterpart of the mind, the body, will notstop your upward progression through the eons of eternity. Your soul will continue toinhabit its pure mind-body or spirit form, and it will continue the development andregeneration of its mental forces. Thus, your soul will perfect the expression of its wisdomand power through its spiritual body in all its future progression in the objective realms ofthe universal heavens.

DIVINE REALIZATION

Philosophy is very interesting to the intellect, but it does not satisfy the heart. Sciencereveals the workings of the laws of Jehovih’s nature, but the secret of that EternalPresence is not discerned. Music is the most uplifting and inspiring of the arts; it movesour souls and often makes us feel what science and philosophy cannot explain. Musicattunes us to the Spirit, and causes us to feel the deep pulsations of the soul nature. OurCreator is Love, the great emotion of life, the supreme expression that imparts life andmotion to all things.

To know this is to understand the essential Truth of Being; but the mere intellectualapprehension of this Truth will not satisfy the heart, nor fill life with the bliss of the Divine

Presence. Nor will mental acceptance of the truth that the Creator is love impart to us thedivine expression, the Creator’s transformative emotions, to our feelings, so that one isforever aspiring to be a new being, filled with the joyous health and happiness of the Spiritof Love.

The Creator is love, and love does not flow into the intellect; love enters the feelingsand affections and inspires all the emotions of the heart. The intellect has its use in thedevelopment of a rational faith; the intellect sees the light of the Ever-Presence, but theheart feels the ecstasy of divine realization. The true way to realization is so simple thatmany, after hearing of it, consider it of so little importance that they continue to searchamong the complex fabrications of philosophy for the joy which comes only through the



73

awakened emotions of the heart. The difference between mortal love and the love of theCreator is this: Mortal love is personal and thus limited in its pleasure, and often causespain because it is selfish. Immortal love transcends all personal limitations; it is impersonaland unlimited in its joy-giving power. Personal love feels for a few; the love the Creatorfeels is for all.

If you would realize Jehovih, then LOVE! If you can awaken your love nature, and,without thought of recompense, pour yourself out as a blessing for others, you will forgetthe petty vexations that spring from the limitations of your personality; you will forgetyourself in the supreme joy of loving; you will realize the love for others which is the loveof the Creator. Behold! An angel stands before you! He is all radiant with the glory of theCreator’s Presence. His face shines with the realization of the beauty of holiness; everyfeature expresses the purity, the tenderness, and the nobility of Divine Love personified.His presence breathes out the music of love, the harmony of heaven. His whole beingvibrates with the light of the Creator. Even his garments are luminous with the joyousradiance that proceeds from his soul. You see the image of the Creator’s likeness, ofLove, and your soul is enraptured with the vision of divine loveliness, as it feels thebenediction of love streaming from the angelic character.

That angel in all his beauty, in all his power, is the realization of the Spirit of Divinity, is

the vision of the Creator, Love expressing through an individual form. And that angelexpresses the possibilities of your real Self, your soul, the image and likeness of theCreator. Within your soul are the attributes of Divinity, the powers and possibilities of themightiest archangel.

Let your soul express and you will realize that you are an angel of the Ever-Present.When you walk the streets and mingle with the people, keep in mind the truth that you arethat beautiful angel, radiant with joyous love to all creatures, and you will find a new joy inlife; you will feel that the kingdom of heaven is now a divine verity, and you will allow thetruth which makes the kingdom harmonious and perfect, the truth of love, to manifestthrough your character.

Not by breathing exercises, not by mental gymnastics, but by expressing love will you

realize the Creator. I have walked among people in the realization that I existed only toimpart the joyous light of love to ignorance-darkened souls, and while radiating a blessingto these souls in need, I have felt my soul thrilled with the Omnipresence. I have felt thelove of the Creator for humanity, and to feel that is to feel what the prophets and mysticsof past ages felt, which endowed them with wisdom and healing power. While listening tomusic I have held myself in this attitude of mind: "I am Thy love to all souls. I am the angelof Thy presence illuminating all souls with the wisdom of love," and so great became theecstasy of my soul that I felt like crying out for joy. The wonderful Breath of the Spiritbecame so mighty in its deep, mysterious movements through my being that I couldscarcely contain myself.

Those who are unawakened conceive of the Creator as a profound stillness; their idea

of peace is a state of inactivity. But there is no stillness anywhere. Only in the realm ofmatter is there any degree of inactivity, and matter is only relatively inactive in comparisonwith the more refined activities of mind. As we enter the deeper nature of humanity, theactivity as well as the complexity of active forces increases, and culminates in the Spirit ofthe soul, which is the breath or motion of Omnipotence, the emotion which is Love.

If mortals could but see the beauty of this truth, the goodness of all that exists in infinitenature, they would live to love and praise; they would rejoice in their power of love, andbecome radiant blessings of love to each other. You have no idea of the spiritual powerthat you may realize by the exercise of the spirit of Love towards others. You must beginsometime if you ever wish to enter the kingdom of Love. Death will not instantly elevate



74

you into the kingdom of loveliness if you are unlovely in character.

Neither will death plunge you into any greater misery than you now experience. Therealization that your existence continues will tend to free you from many false beliefs andset you searching for the way which you should have found while in the flesh; but if youhave not cultivated the expression of soul love, neither the Creator nor the angels canimmediately transform your feelings so that you can appreciate an atmosphere of beautyand refinement in the society of immortal souls of love and wisdom.

But why wait for death? Embrace the opportunities that present themselves in theeternal Now. Share that love and compassion which covers and conquers all things, foryou will never walk the same path twice, and an opportunity neglected is lost forever.Begin with the lowliest creatures of earth. Think of the tiny forms of life inhabiting theblades of grass, living under the stones, swimming through the water, and filling thewoods with a murmuring music that chants the praises of Universal Life. Every one ofthese tiny creatures

is an organization of mental energy individualizing the Universal Mind and Substance.The little minds within these beings do not die when the body decays; they continue toexist in the Universal Mind. Your thoughts of goodwill can aid the evolution of all theselittle minds. Do you not feel sympathy with their active endeavors to grow in experience?You can help them by blessing them with your love-thoughts. When, for instance, youbless a butterfly, all species of butterflies receive the waves of thought-force whichproceed from your mind, and their minds are strengthened by your blessing. So you, withyour more highly developed powers of soul and mind, can aid every little creature inexistence.

The Creator loves and embraces all creatures in Infinite love. If you would realize theCreator, you must enlarge your love to feel as the Creator feels. In universal Love therecannot be any condemnation for anything. Love has no enemies. Bless all things in themineral, vegetable, and animal kingdoms; then you will feel more inspired with love forhumankind.

Think of the myriads who are suffering physical pain and mental anguish for lack of thelove which would quicken the healing power within their souls and give them peace.Believe, when you send out your blessing of love to them, that your love will set their soulsto vibrating; that they will feel the blessing and lift up their hearts in praise to their Creator,who has inspired your thought and feeling with an Ever-Present healing Peace. Do this inthe Creator’s Name, for Love’s sake, and you will be warmed and healed by the love youshed abroad. In loving others you heal yourself.

You will learn from this practice how to start the mighty stream of love flowing, andonce you have it started you can direct it into any part of your own organism in need of itslife-giving and transforming power. It will start as a little trickling rivulet, but as youencourage its expression, it will wash from your mind the obstacles to its progress as itflows outward through your nature. It will wash away the mud and melt away the granite in

your mind; it will become a rushing torrent of spiritual energy that will convert all thestreams of your thought and feeling into one mighty motive of divine purpose, which willlink your will and all the forces of your nature to the omnipotent purpose of the Creator,and allow this Infinite love-power to manifest through you.

This is the goal toward which evolution is pushing you. This is the supreme attainmentof divine unity with the Ever-Present. This is the way to realize and manifest the lovewhich is Omnipotence.



75

REALIZATION

These affirmations, when made repetitively in the proper spirit, will awaken the feelingof divine love and develop the awareness of the I AM within you: I desire that the InfiniteSpirit shall radiate through my soul, mind, and body for the inspiration of humanity. I am aradiant center of soul life to all in my world. I am an impersonal lover of humanity. Frommy soul flows the fountain of impartial and impersonal love to all the children of the Ever-Present Creator.

With true understanding I behold the immortal soul of each individual as a quenchlessspark of Divinity, and to these immortals, clothed in the deceptive garb of a mortalpersonality, I give my spirit of living love. I am a soul-sun of love and wisdom to allhumankind. I bless the good and the bad, knowing that all are children of the Creator, inprocess of evolution. My soul loves to feel that it is a strength and comfort to all souls.

My soul loves to feel that it is fulfilling the work of Divine Service by strengthening thepoor in spirit. Now am I one with the Creator and with all exalted souls in heaven, and nowthe radiations of my love and light reach out to all souls incarnate, uplifting and inspiring allwithin my sphere of influence.

I am a link in a chain of souls, uniting Jehovih with the lowest states of life, and through

my love for all life I have an omnipresent influence for good. I praise and bless theevolving life in the mineral and vegetable kingdoms of nature, and in response to myrecognition and blessing, a wave of omnipresent vitality comes flowing back to me. Irecognize and bless the intelligence of the Ever-Present that is striving to manifestthroughout the animal kingdom.

I bless the unenlightened ones in human form who have not yet realized theomnipresence of their Creator. I bless them with the quickening light of eternal life. Mywords and thoughts of blessing clothe the spiritual light in vibrant, substantial form,enabling the light of Jehovih to reach the lowest depths of mortal mind. My thoughts oftruth shall be living, quickening seeds immortal life, sown in mortal minds; in the Creator’sgood time they will bear fruit and lead minds to the Sun of Righteousness.

I am a mighty magnet radiant with the attractive power of Infinite Love andcompassion, that continually draws souls to the immortal presence of the I AM. My life andmind and soul shall serve and praise the Ever-Present, whose pervasive Spirit has led meinto the path of everlasting bliss.

Do unto others as you would have them do unto you.

This true philosophy of life revives the awareness of the Ever-Present’s healing power.It is alive with healing energy. The same mighty Spirit of Love that healed through theprophets of old is willing and able to heal the sick now, if the mental conditions of faith andexpectancy are aroused. This service is valuable to the extent that it allows eachindividual to unfold his or her true potential in service to the Great I AM. While no one canreach fullness of service when sick in mind or body, the healing of the sick is not the

ultimate answer to the planet’s needs. Only the great awakening of humanity to InfiniteGoodness will heal the woes of earth.

You can help by holding an awareness of the planet’s needs and by pouring yourblessings of healing love upon those who are reading these truths in expectation ofhealing. Even though you yourself may be sick, do this in the Creator’s Love, and you willbecome one with the healing currents from the spiritual worlds. You will feel uplifted,inspired, and healed by the Spirit of Love which unites all blessings into a great battery ofhealing power. It will grow stronger as greater numbers cooperate by sending out healingthoughts. Wonderful will be the results!



76

Almost miraculous have been some of the results already. The angelic worlds standready to pour down their blessings and power upon us. They are but waiting for us to openthe door of our hearts to start the current flowing. The Infinite Spirit will enter the current ofour loving thoughts and inspire us with Its healing power. With this glorified Presence oflove in mind, pour out your thoughts and feelings toward others who, like yourself, arelooking for healing.

You do not need a fixed thought, as your feelings will form thoughts of blessing, andthis concept will help you understand how to begin. "I bless all who are sick in heart withthe healing love of the Ever-Present, whose Spirit is the life of my soul. "You will becomeall aglow with healing love. You will develop the capacity to realize heavenly feelings. Joy,such as you have never before realized, will gladden your heart and enlighten your soul.The Creator will become real to you. What a transforming power this practice, longcontinued by many devoted souls, will bring into the currents of the world mind!

The Creator is in an Infinite state of Love. But only as mortals in negative states of liferealize the love of the Ever-Present does Love gain power in the lower strata of mortalexistence and influence human society. Therefore, every heart that pours out the love ofthe Creator toward humanity helps to increase the power of the Infinite Spirit with mortals,and becomes a fulcrum upon which the Creator has chosen to reset a divine lever to lift

humanity out of its state of ignorance and misery. I know you will get wonderfulrealizations from this practice, because my own experience and many letters from thosewho are expressing their soul-love in this way confirm what I say.

PRAY WITHOUT CEASING

How is the realization of the living Truth to be gained? By unceasing devotion to theCreator through daily study of divine truth and by daily prayer for more of the Spirit in heartand mind, united to mental affirmation of the love and wisdom and perfection in the soul.You are in this world for no other purpose than the development and expression of yoursoul, through service to your Creator by serving the needs of others.

Through fulfilling this necessity of your being, you will find enduring growth andsatisfaction, and in no other way. If you turn all your attention to earthly things and do notdevelop your immortal soul, you will not find enjoyment in the realms of light when youleave this world, and you will feel no attraction toward the realms where congregate theenlightened and wise souls of heaven. Unless you develop a love for Divine Wisdom, andexpress Love in helping others while here, the social life of the heavenly spheres willprove distressing and confusing to you, because there is no self-centered happiness thereany more than here, except in the activity of the higher faculties of the mind and soul. So,if your love is for earthly things and affairs entirely, if your treasure is in this world, yourheart will be here and you will remain in the atmosphere of earth as an earthbound spirit,hovering about the marts of trade, the home, the club, or the tavern, according to yourquality, in an unsettled state of weary search for the peace which earth-life cannot giveyou.

Once we see that we are immortal minds, creating an immortal destiny by the quality ofour thoughts, desires, and aspirations, we feel how important it is for us to make thebuilding of a noble, sincere and generous character the business of life.

People in the world talk about and live on the negative or inconsequential side of life.The frivolous and attractive aspects of mortal life are not endowed with eternal life and joy.They are all transient and, as far as we are concerned, must come to an end. When mindslive in the contemplation of material things, apart from spiritual realities, they lose hold oftheir soul life and come to nothing. They die sooner than would be necessary if they hadkept in tune with the life of the Creator within and above the soul.



77

We need to magnetize our minds by daily contact with the central dynamo of Life inorder to partake of the divine vitality that will enable us to overcome sickness andpremature death.

Life forms die when they can no longer be made to serve the purpose of Life. Thosewho keep their conversation and their thoughts in the light of heaven becomeimmortalized while here; they live in heaven while here, and when their bodies tire ofphysical activities, they lay aside their physical forms as they would lay aside a garmentno longer of use. To them, the physical and spiritual worlds have become blended intoone great reality in which they live eternally, whether here or there as to visible presence.

After the discovery of the power of mental affirmations, New Thought students are aptto underestimate the value of prayer. This comes from a mistaken belief that the soul isall-sufficient in itself. The individual soul is as dependent upon the Creator and theinvisible inhabitants of the spiritual realms for its sustenance, strength, and properdevelopment as the personality is dependent upon mortal teachers and parents for itscare and education, and upon the farm and the store for its supplies as well. Some have avague idea of the Creator as a principle, capable of thinking without a mind, of actingwithout the use of form; a formless energy that is watching about everywhere, ready to doeveryone a good turn without being asked. Remember that the law of cause and effect

operates with the same undeviating exactitude in the spiritual realms as in this world. Ifyou want to gain any effect, to heal a disease, to overcome a habit, you must start intoactivity a cause equal to that effect.

The exalted consciousness of Divinity has demonstrated that It chooses to interact withmaterial things, or with mortal minds, through the mediation of souls. The Creator hasevolved souls to share in Creation by being intermediaries in the implementation of DivineWill. Souls are individualized activities of the Creator. Souls are the eyes, ears, and handsof the Creator. Souls who have awakened to the inner consciousness of the Creator feelthe movement of the Infinite Spirit, and through the impulse of that inner Will of wisdomand mercy, they work from the spiritual side of life to fulfill the prayers of humanity.

We are co-workers with our Creator in the manifestation of Divine Will and Wisdom.

The Creator needs us! The Creator has chosen to be dependent upon us to act out theDivine Will, just as we are dependent upon the Infinite for the power to act. The Ever-Present is our Power to act. We, incarnate, are also dependent upon our elder brothersand sisters in the spiritual world for many of the blessings of health and prosperity whichwe experience in this life. By affirmative and constructive prayer to the Creator, we set inmotion an intelligent power which communicates our desire to the proper department ofthe Divine Mind, and when the desire has grown to sufficient strength through continualprayer, it furnishes a basis of mental energy through which Divine Intelligence mayoperate to bring results.

If we do not pray to the Divine for what we need as the Creator’s servants, we do notmake our desires known in heaven. All desires are like prayers, and all desires bring

results equal to their strength and intelligence. Prayer gives our desires clarity of form andinstills them with power. If we have a desire, that desire goes out from our mind and workson other minds to bring results. It does not rise above the plane of thought in which it isgenerated. Selfish thoughts draw attention from the realms of selfishness, whilebenevolent thoughts are perceived in the higher realms of Benevolence. A thought growsstronger as it is held daily; its force and ability are increased by added desire. But simpledesire works single-handed. A desire formed into prayer to the Creator gains thecooperation of spiritual beings. Prayer sets in motion the Providence of the Creator, whichis an organized power composed of multitudes of mighty spiritual beings. Every prayerqualified by unselfish love and altruistic aspiration creates a thought-form which becomes



78

visible to the angels of the Creator, and the Infinite Spirit of wisdom works through them tobring about conditions for the answering of the prayer. The many limitations to theanswering of a prayer cannot always be overcome immediately, and so the prayer mustbe persisted in until the forces of heaven and earth are able to combine to bring about itsfulfillment. If, through lack of faith or discouragement, the prayer ceases, co-operationfrom the heavenly realms may soon cease, because the angels may be dependent uponhuman minds for the thought force necessary for them to operate in the mind of the world.

The power of the Creator’s angelic forces have, under certain circumstances, limitedconscious activity on the earth plane without the assistance of mental organizations ofpersons on this plane. They require our faith and cooperation to provide the energy, thestep-down transformer, the battery, the anchor, to induce the physical manifestation onour physical plane. One must never discount the power of unity of thought.

The world is again waking up to the realization of the power of prayer. Even the mostconservative orthodox journals are giving space to those who write of the health, theprosperity, and the general spiritual good that has come in answer to prayer. Prayerserves a purpose that simple desire, affirmation, or suggestion cannot serve, althoughthese methods are very necessary for the proper development of the mind and soul.

For many years, my life seemed an abject failure. I could not make a success ofanything. I was sick in body and morbid in mind. I lacked individuality. But I learned thatthere was a Way to find the Creator in our lives. I learned how to commune with the Ever-Present. Through learning how to pray, I found the power in Jehovih that gave meindividuality. Through prayer I drew unto myself that essence of the Spirit which made mea conquering soul. Through prayer, my soul reached out to its Creator and receivedsustenance from that living World of Ever-Lasting Life. My soul drew on the Spirit andbecame aflame with divine glory.

A material illustration may give greater clarity to the value of prayer for a human soul.There hangs from the ceiling a live wire charged with the positive electric current from amighty dynamo. In my hands I hold the negative wire. I reach up and touch this negativewire to the positive wire, and immediately there is a blinding flash of electric light. Thus it is

that humanity is glorified. The Creator is the positive Mind, the positive Spirit. Humanity isthe negative mind, the negative spirit. During prayer, people’s minds reach out toward thepositive Mind of the Creator, toward the Mind that is full of realized power, generated inthe dynamo of Omnipotent Love. When the prayer becomes sincere and intense with loveand devotion, there occurs that wondrous meeting of the human and the Divine, thenegative and the positive; and the flash of immortal glory fills the negative mind with aquickening power which is the source of life and health.

Many have felt in greater or lesser degree this touch of the Divine; it was a time ofrealization for them, and they look back to it with tender recollection, and also look forwardto the future state of enlightenment in heaven as a continuous feast of spiritualcommunion, like that one glorious experience of the past. But why wait for heaven when

heaven waits for you? Such communion may be a daily fact of your experience, and itsrealization should be sought for daily. Let it become the dominant purpose of your life togrow spiritually in order to manifest the presence of the Creator. Gradually turn all yourdesires in that direction and compel all your destiny to work toward that end. Do not letany apparently limiting condition thwart your purpose. By prayer, you cultivate thecooperation of your Creator and hosts of angels, and when working with the Ever-Presentas your faith and strength, all things are possible; you can become completelyempowered. The All Power wills your permanent success.

Pray to the Creator and your prayer will reach the most exalted plane of power,drawing to you the blessings of the highest and holiest souls in heaven. In the example of



79

the prayer which follows, the prayerful attitude is united with the affirmation of truth,making a very powerful combination:

MOTHER-FATHER CREATOR! I am a soul-child born from the blending of Thy divineattributes. Satisfy me with Thy love. In my soul are cradled the masculine and femininepotencies of Divinity. My soul is an organization of Thy love, wisdom and power; an imageof all Thy qualities; a seed of Divinity. Through living in the glorious sunshine of Thy love,all these wonderful soul potencies are quickening. Glorify me with the illumination of Thyloving presence, that I also may glorify Thee. I am a perfect soul born from Thy perfectnature, but I need to live in the sunshine of Thy Spirit, that the power within may grow anddevelop as a seed of the Creator sown in an earthly body.

I need to commune with Thee consciously, thinking the thoughts of Thy Mind andfeeling the emotions of Thy great Heart of Love in order that this negative earth-mind andbody may become filled with Thy life, making it a perfect dwelling place for the expansionof the essence of soul power within.

My soul is illuminating and healing this mind and body as I commune with Thy Spirit.My soul becomes more glorious as I exercise Thy love and wisdom. I am Thy child in souland spirit. Thy glory is transforming my body and enlightening my soul, so that inharmonious awareness I am elevated by Thy high desires and holy aspirations. I amcomplete and satisfied in Thee. I am Thy immortal child. All Power and Glory to Theeforever, Jehovih.

TRUST

My soul is attuned to the merciful love of the Creator, and all my nature is harmonizedand healed by that Mighty Presence. Jehovih is the Center of my life, and I allow theInfinite to rule and regulate all things in my nature and affairs. I recognize the Ever-Present’s majestic Will as all-powerful and all-sufficient.

My faith is strong in the power of Divine Will and the wisdom of Infinite Mind, and byfaith I am partaking of Infinite Wisdom and Power. All things are now working for themanifestation of Jehovih’s goodness and truth. I am a strong and powerful expression of

the Ever-Present’s Love, which creates health and harmony in all my life. From my soulflows the Fountain of Infinite joyous life and strength. The Creator’s omnipotent Will isworking for my good and for the good of all whom I love.

SERENITY

I am poised in the majestic Will of the Creator. The Ever-Present’s will is cleansing meof mortal attachments and setting me free. All darkness of the past is entirely dissolvedfrom my mind, and I dwell in the pure peace of eternity. My soul is wedded to the Creatorand my devotion is to no one except as I see the I AM in that immortal Presence. I amliving in eternity for eternity, and the things of time do not affect or disturb me.

It makes no difference to me what people think of me, for I am centered in the love ofthe Almighty. Only what the Creator desires for me shall come to me. I am surrounded bythat Mighty, Protecting Love, which dissolves from me all mortal propensities. No evil cancome nigh my dwelling-place because I put my trust in the Ever-Present. All affections anddesires of the past that were not consistent with Truth are cast into the ocean of oblivion.



80

FROM THE ARCHIVES OF THE ELOISTS

WHERE SPIRITS LIVE

Most people do not realize that they receive impressions that emanate from the realmsof spirit on a frequent basis. Most people do not realize that they frequently have feelings

and impressions that are caused by the presence of human spirits. Most attribute thesethoughts, urges and sensations to physical causes, but as they come to understand thefacts of the spiritual worlds and realize that their own spirit selves are already living in therealms of spirit, they begin to realize that they have been suffering under an illusion ofseparateness. Once this is fully realized then, and only then, can they fully appreciate theimportance of studying and practicing the things we teach. The details of the path may bevaried, but in a general sense there is no other way to become a spiritual success inconquering the destructive influences caused by the presence of a world of undevelopedspirits.

When they go into a shopping center, for example, they encounter the mentalatmosphere created by a multitude of earth plane spirits. When conditions are particularlyvexatious for whatever reasons, it can leave them feeling weakened or depressed for

hours afterward because they have clothed themselves unconsciously with the mentalatmosphere of those they contacted. If there are twenty people greedily excited at abargain counter, there are about the mental atmosphere of that group perhaps hundredsof greedy spirits enjoying the same excitement and living again in contact with thosemortals who are on the same mental wavelength. Only a well organized pleroma ofangels, whose protection can be gained only through faithful co-operation with theirPurpose, have the power to shield mortals from the debilitating effects of the lowerspiritual realms.

When mortals enter any area or building where the frenzy of mundane excitementscan be found, they will also be subjected to the presence of earth-bound spirits.

This can include anything from the obvious, such as casinos, bars and mardi-gras to

the not-so-obvious, such as banks, stock exchanges and boardrooms. The hordes ofspirits who passed their time while in the body with just such excitable daily activities aredrawn into that mental atmosphere and they continue their old habits of living over againfrom day to day the same mental life they had in the past. As a result, hundreds of suchspirits may attach themselves to mortals that frequent the same haunts. Spirits ofgamblers, for example, are the source of many of the hunches, impressions and dreamsthat mortal gamblers experience. The problem is that these spirits are in a state ofdeclension that affects their astral bodies in a negative way, almost like a disease. As aresult they absorb vortex-ya (or the life essence) from the mortals whom they are with,and so the people who habitually follow these activities gradually become depleted of thevitality necessary for the spiritual health of their astral beings. As a result of this depletionof mental energy they often begin to experience depression, nervousness, neurosis, oreven chronic physical ailments such as neuralgias, fatigue, lowered resistance, orautoimmune diseases. The specialized work of our organization over the years has madeus acutely aware of the devitalizing influence of the hordes of undeveloped spirits whoremain in the mental atmosphere about the places in which they worked, dined or playedwhile they were in mortality.

In the atmosphere of a bank, for example, you will find the spirits of bankers who arestill concerned with the affairs of this world for they have never learned to appreciateanything else. Those who did not develop aspirations and desires above a greed for gainnaturally remain in the same state of mind in which they were in this world. The spirits of



81

gluttons and drunkards will be found in the mental atmosphere of the places devoted tofeasting and drinking. Dance halls and palatial hotels which are materially grandiose andimposing often house a spiritual atmosphere that is tainted by the presence of countlessmultitudes of sensual, gluttonous and excitement craving spirits. In such an atmospherepeople are often swayed by the desire for self-gratification because of their close proximityto the mentality of such spirits.

It is unfortunate that most religious leaders and institutions are unaware of the reality ofthese conditions and have therefore been of little use in raising people’s awareness of thisimportant spiritual principle. It is also an unfortunate reality that those who are mostignorant of the circumstances are the same ones who are most subject to the detrimentaleffects of these mental and spiritual conditions. Because these principles are notunderstood by the teachers of ethics, metaphysics, religion, or psychology, there is noeffort made to educate and protect children and adults from these universal andcommonplace darkening spiritual conditions that breed much of the distress under whichmost of humanity suffers both mentally and physically.

These pictures of the spiritual condition of the world in which we live will help you tounderstand how important it is to help raise the awareness of others to appreciate theinfluence of the unseen realms on our quality of life. The work we do strives to not only

reveal the spiritual causes of human suffering, but also to reveal the cure as well. We alsowork to open people’s awareness of their potential to create on earth as the angels createin heaven. The world’s people need to be made aware of their own Inherent Divinity as co-creators with their Creator. They need to become aware of the Host of Angels who standready to help when we learn to recognize their presence and work cooperatively with themin unity of Purpose.

Through the development of an intuitive perception of the Will of the Creator and of thePurpose and Method of the “Government” of Heaven, we have learned in some measurehow to fulfill the spiritual and physical conditions necessary to gain inspiration andprotection from the angelic realms of peace and order. Through cooperation with theangels, one can learn how to bless and benefit others more abundantly.

We believe that in the work we do, we are well protected by a Host of Angels. Were wenot protected, we would soon be depressed and debilitated by the thousands of darkspirits who have been drawn into our crescent as we work to lift them into the presenceand influence of more capable and loving hands above.

Early in our learning process, before we learned to attain to the organized protectivepower of the angels, we too suffered from the effects of selfish, hateful and opposingspirits of darkness who thwarted our efforts to change the spiritual condition of low planespirits as well as their friends, families and even mediums on the earth. These spirits didnot want to be disturbed in their control of human minds, nor did they want to be removedto purer realms more conducive to their growth. At times their resistance can be vicious.We both saw and felt the great opposition from the inhabitants of the lower spiritual

realms. We also saw people who tried to teach and help humanity while not understandingthese principles succumb to the depressing or debilitating influence of these realms ofselfish spirits without ever discovering the cause of their failure. Seeing these spiritualcauses for many of the woes of humanity motivated us to seek the Wisdom of the angelswhich would show us how to overcome these realms of destructive spirits. We wereshown through a variety of avenues of spiritual revelation that there are ways in whichpeople who are yet bound to the limitations of the mortal plane can work actively,consciously and cooperatively with the Angelic Hosts. Such groups of people can functionas an anchor or conduit through which the Angelic Hosts may more readily contact andinfluence the lowest states of human thought and feeling.



82

By years of devotion to the will and wisdom of the Creator, we have found amechanism that has the potential to significantly influence one of the root causes of thechaos in our world. When enough people become aware of the fundamental principles ofTruth, of their oneness with their Creator and the principles that logically follow from thisrealization, then will our world be transformed into that which we all know can be, but hasas yet eluded our grasp.

SERVING WITH THE ANGEL HOSTS

Let us now direct the power of the Hosts of Angels to resurrect a spirit who has justpassed from its physical temple. Let us unite in concentration to bless that person. Ourfaith and love will give the Hosts of Angels the needed spiritual force to enable it to lift itout of its present mental state of disease and discord into one more peaceful, and save itfrom experiencing any state of spiritual life like that described by the Wanderer.

“Ever-Present Great Spirit! Creator of earthly and spiritual habitations for Thy Immortalchildren! Thou hast, through Thy Angels, shown us how to create the spiritual atmospherein our souls and in this Place of Radiance, through which Thy immortal helpers can workthrough us for the benefit of all. We praise Thee that we have become Thy servants tohelp make known to humanity the first gleams of that truth, which is destined to fill theworld. We praise Thee that Thou hast given Thy Angels charge over us to inspire andprotect us in all our ways.

Thou hast done this because our lives are consecrated to carrying out the Creator’spurpose through the Hosts of Angels. Conscious of Thy love and goodwill glowing in ourhearts and glowing through the presence of these resplendent beings, we unite with themto bless and exalt this child that its spirit may be lifted free from the sorrows of earth to thepeaceful heights of that land which is so radiant with the joys of Immortals.

We bless you, immortal soul, with our love. The Angel Hosts draw you from yourchaotic state into an atmosphere of peace and power. These Angels clothe themselveswith our spiritual strength, and thus are able to touch your spirit and draw it irresistibly bythe power of their love.”

HOW THE ANGELS WORKWhile we are unitedly thinking of that soul, the Angel Hosts are concentrating a ray of

their love-power into that home. Through this ray of power a group of beautiful beingspenetrate the mental atmosphere of that place and find that spirit held to earth by thesorrowful thoughts of the grieving relatives. The spirit is dazed but partially conscious. TheAngels tenderly enfold that soul in their love, and bring it with the swiftness of thought intothe Place of Radiance.

Now this newborn spirit is resting here in the spiritual atmosphere of the Place ofRadiance on what appears to be a couch of luminous substance, blissfully sleeping. It isbeing bathed by the converging rays of love radiated from the Immortals. In comparisonwith this beautiful light, its spirit seems clothed in darkness, which is the aura created by

the thoughts and feelings of mortality. Its spirit appears very material because it is clothedwith the astral body, formed of its mortal thoughts and desires. This envelope of the spiritwould hold it for a while in the twilight land of the spiritual world. The rays of loveconverging on its spirit are dissolving the crystallized desires and feelings which form itsastral body. Now its spirit is revived. It emerges from the midst of dark vibrations and iscarried by a group of Angels to a distant place of peace where it will be nursed under theirtender ministrations until it is fully awakened to that new state of mind.

When it awakens it will find itself surrounded by this group of beautiful spirits. Its astralbody and surroundings will be as natural and substantial as though that soul had



83

awakened in its own room on earth. But it will see and sense a radiance which is unearthlyfrom the personalities surrounding it. The flowers by its bedside and the soft luminositypervading the room will soon convince it that it has awakened to a state far aboveanything earthly. It will feel its body permeated by an immortal elixir which has restored toit the vitality and zest of youth. All the sensations of depression, disease, and suffering inits astral body will have disappeared with that body. It will feel only the more exaltedfeelings and aspirations which it has cultivated through years of spiritual endeavor. The

harsh and disagreeable experiences of earth will be like the memories of a half-forgottendream. The mothering Angels will feed and nourish its newly-awakened spiritual facultieswith their wisdom and love.

PROTECTED BY THE ANGEL HOSTS

As soon as that spirit is strong enough, it will be permitted to return to its loved ones onearth, but it will not be permitted to go into the darkness of the mortal world alone,because it would again become bound by the affections of those it loves. It would not bestrong enough to keep itself free from their thoughts and feelings. Therefore, the AngelHosts appointed to minister to it will go with it and sustain it whenever it returns into thethought atmosphere of its friends on earth. They will pour their blessings through it, but willnot allow that soul to remain long enough for its old desires and affections to revive. After

these visits they will carry it back to their realm of love and freedom. It will soon become astrong, radiant spirit of love, working under the inspiration of the Angels of Love to sustainand heal and educate other spirits in the same way it has been helped.

While it will outgrow the attractions that would pull it back to earth, still the current ofaffection which links it with those it loves on earth will not be broken. Through this link ofspiritual sympathy, they will be mightily blessed, and connected by cords of affection withthat soul’s state of immortal life.

Through its emancipation from their mental conditions it will make greater progressthan if it had remained with them and endeavored to cater to their desires and prayers.

The Hosts of Angels work through cooperative groups of mortals to bless all soulswhile they labor to overcome limitations. When they pass from their earthly labors, thesemighty Hosts of Love resurrect them quickly from the paths of darkness into the ways ofpeace and light.

UPLIFTMENT FROM REALMS OF LIGHT

Benevolence reigns in our hearts, filling this plateau with peace and loving power.Everywhere we can see and feel the Creator’s Presence. For us it is almost palpable. Theunseen mind of the I AM radiates from every blade of grass, every drop of water, everyflower blossom and even from the alabaster that adorns our buildings. There is an energy,an iridescence, that gleams from every crevice and which touches our beings in such anobjective way that we almost tingle from its influence.

The unseen Power that fills all of creation is only minimally a part of your

consciousness on your mortal plane of being, and then only when you are still and alert.

But here in the realm of spirit it jumps out in an invigorating way that cannot easily beignored. We live in a conscious awareness of the Ever-Present at all times.

It takes a determined ill-will to be downcast while immersed in the all-pervadingPresence that surrounds us and permeates all our senses. For those on the planes below,closer to the earth’s surface, it is not so easy; it is not so bright. All is veiled in clouds andmists of their own mental creation, and there the Creator’s presence is even less palpableto those inhabitants than it is for you on the mortal plane. There the inhabitants’ minds arefilled with darkness, gloom and regrets.



84

It is there that we continually sojourn to bring light, hope and the healing balm from therealms of Light. We bring them into your presence during council and show them thepossibilities of progression. We bring them into your crescent to stimulate and revive theirdulled minds into a state of awareness from which they can begin the long road upward.We bring them into your focus to begin their reeducation, planting those small seeds oftruth that will in time germinate and grow. Charged with the light from your focus we cantouch their dulled minds in ways that would, under different influences, be more difficult.

Your mortal vibrations in close proximity to their plane of being, both in distance and kind,make all of this possible and make your focus most useful to us.

Be with us in Spirit and be open to our guidance and inspiration. Together we can be aforce of Light that will brighten the darker corners of these lower planes and bringinspiration to those on your plane who will listen. The latter group will be among the oneswho will be able to bypass the lower planes of being when their time comes, because thetruths that we keep reiterating will create the bridge necessary to span the chasm thatstands between your plane and ours.

WHAT ABOUT PROPHESIES?

“The power to predict the future is not so valuable or so truly prophetic as the power tosee what the future ought to be and to help create it.”

Prophesies of the destruction of New York City and San Francisco within a few years,are again being circulated. According to one prophet, the ice age is going to come backupon us. The ice will spread down from the north and drive hordes of people from thenorth into the temperate zones. Interpreters of the bible prophesies are picturing mostterrible things. Their followers, hundreds of thousands of them, are looking forward withintense faith to the destruction of all the organized evils of the world.

These prophesies are given to psychics, clairvoyants, or inspirational mediums fromspirits of the first resurrection. That they are not from any high source of wisdom isapparent in every line. Some of these psychics are impressed by these spirits as theyread the bible, while others are consciously clairvoyant and see the visions and hear thewords of the spirits who impress them. In like manner the great war was prophesied, andsome of the most egotistical of the prophets said, “See I prophesied the war; I told themso; if they had paid attention to me, they need not have had a war.” But the spiritualcauses of the war had been developing for centuries. The hatreds and greed of millions ofpersons conspired to bring about war. No amount of prophesy would change thosecauses or bring a different effect. The evils that are coming upon the nations now and inthe future, are the result of the everyday hatreds and greed of human beings.

There are people who have the intelligence to ignore the sensational headlines of thedaily paper and who boast of the fact that they do not fill their minds with the horrorsdepicted in the newspapers, yet they will read anything of a sensational nature that ispurported to be from the bible or the world of spirits. They fail to see that there are moreignorant and deceptive spirits in close touch with humanity than there are wise and

enlightened spirits.

These prophesies are foolish and misleading because:

• They predict destruction and do not point the way for humanity to use its talentsconstructively.

• They proclaim the destruction of the wicked, but do not show humanity the causesof wickedness or how those can be overcome.

• They cause thousands of persons to waste their time expecting evil who might betaught to use that time constructively in doing good.



85

• They waste time, money, and good paper in the effort to scare people into beinggood instead of teaching the science and the method whereby human minds cancooperate to organize good on earth as the Angels have organized it in heaven.

These prophets do not seem to understand that all people are spiritual magnetsattracting good or evil to themselves according to the qualities that they have organizedinto their mental magnet. Everything that happens to a person comes to him or herbecause of something in their character or the focus of their thoughts. A seer may seespiritually that someone is going to have an accident and may warn the person to becareful at a certain time, but the warning will often fail to save the person from theaccident. Why? Because the accident is the effect of all the spiritual forces inwrought intothat human magnet. The only way to save the person is to show that person how to thinkand feel so as to change their mental state and transform their spiritual magnet to attractgood instead of evil. This is a process that requires more than a few hours in a day.

Prophesy will not change human nature. As by lack of human development came sin,so by human action must come salvation. As human beings create hells and conditions ofsuffering for themselves, so must they learn by the right use of their god-given creativepowers of mind to create a world of peaceful, prosperous homes, and social or industrialwell-being. When they learn to think and live for the welfare of all, they will vibrate in

harmony with their Creator and keep attuned to the wisdom of the Angel Hosts. Then theywill be protected by the Angels day and night with potency and power, and no evil willcome nigh their dwelling places.

If in the course of nature’s great changes there are upheavals such as have occurredin past ages, when cities and continents sink beneath the waves, those who are living inaccord with the wisdom of the Creator will be inspired to move from those places ofdestruction and to make their abode in places where nature will be more peaceful.

As soon as people gain spiritual understanding or vision, they will no longer find largecities attractive. They will unite their energies with others cooperatively as the builders of amore compassionate society. But it will not be the fear of losing their physical bodies in agreat cataclysm that will cause them to move into a more constructive environment. It will

be the realization that it is utterly impossible to rear children into moral health in thedebasing spiritual atmosphere of a large city.

Every evil trait of mind is stronger in a large city because there are more people to givestrength to that trait and to cater to its satisfaction.

The spiritual atmosphere of large cities is created not only by the number of selfish,sensual, gluttonous and criminal minds in the flesh but by the multitudes of similar spiritswho are attracted and held in bondage to earthly conditions. For every sensual personthere are a thousand sensual spirits. They create the spiritual atmosphere of the placesthey prefer to inhabit. When children enter these places, they enter into the spiritual andmagnetic aura of this class of spirits and these spirits then abide with them all throughtheir lives, unless their attitudes and mundane desires are refined to a higher level.

Where gluttons and drinkers and gamblers congregate, there congregate millions oflike spirits, depressing their minds and perpetuating their greed and lusts. Even thechurches are not immune from the contagion of the overflowing myriads of deceptive anddebasing spirits. Ministers of the gospel may have an inspiring message for a time, but bycatering to the mass of minds who want even God to gratify their selfish desires andambitions, they become overwhelmed by the mass-mind’s darkness and selfishness. Howmany of them suffer from depression and lose their inspiration, and at last spend their timecatering to the selfish intellectuality of those who pay them well to make the massescomfortable in their conceits.



86

Good, noble, and exalted spirits cannot abide in these mental states of selfishness andspiritual darkness. They are compelled to leave mortals to their fate, but bless them from ahigher realm of light and peace. They have been praying for ages for an avenue to open,through which they could reveal these spiritual facts and gain the human cooperationnecessary to overcome the evils of the world.

To the vision of the Creator, the potential destruction of all large cities is the lesser evil.The greater evil is that people live in them and become spiritually bound and debased inthe lower spiritual worlds for centuries. But the Creator is merciful and wise and knowsthat humanity cannot be changed by chastisement or punishment, but can only growaccording to its maturity in the Light.

The Creator would have attuned teachers on earth who would reveal the spiritualprinciples of life. Jehovih inspires a few here and there to leave the spiritual contaminationof the large cities and together create cooperative homes and associations in whichharmonized lives would open the way for heavenly inspiration. The Creator would blendthe organizations of Angels with the organizations of men and women on earth, and showby example as well as by revealing principles by which people can learn how to live bytheir Higher Light. Those who make their lives magnets for spiritual good, will not onlyescape the evils of the cities that are in declension, but they will become examples to

others and show those who seek the true way of life how to outgrow evil and realize good.

THE SPIRIT WORLD

The story of the Wanderer in the Spirit Lands reveals the suffering of a selfish andmaterialistic person. It shocks our sensibilities because we believed that death liberatesthe spirit from suffering. This narrative shows just how every human spirit creates theirown spiritual destiny.

Try to understand that the law of cause and effect rules in the spiritual world in thesame way that it rules in the physical world. This is not a law of punishment but ofconsequence. The Creator does not punish any mortal or angel. The Ever-Present is love,and gives Omnipresent love to everyone. When people express that unselfish love, theycreate beautiful spiritual characters and a heavenly destiny. When they turn that love intohate and think only of self, they create a discordant spirit and a dark environment. Yousuffer with a burned finger as a consequence of putting your finger in the fire, not becausethe Creator punishes you for putting your finger in the fire. Those who suffer in this worldand in the next world do so as a consequence of their wrong thinking, not becauseJehovih is chastising them. Put out of your mind all those primitive beliefs of the Creatoras a punishing power, and think of Jehovih as the Ever-Present Power within all that lives,suffering or enjoying within each form of Infinite Life.

A question often asked is, “If the Creator loves us, why does Jehovih permit suchspiritual conditions?” The Ever-Present has given each immortal soul the gift of growthand permits humanity to learn by experience. Jehovih has made each of us co-creatorsand has given us freedom to create discordant or concordant conditions with an eternity of

time in which to learn the effects of our own creative powers. By our mistakes andsufferings due to misuse of our creative powers, we learn how to use our powers withwisdom.

Another mistaken sentiment is, “If I were omnipotent love, I would not permit mychildren to suffer.” We see how unwise this idea of love is when people devote their livesto amassing wealth for their children to give them ease without effort, and as aconsequence their children become weaklings and degenerates because they have noincentive to work or to develop their talents.



87

PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY

The Creator is as powerful in this world as in the spiritual world, and yet Jehovihpermits humanity to create and live in slums. The low planes of the spiritual world aresimilar to the slums of earth life. The slums of the spirit world are created by beings in thisworld, and those who were in any way instrumental in creating them on earth live in themin spirit until they combine their intelligent efforts to create better conditions for their fellowspirits. The person who reaps most from the labors of others in this world reaps most ofthe effects of their poverty-producing policies in the next world. Everyone suffers theconsequences of spiritual causes they set in motion. In like manner everyone can enjoythe consequences of all the good they create for others. How greatly does humanity needto understand that “Whatsoever we sow, that shall we also reap.”

Fulfilling the law of consequences, those who have given their lives in the service ofothers create a place like their own dwelling in the spiritual world for those who, like them,had sacrificed everything in life to reveal spiritual truths to humanity. They can reaptogether in a land of love, of the love they had sown together. They could not promise toexalt selfish and unloving spirits into a heaven of love, simply because they had faith inthem. The kingdom of love is not given as a reward for blind faith; it is won by works oflove that transform the character into a form of heaven, that is, into an angelic character.

CHARACTER IS DESTINY

There are many who imagine that they have only to think of perfection, and a perfectworld, in order to create a perfect spirit and spiritual world for themselves. The story of theWanderer will come as a shock to these because it shows that it is the quality of one’sspiritual life that creates, and not merely faith or visualization of perfection. A person mayvisualize a perfect spiritual condition and continue to be selfish in thoughts and desires.This selfish quality of spirit will create a very dark and discordant spiritual condition nomatter how much this person may imagine perfection. Self-seeking creates spirituallimitations. Unselfish love in service for others gradually liberates the spirit from thethraldom of selfishness. It is one’s actions, not vague imaginings, that determine destiny.

HEAVEN IS NOT IN SPACE

One can go to spirit realms but one does not go to heaven. Heaven is within. It is astate of mind. It is the conscious experience of love, grown so great in loving others that itthrills the spirit with everlasting joy. You cannot go into the understanding of mathematics;you have to grow the capacity to understand mathematics. You cannot go into thekingdom of love. You have to grow to feel love. You cannot go into the understanding of amusical mind or into the sphere where all immortal musical minds blend in unity, you canonly grow into the musical state of consciousness by developing your capacity tounderstand and feel music. You cannot go into the Infinite Mind or blend with theconsciousness of bliss which the immortal associates of the Creator experience everymoment. You can only grow that consciousness of love, as you grow that of music ormathematics, by the hourly exercise of love through months and years of intense effort to

serve and bless your fellow human beings. You are in this world to learn and to apply thisgreat lesson of unselfish love, and if you fail to make the most of your opportunity, you willhave to learn and apply it in the next world. In this way only, can you progress towardperfection of spirit and spiritual environment.

The Creator of the universe knows the needs of all souls and seeks to create a Waythrough mortals and spirits for the education and upliftment of everyone. Our Creator isequally present in the souls of undeveloped spirits on earth and in the lower spiritualworlds, as in the highest Immortals. Most mortals and undeveloped spirits are working forselfish ends. Angel Hosts are working for the greatest good of all humanity. Without the



88

organized aid of the Angel Hosts, human beings cannot overcome the organized forces ofselfishness which exist in the lower spiritual and physical worlds. The Immortals cannotovercome these forces of selfishness without the organized aid of unselfish human beingson earth. Only through groups of human beings working together with Hosts of Angels toeducate humanity in the knowledge of spiritual truths can the Angel Hosts work with powerand overcome the spiritual causes of physical suffering.

SERVANTS OF THE ALMIGHTY

Out of the depths of the heart of creation, from the innermost realm of glory, havecome the Hosts of Angels to usher in the new era of spiritual enlightenment and liberation.Countless millions of luminous souls, forming a mighty phalanx of light, have penetratedthe realms of spiritual darkness. The immortal spirits of just human souls grown moreperfect and powerful in the exercise of love now stand here with us pouring their love intothe soul of humanity. It is a glorious sight! We see them now, surrounding you with theirglowing presence and radiating their blessings to everyone who is in accord with themotive of their Angelic Realms.

THE WORLD’S HOPE

The hope of the world is in the creative minds through whom the Creator will speak

and act to recreate human society.The rapid movement of world events reveals a destructive force at work, undermining

and tearing down the social structures in which humanity has placed its confidence.

To those who have spiritual vision these cataclysmic changes merely portend a powerat work which is displacing the organized system of selfishness in order to prepare theway for the organization of peace and goodwill in all social relations.

The Creators of Divine Order are being prepared in all parts of the world. A few havereceived intensive spiritual training during many years to prepare them to fulfill theirmission consciously and wisely during the time of upheaval and reconstruction. Othershave, through long experience as workers for human welfare, discovered the weaknessand impotency of religious and charitable methods of salvation, and their minds are opento any new method which will show the way of human emancipation.

When the Infinite Spirit speaks with wisdom and power through receptive souls, therewill be found in every community those who will respond. Together they will form auniversal organization inspired by the organized realms of noble immortals to do the will ofthe Creator on earth as it is done in heaven.

We who have been working for years to reveal the principles of the kingdom have seenthe gradual manifestation of organized power in spiritual spaces, and we have shown thatthis power will conquer the destructive doubts, hatreds, and greeds of humanity on earthand in the lower spiritual states, and bring forth an orderly government of goodwill greaterthan the world has ever known.

We have tried to reveal to mortals the goodness and greatness that we envision inpreparation by the mighty immortals, but except in a few instances, our words have fallenon stony ground and have as yet brought forth little fruit.

We would help people to prepare their minds for the great in-pouring of Divine Power,so that they may be ready to do their part in the Creator’s work. But doubt and personaldesires prevail, and the spiritual faculties of people are weak from lack of knowledge anduse. Few care enough about doing the will of the Creator to devote their lives to learninghow to fulfill the Divine purpose in their lives.

But we are persisting in our preparation. We know for what we are being prepared, and



90

all who will do Jehovih’s will and devote their lives to the education of their brothers andsisters on this plane of existence.

The mighty angels of the higher heavens have been gradually descending andinvading the realms of spirits of the lower heavens. Step by step they are conquering theorganized kingdoms of avaricious, ambitious, lustful, and malignant spirits. But there ismuch yet to be done which cannot be done until human beings are trained to unite theirefforts in concentration with the Ministry of Angels. Such a work has long been a centralfocus in our Sanctuary. A very great power is generated by our constant, creative effortunder the conscious inspiration of the angels. But out in the world, where minds live instrife and discord, the power is not as potent, but it grows greater and stronger as the vastorganization of the Hosts of Angels advances and overcomes realm after realm of thespirits of selfishness who have so long ruled the minds and affairs of mortals.

The Day of peace and prosperity long foretold is at hand. The Creator will not leaveany mortal soul comfortless. The Ever-Present will come enshrined in the elder souls whohave learned to express the Infinite Will and do the Creator’s work in the strength born ofunity of effort.

A vast web of light is being woven all around the earth. It forms a symmetrical patternwith luminous centers connected by radiating lines of light. It represents organizedspiritual power created by hosts of luminous souls all inspired by the Creator’s will and allworking in unity to dissolve the forces of hatred and greed, and to create a mighty spirit ofgoodwill which shall manifest in all souls and in social affairs on earth.

The Keynote of the work of this mighty Army of Angels is:

Ministration

The Angels are conquering the spirits of hatred and greed by ministering to them inlove and wisdom. They are organizing their system of education in the lower spiritualworld to minister to all spirits who dwell in self-created darkness and misery.

The doors are now open between heaven and earth.

Soon there will be a greater demonstration of the universal work of Ministration whichshall transform all co-operating souls into active and powerful servants of the Almighty.Then the kingdoms of this world shall begin to be the kingdoms of our God who labors inJehovih’s name.

Prepare your soul to receive the wisdom and power of the Kingdom of Heaven.

School your mind day and night to create with the indwelling Creator that you maybecome a proficient worker. Those who have exercised their souls creatively through theyears will be able to receive vastly more wisdom and power than those who are butbeginners. But all will have the joy of creating according to their capacity.

CONTEMPLATION AND COMMUNION

Cultivate an exalted imagination, and it will enable you to live superior to all the heavydepressing thoughts and feelings of mortality. In your quiet moments let your imaginationsoar into the heights of immortality that your spirit may inbreathe the invigorating ozone ofheaven.

Why grovel in the depressing imaginations of mortals when you can rise in thought andconceive the splendor and beauty which the Angels know? In these supreme heights ofglorious thought all beings are healthy and happy, and you can partake of their healthyblissful life. You can feel your spirit inbreathing the healing essences of eternal life.

In your hours of silent communion you can experience an inner joy aroused in you by



91

the contact of your soul with the souls of glorious immortals. In these communions youpartake of the soul-substance of their emancipated lives. Your strength is renewed, yourcourage is revived, and you gain a conviction of your own immortality which cannot bedarkened by the doubts and fears of mortals.

Form mental pictures for contemplation. Exercise your spiritual imagination by trying toconceive of the glories that exist in that realm of reality. As you endeavor to make mentalpictures of conditions in the spiritual and celestial realms you will exalt your imaginationand enlarge its capacity to understand the wonders of life eternal. As you endeavor todescribe the beauty and nobility of the immortal inhabitants of those sublime spheres youopen your mind to receive the visions which the Angels desire to give you as nourishmentfor your spiritual faculties.

You need not fear to give free rein to your imagination in picturing the wisdom andwonder of Jehovih’s creations. For the most beautiful imagery you can conceive is farsurpassed in the magnitude and mercy of the Creator’s kingdom. All the exalted thoughtsyou form in your meditations increase your capacity to conceive of the wisdom, love andpower of your Creator. Whatever you imagine or describe will become more real to you,and your understanding will become vitalized and illuminated as your imagination isexalted.

Your soul needs the substance and strength of the most interior and exalted realm ofsoul life. Exalt your thoughts to that realm, quietly picturing the beings that dwell in thatexalted state. Conceive of a great white luminous Celestial City great enough to be hometo millions of Angels. Conceive of this Celestial City as composed of luminous soul-substance, glistening with the intelligence of the souls of which it is formed.

As you let your mind dwell upon this thought it will grow more real and substantial toyour imagination because such a glorious city exists, and the more you exalt yourimagination in trying to conceive of it the more sensitive will the higher faculties of yourmind become to impressions of its beauty, and the more responsive to the inspiringthoughts and feelings of the beings who dwell therein.

Exalted and blissful will your meditations become as you keep your thought upon thisCelestial City. You will feel the thrill of the healthy, vigorous life of those beings who haveentered into the consciousness of that life which is eternal. Imagine yourself resting in theglory of that Celestial City. Feel that all the mental weights of earth are being dissolvedfrom your mind as your spirit is imbued with the soul radiance of the Angels. Even fromthis practice of exalting your imagination you will begin to glimpse the white light of thatinner realm. As your spiritual faculties are quickened by your communion with exaltedImmortals you will glimpse countenances so benign and eyes so full of liquid tendernessthat every mortal feeling will be melted into a sense of sweetness and satisfactionJehovih’s creations. For the most beautiful imagery you can conceive is far surpassed inthe magnitude and mercy of the Creator’s kingdom. All the exalted thoughts you form inyour meditations increase your capacity to conceive of the wisdom, love and power of

your Creator. Whatever you imagine or describe will become more real to you, and yourunderstanding will become vitalized and illuminated as your imagination is exalted.

Your soul needs the substance and strength of the most interior and exalted realm ofsoul life. Exalt your thoughts to that realm, quietly picturing the beings that dwell in thatexalted state. Conceive of a great white luminous Celestial City great enough to be hometo millions of Angels. Conceive of this Celestial City as composed of luminous soul-substance, glistening with the intelligence of the souls of which it is formed. As you letyour mind dwell upon this thought it will grow more real and substantial to yourimagination because such a glorious city exists, and the more you exalt your imaginationin trying to conceive of it the more sensitive will the higher faculties of your mind become



92

to impressions of its beauty, and the more responsive to the inspiring thoughts andfeelings of the beings who dwell therein.

Exalted and blissful will your meditations become as you keep your thought upon thisCelestial City. You will feel the thrill of the healthy, vigorous life of those beings who haveentered into the consciousness of that life which is eternal. Imagine yourself resting in theglory of that Celestial City. Feel that all the mental weights of earth are being dissolvedfrom your mind as your spirit is imbued with the soul radiance of the Angels. Even fromthis practice of exalting your imagination you will begin to glimpse the white light of thatinner realm. As your spiritual faculties are quickened by your communion with exaltedImmortals you will glimpse countenances so benign and eyes so full of liquid tendernessthat every mortal feeling will be melted into a sense of sweetness and satisfaction picturehas more influence to quiet your mind and exalt your imagination than many wordsbecause the vision that you hold before your mind is more attractive than many words.You are visualizing a personified Word of Divine Love. Your mind enters into the state thatyou picture. You find rest and peace in the contemplation of that exalted Being. You canimagine him speaking words of encouragement and strength to you, and while your mindforms the thoughts you imagine he is speaking to you, still the effort which forms thethought holds your mind in a very interior state, and develops powers of your spirit which

will be more fully expanded in the immortal life.In all these meditations you are beginning to exercise creative faculties which are

commonly used by all souls who have entered into the higher life. The more you use themnow the greater will be your consciousness of spiritual life while here, and the moredeveloped you will find yourself when your spirit drops its vestment of flesh.

Imagine this radiant angel standing before you as the leader of a great concourse ofangels speaking these words to you,

“I am radiating the love of all angels to you, that your spiritual nature may be awakened,and that you may know the eternal life of the Creator’s Presence.

“Exalt your mind into my state of everlasting life, and conceive of the reality of theglorious life which the Creator has provided for all His children. In these moments ofexalted realization you will be attuned with us and become a transmitter to the souls ofmortals of the love-light in which the Angels dwell.

“There is nothing to keep you from exalting your imagination into our presence but yourunwillingness to devote this time to communion with us. Let not the outer life of materialityand selfishness absorb all of your attention because your eternal happiness and welfaredepend upon the development of your inner soul nature. The faculties of your immortalsoul must be cultivated even as your senses and intellectual faculties have been cultivated.You can cultivate the consciousness of your soul by communion with us and by radiatingthe love that you thus realize for the reviving and resurrecting of mortal souls.

“We dwell in the interior celestial state. You dwell in the outer mental state. We need

you to reflect the light and love of our exalted state to the condition of your life. Abide in us,and let our love, the love of angels, radiate through you. Walk in the consciousness thatyou are enfolded in the glory which we are creating for the strengthening of your soul.Commune frequently with your exalted soul companions, the angels, and let every thoughtand feeling of your daily lives reflect the beauty and harmony that you conceive to be thequality of your angel nature. Unite and cooperate in fullest measure with those who areministering under our inspiration. As you build with us on earth, so will we build with you inheaven. Your soul’s reward will be according to the greatness of your service with us inthe service of the I AM.”



93

HOW TO GAIN PROTECTIONA vital part of your spiritual development is daily study and meditation. If you do grasp

the reality of what is said in these pages, and seek to know more of the spiritual principlestouched upon, you will grow to shed the limitations that suppress spiritual progression.

The whole world is on the verge of the greatest changes in its long history. Those whowill prepare themselves in advance for these changes will gain soul power by standingtogether as an affirmative force of positive concentration, with the wisdom and strength tohelp in the world's spiritual reconstruction.

What you need right now, more than the knowledge of metaphysical principles andmore than the power to triumph over physical conditions, is the knowledge and methodwhich will give you protection from the heavy psychical world that presses in upon all of us.We sense this spiritual weight at times because, in common with everyone in the world,we are immersed in the spiritual aura of selfishness and strife, and it can be very tiring tothe soul.

We want to show you a way to freedom from these dark spiritual conditions, so thatyour soul may inbreathe the atmosphere of light which the Immortals create, and becomeresistant to the spiritual miasma which self-seeking minds are creating, and which fills theaura of the world with darkness. The primary focus of this era is to overcome thesenegative forces.

Your spiritual study must awaken your spiritual imagination so that you may follow usin emulating the thought of the realms of the Angelic Immortals. That you may develop acapacity to understand the deeper things of the Spirit, we suggest that you read a fewbooks which will teach you the ABC's of spiritual life and which will make the spiritualworlds with their spiritual inhabitants real to your imagination, such as: Life in the WorldUnseen by Anthony Borgia, The Lowlands and Highlands of Heaven by G. Vale Owen,and The Strange Story of Ahrinziman by Anita Silvani.

The first step in true spirituality is not taken until you can clearly visualize humanbeings in their spiritual forms as active, intelligent realities. When you can imagine thespiritual worlds as real as this world, and the people who lived here still living in spiritualforms with all the traits of character which they possessed while on earth, spiritualfaculties are beginning to function.

Until now, you have thought of spiritual things as Love, Truth, Peace or Power. Theseare but words representing abstract principles. Spiritual realities are things, as people arethings in this world. As human beings are the highest forms of intelligence, love and powerin this world, so are they the highest expression of the Creator in the spiritual world. Onlyas you think of spiritual principles as they are expressed by human beings in the spiritualworld are you really thinking of spiritual things. Love, for instance, has no power in thisworld or in the spiritual world, except as it is personified by human beings. The same istrue for peace, prosperity and power, and whatever word you think of as representingeternal Truth.

Abstract metaphysical principles are not adequate to help you in your present need.You need Power, personified Power. You need to associate with souls who arepersonifying the power of love. You need the protection of Immortal Intelligences who arepersonifying the power of the Creator which expresses through spiritual personalities.

You need Angelic protection! How will you gain it most effectively? By associating withothers who seek it in all sincerity. By learning and practicing the principles which will makeyour soul strong and radiant. By tuning in with us during council as often as possible, sothat your soul may come under the inspiration and protection of the Angels who havedeveloped an ever-expanding web of light in which we sustain one focal point. By



94

determining to prepare yourself to help others to the light and protection of the Immortals.By becoming a co-worker with the Angel Hosts, you will enter the path of noblest self-expression and gain wisdom and dominion of soul which can be gained in no other way.

By becoming a co-worker with the Angel Hosts, you will outgrow rapidly the psychicalshell which now prohibits your soul's joyous and healthy expression.



95

MEDITATION IN THE SANCTUARY

(First published in 1928)

Every soul is a throne room of the Almighty. A soul is a sacred thing, the most sacredof all sacred things. When a number of souls attune themselves to the glorious Presencethat enlightens realms immortal, then that place becomes a throne room of the Almighty inthe outer world.

We are sitting here now in the throne room of the Almighty. The vibrancy of ourstatements and songs is given spiritual power by attendant Angels. The vibrancy of ourspirits is amplified by the vibrancy of celestial souls.

We are on the verge of the most tremendous awakening this world has even known.The World’s Awakening Presence comes! I see the Presence advancing, panoplied withall the power of interstellar states. This Presence comes glorified and to glorify, toundermine the reign of greed, to gain dominion over the forces of hatred, to weaken anddissipate the mighty organizations of deception which have held the world in bondage forso many ages.

The World’s Awakening Power comes! We attune our souls to This Mighty Power. We

attune our souls to the splendor of This Presence, preparing ourselves to be itsmessengers.

THE INFINITE IN ALL HUMANITY

What the I AM has become through ages of experience, we are potentially. The Ever-Present comes with hosts of emancipated souls to help us conquer the limitations of ourmortal natures, the limitations humanity has created, and to enthrone the divinity of theInfinite in all humanity.

O Creator, we praise Thee for this hour, this place, this vision of the oncoming hosts,for the glory that shines around us, for the peace that is to be after the heavenlygovernment shall have supplanted the principalities and powers that have ruled so longhere below.

Our Creator, we thank Thee that we have a part to play in the emancipation ofhumanity, and we will do all for Thy glory and the good of Thy children.

TEST YOUR SPIRITUAL IMAGINATION

The foregoing prophetic vision will provide exalting thought for many meditations. Useit as a test of your spiritual imagination. If the reading of this vision exalts your spirit andgives you the sense of a finer and nobler realm of spiritual power than you experiencefrom reading the newspapers, then you may, know that your spiritual imagination is awakeand can apprehend spiritual principles. But if the reading of this vision gives you no feelingof the reality and beauty of the realms of Immortals which it describes, then you may knowthat your faculties which sense spiritual realities are asleep.

Meditate upon this vision daily for a month as a means of quickening your spiritualimagination. Seek to understand the meaning of every word, and your capacity toapprehend the beauty and wisdom of the work of spiritual beings will develop.

Your spirit will grow by this study, and become aware that it is inbreathing the spirit ormeaning of the vision. Thus your spirit will sense the real spiritual life of that realm ofImmortals from which the vision was imparted.

The permanent healing, revitalization or enlightenment which you desire can berealized only by the quickening of your spirit. Temporary benefits are felt from prayer andfrom auto-suggestion, and a person may hypnotize oneself or be hypnotized by another



96

person with phenomenal physical and mental results. But you are sincerely seeking forthat spiritual growth which will give you permanent healing, enlightenment, and exalt yoursoul above the morbid and material thoughts and feelings of the world of depressed anddissatisfied mortals. You desire to enter into the consciousness of eternal life through thequickening and development of your soul nature here and now. From my life time ofexperience with all phases of healing I point you to the way of permanent health, peace,and power.

The first step to the portal of the Temple of Wisdom is the -awakening anddevelopment of spiritual imagination by which you gain a living faith in the reality of thespiritual universe and an understanding of the scientific process which the Immortalspractice for the rapid purification and regeneration of the human spirit. These scientificactivities of immortal Intelligences are pictured in a general way in this vision. As youpursue this study and delve in to the profound arcana of heavenly wisdom which will berevealed to you, as you affiliate with the purpose of your angelic overshadowing, you willsee wisdom in this vision which is now hidden because your spiritual understanding is notyet developed to apprehend the practical principles which it reveals.

THREE DEGREES OF CONSECRATION

Real healing, on all levels, will come from the growth of your spirit. Your spirit mustoutgrow its present limitations which are the cause of your present condition. This will beaccomplished quickest by association with consecrated souls who work consciously underthe inspiration of the Ministry of Angels.

Your spirit is so deeply involved in the complex web of mortal thought and feelingwhich humanity has woven for ages, that you need to affiliate with all the force of yourdevotional spirit with the angelic Ministry as it is organized on earth. Thus you can enterinto the organized power which has been developed by years of individual and unitedendeavor in doing the Will of the Creator.

To fulfill the mighty Purpose which the Ministry of Angels has revealed calls for theutmost devotion of soul and of life. Those who have come to the Sanctuary and who aredevoting all their time to serving the soul of humanity under the inspiration of the Ministryof Angels have had proof in their own souls’ growth and in the joy and power theyexperience that all that is pictured in the vision is real. They KNOW that they are doing thenoblest, the most enriching, and soul-exalting work that they can do, and they are awarethat they are outgrowing spiritual limitations and gaining a freedom of soul which richlyrewards them for all the time and effort they devote to doing the Will of the All One. Theycan see that the great growth of soul that they are gaining in this world will advance themin the next state of existence. These have entered into the third degree of spiritualconsecration and devotion by fulfilling the Purpose of the Ministry of Angels.

Many at a distance who have consecrated their lives to the Creator have entered thesecond degree of consecration and are gaining the spiritual powers which come from thatdegree.

Others in the first degree of consecration by their study and practice of the principles ofthis Ministry are enjoying spiritual association by which they are beginning to realize thesuperior advantages derived from affiliating their souls with the organized power of theMinistry of Angels.

Many others still will gain the First, Second, or Third Degree of Consecration whenthey are convinced that they are doing the most good for humanity because they arehelping the Ministry of Angels to bring the spirit and power and wisdom of Heaven down toearth for the healing and regeneration of all humanity.



97

The principles of Soul Culture are as scientific and exact as the principles of electricity.Without the exact application of electrical principles you cannot develop a dynamo whichwill generate power. Without an equally exact knowledge and use of spiritual principlesyou cannot develop a successful spiritual dynamo that will be powerful. Therefore, “With all thy getting, get understanding”.

Everyone who reads and studies the prayers, affirmations, or meditations of thisMinistry will realize not only the growth of spirit which comes from the practice of self-expression, but also to some degree the Inspiration which radiates from the Ministry ofAngels.

This wonderful inspiration will be realized with increasing power as you affiliate with theMinistry of Angels and practice Its principles. As you progress in the study and practice ofSoul Culture, you will receive the deeper revelations and be taught how you can becomeone with an increasingly powerful source of Inspiration. Wisdom and power are now beinggiven to the world from the accumulated wisdom of the Immortals.

THE MINISTRY OF ANGELS

The Creator’s Magnet of Love is shining with power in the midst of the darkness of themind of the world. Hosts of Angels have now formed a mighty Magnet to radiate the

Influence or Spirit of the Benevolent Will of the Creator and to quicken goodwill in allminds in the world.

Hosts of Angels are concentrating the power of their united wills to purify humanity onearth and to resurrect the spirits who are lost in the darkness of the lower spiritual realms.

The Hosts of Light are purifying the selfish spiritual worlds and establishing theCreator’s Kingdom of Goodwill in closer relation to the minds of the inhabitants of earth.

The Hosts of Angels are calling men, women and children to cooperate and organizethe Benevolent Will of the I AM into human government, as the Angels have organized theInfinite Goodwill into the spiritual government of Heaven.

The Influence of the mighty Magnet of Angels is now felt throughout the world. It will

create, with human cooperation, an orderly and prosperous form of human society. It willattract together those benevolent human wills who will work to form a cooperative socialorder like that which has been formed by angelic spirits in the most exalted spiritualworlds.

The Kingdom of Heaven is at hand! The angels of the I AM have come from their mostexalted states to help mankind create a world of peace and prosperity. The way ofillumination and healing is now open for all who will work together with the Ministry ofAngels for the healing of humanity. Learn to bless with the angels, and you will becomeattuned to the Creator’s Will, and receive their healing blessings.

The Hosts of Angels have come with healing for the nations. Racial and nationalhatreds, and the forms of society which have perpetuated them, will be melted away by

the mighty Influence of the Magnet of Love. A New Spirit of Benevolence is being createdin human minds. All who quickly attune their minds to this mighty Influence and Purposewill be greatly blessed. By cooperating to reveal the glad tidings of goodwill they willbecome co-creators with the angelic Hosts for a New Order on earth.

There is healing for all who will work together to personify and organize the love of theCreator. The old order of selfish competition is failing because the spirit of Selfishness isbeing overcome by the Spirit of Love and self-sacrificing Service.



98

HUMANITY SHALL REALIZE THAT THEY ARE THE TEMPLE OF GOD.

The Coming of the Hosts of Angels I saw the heavens opened and myriads of glorifiedhuman spirits like suns assembled as a countless host about the circumference of theplanet.

When first I saw this angelic host, it seemed afar off in a most exalted state or realm ofmind. Between it and humanity on earth there were many zones or states or realms of

human spirits. The soul light in these human spirits was very dim.Together they formed a vast veil of ignorance and selfishness, shot through with

gleams of hatred.

This vast veil of undeveloped, selfish, human spirits clouded the minds of the peoplesof earth. These spirits vibrated in unison with the selfishness and hatred of human beingson earth, inspiring and strengthening these qualities, and thus hiding the light of theKingdom of love and goodwill from them.

I was shown that the presence of these spirits with humanity stimulated andperpetuated their lusts, passions, greeds, and false beliefs, and caused epidemics ofdiseases, immoralities, and wars.

The light of the Creator in the souls of humanity was so covered with the darkness ofages that they could not successfully express or organize the goodwill which in moreexalted moments they felt to be the expression of the Ever-Present in their souls.

I also saw that the rays of blessings streaming from the exalted angelic hosts in theKingdom of Light penetrated through all lower states of mind into every human soul andkept alive the Divine Light in the souls of humanity.

Whenever people had responded fully to the inspiration of the angelic rays of heavenlyblessings and had practiced goodwill towards their fellows sufficiently to outgrow all selfishtraits, they had at death followed the ray of Inspiration to its source in the Kingdom of Light.By doing the will of the Creator on earth, they had been lifted up to a state of freedom fromthe selfishness which bound the majority of the spirits of humanity in both the physical and

spiritual worlds.I saw the Angelic Hosts of the Almighty working day and night through weeks, months,

and years to purify, educate, and redeem the myriads of selfish, hateful, and ignorantearth-bound spirits which had for so long clouded the mind of humanity.

As the glorious Hosts of Angels concentrated the Creator’s love to bless humanityincarnate and discarnate, they overcame the spirit rulers of darkness of this world. Theypenetrated into the spiritual realms of principalities and powers, and into the kingdom ofwickedness enthroned in heavenly places and in the mortal minds of the planet. As thepower of their love and organized goodwill subdued the hosts of wicked and undevelopedspirits and lifted them to freedom, the Angelic Hosts drew closer and closer to the thoughtand feeling of humanity incarnate.

At first the rays of angelic quickening roused into fierce opposition all the spirits ofhatred and greed living in the lowest states of the spiritual world, and the antagonism tothe cleansing light was reflected by people on earth with the result that racial hatreds wererevived, and war and chaos reigned.

This same angelic quickening warmed the hearts of humanity with a new love for allmankind.

I was shown that ultimately these spiritual causes of hatred, strife, ignorance andsensuality will be removed from the mind of humanity. Then all souls will work consciouslywith the Angels to establish the brotherhood and sisterhood of humanity on earth. The



99

organized government of the Hosts of Angels will have a counterpart on earth, andheaven and earth will enter into an exalted unity. The spiritual vision of mortals will bequickened, and they shall see their beloved in their heavenly estate and know that in theCreator’s infinite Nature there is no death.

The Angels of the Ever-Present taught me how to organize a Place of Power in whichangelic goodwill could blend with human wills so as to bring its power into the lowervibration of the mind of humanity. The Power House is, in electrical parlance, like a “step down transformer” in which the power generated by angelic blessings of a high potential istransformed into human blessings of a low potential for the benefit of humanity.

From this Power House, the Angels are broadcasting blessings hourly to all humanity.The blessings are felt especially by those who have learned to concentrate with us andwho thus cooperate in spirit to increase the organized power of goodwill on earth.

To this Place of Power, the Angels are attracting students to learn the true way ofhuman regeneration and resurrection. When students understand the principles of inter-communication between heaven and earth and gain conscious inspiration and masteryunder the angelic power, then the Angels will establish power houses in all parts of theworld. The power of the Angels organized with benevolent wills on earth will then becomethe irresistible power of the I AM among humanity. The New Spirit thus developed willbecome organized into all departments of human society.

The benevolent will of the Creator will inspire leaders and organizers of industry andcommerce to develop a cooperative system that will allow all the wealth that minds andlabor produce to circulate freely for the good of everyone.

Religion will reveal the benevolent will of the Creator in the Temple of Humanity.Jehovih’s love will inspire the home life, family and marriage relations, to represent theOne Great Family of the Infinite.

Culture, science, letters, and art will reveal the beauty and wisdom of the BenevolentWill of the Creator shining through all forms of life.

Before this can be accomplished in any great degree, humanity must undergo astupendous process of purification. Whether this is painful and of long duration or quicklyand peacefully accomplished, depends upon humanity itself. Those who forsake lives ofself-gratification to organize the benevolent will of the Creator for the benefit of theirfellows will quickly and easily pass through the period of purification.

The Kingdom of love and goodwill cannot be established on earth without humancooperation. It will come out of the heart of humanity when people unite with others toorganize as constructively and vigorously for the welfare of all, as in the past theyorganized destructively and fiercely in wars against themselves.

The Angel Hosts have revealed the principles of the Kingdom which all people need tounderstand in order to practice the will of the Creator and to organize that Benevolent Willon earth.

The organization of these principles into human society will do away with diseases,immorality, criminality, poverty, sorrow and suffering, and create an orderly andharmonious government on earth like that which angelic humanity has created in heaven.

The practice of these principles will attune human minds to exalted States of Mind. Thewisdom accumulated by the most progressive souls in all ages and on all planets will begiven by immortal souls to minds on earth attuned to their state of thought and feeling.

Those who give all to bless all will find all. Those who seek to get all for self will lose all.Those who are wise will quickly consecrate their lives to help create the New Spirit and



100

the New Order. The old order of selfish competition is doomed.

The Voice of the Creator is speaking to the peoples of all nations. Ancient prophesiesare being fulfilled. The old order of organized selfishness is ailing: it is doomed.

The vision of the New Order of Goodwill is revealed to those who seek for the welfareof all.

Come, let us cooperate to give the glad tidings of peace and goodwill to all the world.

In unity of effort let us learn to organize the Kingdom of Jehovih on earth as the Angelshave organized it in heaven.

A MIGHTY MEANS OF CONCENTRATION

As you try to visualize the Hosts of Angels, your spiritual imagination will be quickenedand your mind will be exalted into the high and holy state of Mind in which the angels live.Your mind will become attuned to their thought and love, and you will actually feel that theangel in you is awakening and exercising its healing and harmonizing power in yournature.

In order to realize the healing and exalting influence of the kingdom of the AngelicHosts, take a restful position and quietly contemplate it as though you were looking at a

vision of the reality.Imagine that you are looking at a pleroma of bright and beautiful angelic beings who

are standing in a formation. Imagine the whole Host of Angels as radiant with light, thevery brightness of the Creator’s glory.

Let each spark of light represent a legion of angels to your imagination. Think of AngelHosts concentrating their love and the force of their united wills with the power of the Ever-Present as their potent source.

Think of the love of millions of angels streaming in beams of energy like the lines offorce from a magnet to add to the influence of the Ever-Present Will, and creating aroundall souls a sphere of influence like the force field that exists around a horseshoe magnet.

Imagine as you look up toward the heights of angelic power that you are looking pastthe magnet as through a window composed of angels; that you are looking into realm afterrealm of angels, into brighter and brighter heavens of love and wisdom, until your thoughtis lost in the ineffable brightness of the Eternal Being.

Try to imagine that this glorious Magnet of Angels represents purified and exaltedhuman spirits coming out of exalted and interior states and realms in the fullness of theCreator’s Presence to save spirits and mortals who still abide in darkness. Think of themcoming as an organized force into the state of mind in which live mankind in this world aswell as mankind inspirit in the lower spiritual worlds.

Think of the zones of darkness on either side of the magnet as representing spiritualrealms inhabited by undeveloped spirits who have not yet outgrown the qualities or states

of mind represented.

Let the joy of the Angel in you leap into expression as you think that the Angel Host ofLight comes to banish all darkness. Realize that the radiant influence represented asshining out through lower states of mind is now conquering and subduing the forces ofignorance and selfishness which have for so long ruled the mind of humanity on earth. Letyour soul proclaim:

The Angels of the Almighty shall be victorious over selfishness and hatred.

They come in the conquering power of the Creator is love.



102

broadcast the blessings of the Angelic Hosts of Light.

Put into the form of an affirmation every positive thought in the lesson, as:

The Sun of Righteousness has arisen with healing in Its wings.

I am the Voice of Inspiration calling all souls to fulfill the high and noble purposeof the Kingdom of Angels.

I am within every soul urging each one to use their talents creatively for thewelfare of all humanity.

By so doing, will they outgrow the bondage of selfishness and know the joyous activityof souls in the Kingdom of Love.

To every soul depending on others to save him from present misery and suffering, Ispeak these words of power:

Awake! Arouse yourself from your negative and self-seeking state of mind.

Don’t you realize that you are a temple of the Living Creator?

Build your faith on the truth that the Spirit of the Almighty lives in you now.

Realize hourly that the Creator is in the midst of your will.

Will with the benevolent will of the Creator in you.

Will in unison with all the doers of the Almighty Will.

Do the will of the I AM, and you shall know the truth that the Ever-Present is with youand in you, and that you are the Great Spirit’s servant.

Unite with those who have vision and who hear the Voice of Inspiration. Help thembuild a Foundation for Jehovih’s Kingdom on earth.

Sacrifice all of self and give of your talents and possessions to do the Creator’s Willand to make this message and method known to all searching souls everywhere.

Only as you do your utmost to organize peace on earth and goodwill amongst

humanity, can you become affiliated with the Angels of Light.

The world has been in mental darkness and chaos for ages because everyone hasbeen thinking of themselves, praying for themselves, working for themselves, and evenexpecting the Creator to grant them a selfish salvation in the next world.

Awake to the Spirit of Love and learn of its Wisdom!

No one reaps love without sowing love.

No one grows strong in soul by the work or merit of another soul.

No one can know the Creator’s Love for oneself until one loves one’s neighbor asoneself.

There can be no Kingdom of Heaven where spirits thought of self and prayed forselfish exaltation above the other spirits.

Where the spirit of selfishness rules is “hell ”.

In the Kingdom of Heaven the Angels forget self in blessing and benefiting all who arestill bound in misery by their selfish desires and beliefs. These exalted Intelligences workwith the strength that comes from organized effort. They have become perfect byexercising their love, which is the Eternal’s Love, to help and educate less developedspirits.



103

Through the Voice of Inspiration they call for men, women, and children on earth toforsake selfish purposes and to work together as they work for the healing of the nations.

They will give a New Spirit to those who fulfill the Law of Love and affiliate to work forthe welfare of humanity.

But they can save humanity from the effects of universal selfishness only as humanbeings attune their minds to their unselfish Power and Purpose.

The Great Spirit, with all the Angelic Hosts, seeks to come close to the thought andfeeling of humanity that their wills may be moved to do right for their fellow sojourners onearth.

The Ever-Present gives the whole Power of the Eternal Kingdom to inspire human willsto create peace and prosperity for all peoples.

But the Infinite can inspire and move only those wills who will to do the Creator’s will.

The Ever-Present bestows organized, heavenly Power only to those groups ofconsecrated souls who forget self and personal desires, and who work together inattunement with the Creator’s Will.

Awake, Children of the Ever-Present Great Spirit, and forsake your selfish ways.

The Angelic Hosts are calling you into loving skills and experiences vary as well aswhat we need to learn to grow and develop fully. We are at a level that allows us to workand play in different ways than you. It could be said that we have more resources to callupon and less burdensome means through which to act. Our lives flow in lighter ways inthought. You will one day appreciate the differences between the physical and spiritualworlds, co-existing yet different.

No matter what level we are on, there are still lessons to be learned, challenges to bemet, growth and development to transpire. You are given your own set of resources andmuch to cherish while on the physical plane. Through it all we remain one in the hands ofthe Creator, brothers and sisters of varied generations on the path to the beyond.Appreciate where you are and always be open to positive change. We are one.

A PLACE OF CELESTIAL RADIANCE

While I was meditating upon the way to accomplish the greatest good for humanity, myspiritual vision was opened and a Being, luminous with the beauty of benevolence,appeared before me. As I contemplated this Being’s countenance of wisdom and lookedinto those eyes of love, I felt a commanding strength of will.

These thoughts came from him as liquid music to my soul.

“Be of good cheer! You have been faithful over a few things. You shall become masterover many more! Your service to humanity has been fruitful of good to them and ofwisdom to yourself. Through your effort to see and to do the greatest good, your soul hasgained wisdom and strength.

“You have been impelled by the urge of the Creator’s will within your soul to search forthe principles of eternal life, and you have discovered the laws of inter-communicationbetween mortals and angels. Because of your responsiveness to this urge you werechosen to reestablish the connection between the Ministry of Angels and the souls ofmortals.

“You will lead the seeking souls of mortals to organize their efforts to minister to one another so that they will fulfill the divine law of love, and do the will of the Creator on earth as it is done by the angels in heaven.”



104

Then the Angel of Wisdom gave me this vision of a mighty possibility. I beheld atemple filled with a multitude of people. A great spiritual light irradiated the Sanctuary andextended out into spiritual space as an aura of glory. I looked to the center of this whiteradiance, and I saw there a Throne of Power. Upon this Throne set a Teacher, overwhose head was a circle of flashing fire, rays of which streamed into the Teacher’s brainto give soul power to all utterances.

As I watched the luminous inspiration radiating from the Teacher to the multitude thatlistened to the words, I saw above the head of each person a similar but lesser crown ofinspiration which varied in brightness according to the development of each one.

Then a more glorious sight presented itself to my VISION. Above each luminous crownI saw a company of beautiful Intelligences. Their blessings created the crowns ofinspiration from which rays of light streamed into every soul within the Sanctuary. And Ibeheld all these crowns connected by a web of light through which there was a blendingand interchange of magnetic and spiritual powers.

Then the tones of an organ filled the Sanctuary with quivering resonance whichimmediately strengthened the soul-light within every person; and as the multitude burstforth into song the Glory Presence became tremulous with the waves of power whichvibrated out and enfolded the whole planet in their glory.

As my vision followed the ever-extending waves I saw that there were many otherPlaces of Radiance scattered over the world, and that they were all linked by lines of lightto the Ministry of Angels. In homes, in schools, in factories, and in places of business, Isaw many persons whose souls were linked with the Angels, and the luminousIntelligences with each one absorbed strength from the blessings of love and power whichenveloped the whole world in a tone of celestial harmony.

Again my vision centered upon the multitude in the Sanctuary, and I beheld a newwonder. As they sang songs of praise to their Creator and blessings to the Angels, thelight within the Sanctuary grew greater and greater, until, suddenly, a more interior realmof celestial beauty opened before my vision, and. I beheld Beings of such nobility andtenderness that my soul was exalted in a rapture of delight.

Multitudes of Angel Hosts, a vast “army ”, stood revealed to my enraptured vision. Itseemed that heaven and the heaven of heavens were opened, and the spiritual hostcreating the light which first claimed my attention was backed by a celestial host, thebeauty of whose benevolence was as the Glory of God.

Then I saw THAT which will be the inspiration of all my days and the success of all myendeavors to educate and liberate suffering humanity. I saw all the hosts of the angels ofheaven centering all their souls’ devotion and strength upon a mighty Archangel behindthe Throne of Power. Standing in silent and mighty majesty, this Being gathered the soulpower of all that Host of Immortals and all the spiritual power and magnetism of mortalsinto the matrix of will, and sent forth a ray of power, like a search-light, down into the

depths of the darkness of mortality to liberate multitudes of souls enthralled and bound byearthly desires and deceptions.

Those spheres of chaotic mortal spirits were being purified and resurrected by themajesty of that Master Will who commanded the cooperation of all powers in heaven andon earth to do the Will of the Creator, and to restore to humanity the consciousness of theall-loving, all-serving Presence.



105

A NEW DISPENSATION(First Published in 1929)

BLESSINGS FOR THOSE LEFT BEHIND

My sympathy reaches out to you in your bereavement. I want to strengthen andcomfort you with my faith, which is based upon the vision that there is no death in

Jehovih’s sublime system of creation.

I would share the grief-destroying wisdom of divine Love with you that the burden ofgrief may be lifted from your souls. I would do this not only for your sake but for theliberation of the soul of your child who is poignantly affected by your sorrow, becauseeven though she stands with you in her spiritual form she cannot make you realize that allis well with her.

She would now revel in the bright sunshine of an everlasting day, but your grief drawsher back into the dark and heavy clouds of earthly thought.

You can rise above these earthly thoughts yourself and help to give your loved one herfreedom by attuning your mind each hour with the Ministry of

Angels, which is the Immortal Spirit personified and ready to lend their helping hands.

Here in the atmosphere of our Sanctuary the Angels have opened a door outward fromthe inmost heavens, and here they are creating with us an atmosphere of light and joy thatbrings the exalting harmony of heaven out into the environment of earthly conditions.

Whoever wishes may now feel the exalting soul light created by the Presence ofmighty Angels, simply by attuning their minds with the same Spirit. You do not now haveto attain to a high state of soul unfoldment before becoming conscious of the Influence ofthe Angels.

A new dispensation of divine kindness has been opened by the ministering love ofbenevolent Immortals. Through human channels they are now pouring their love out to all

souls within the sphere of earth’s darkness. You have only to tune in with the sameexalted thoughts, and the Spirit of the Immortals will free your mind from its weight ofsorrow. They stand here with us radiant and beautiful in the consciousness of theCreator’s unfailing love and wisdom. You can attune your mind to the consciousness oflife eternal. You can feel their joy. Your loved one is not dead to them, but very muchalive.

You have not lost contact with the spirit of your loved one; only the outer form hasfaded from your sight.

Rejoice with the angels that her personality, like the butterfly, has emerged from itslimiting cocoon of flesh. The Angels will care for her in her present infant-likeunderstanding of the new life into which she has entered. They will give her the education

of the Immortals. She will become an active worker with them in doing good by educatingand inspiring others. But you must not interfere with her progression by holding her toearth with your personal thoughts of loss and grief. She is not dead. She is not asleep.She is more alert and alive than when she had a physical body. She suffers with you. Sheis conscious of all that you think or feel. She is more sensitive to your thoughts now thanwhen she was limited by the slow vibrations of a physical brain.

Do not let doubt of Jehovih’s wisdom darken and depress your mind. The Great Spirithas provided for your loved one and for all souls in a much more practical and wiser waythan your imagination can conceive. Do not blame the Creator for your loss. That was dueto humanity’s lack of wisdom. There are compensations for all human losses in the



106

Creator’s all-wise providence.

As the clock strikes the hour attune your mind with the Angels by singing for your lovedone:

With hosts of angels ministering love I bless your soul with peace.

As you thus attune your mind to the Mind of peace in which dwell millions of Angelsyou will enter in to their peace. You will radiate peace to your loved one. By this oft-

repeated affirmation you will open your mind to the Light of the Immortals. The heavymaterialistic thoughts born of the blindness of the sense mind will be dissolved, and yoursoul will sense how beautiful is the ever-ascending pathway of progression which extendsfrom earth to highest heaven.

COUNSEL AND COMFORT

If you devote time daily to creative thinking and blessing with the Angels, you will feel aquickening of your intuition and experience more exalted emotions. As your attunementwith the Angel Hosts develops through the years, you will be inspired by original andprogressive ideas, which will be valuable in a practical way. Do what you can to makethem useful. Spiritual principles, science, invention and educational affairs will reveal newopportunities for achievement and personal success.

We rejoice in every opportunity we have to help lighten the burdens that you share withothers, and bring you a consciousness of vitality and strength that will master anytendency to ill health from stress or inharmony. The Spirit of Benevolence will exert itsexpansive influence so strongly that you will experience pleasure and assistance throughyour correspondence and relationships with others. You will share in the good fortune ofothers, and have many opportunities to interact with others, thus broadening your mind.

Give yourself the enjoyment of recreation, and get more fun out of life, both for healthand emotional benefits, because in this joyous social exchange you will extend yourpersonal influence and make new friends.

You seek to express the kindness of the Creator in all your ways. Be true to your

pledge to the Ever-Present Creator, which makes it possible for the Angel Hosts to sustainyour soul within the exalted protection of their consciousness. Your close unity with themwill enable you to realize that the rays of Light concentrated into your life are dissolvingaway the dark and disturbing aura of mortal thought, and increasing the potency andradiance of your immortal soul. As we focus with you, we are vibrating from the depth ofInfinity into the limitations of space, and crowning your life with wisdom and power.

Your constant attunement with the State of Mind from which the Angel Hosts arepouring inspiration into your life has made your mind keenly receptive to constructiveideas. You may expect in your quiet moments of communion to see more clearly how toimprove the conditions about you and your opportunities to be of service to others.

The time you devote daily to meditating, blessing and pondering upon your plans helps

you develop a capacity to conceive original thoughts. You are now especially sensitive tothe conception of ideas, theories, original inventions and altruistic plans. We rejoice withyou in the fruitage of our united and long-continued efforts to awaken the originality andgenius of your soul.

As you concentrate your attention on how to better serve humanity, your desire formore perfect ways of self-expression will call forth out of the depths of your mind, or fromthe mind of another, the Idea for which you have been seeking. Keep your mind open forinspiration to come through. Ponder upon all you receive until you are certain within yourown mind as to how you should act.



107

Your soul partnership with us makes you a mightier magnet to attract good than youwould be working alone. It has brought you the protection and inspiration of ImmortalMasters. Your life is enlarged and your sphere of spiritual influence’ increases in powerthrough our cooperation. Now the way will open so that you can cooperate with others inthe physical world, and have the benefit in a social and financial way of persons who willcomplement your mental and soul qualities. Together we will demonstrate a moresuccessful combination than anyone person could create alone. Combine, cooperate and

create for the good of all.THE SPIRITUAL IS AS NATURAL AS THE MATERIAL

“In God we live, move and have our being” is a great truth that all of us have strived tocomprehend in greater fullness. We have noticed, however, that when many people firstbegin to explore this profound concept and try to conceive of God as Universal Mind orIntelligence, they tend to try to think of a formless condition. In their abstract version of theAbsolute they drift into an image of nothingness, or at least a formless principle animatingan equally formless and volatile spiritual universe.

Why should the spiritual universe not be as natural as the material universe? All the lifeand all the things that compose the scenery around you are manifestations of UniversalIntelligence. If Mind takes form as it does in this physical world, why does it not manifest inthe same kinds of forms in the spiritual world? Are not these physical things such aspeople, animals, trees, flowers and rocks but spiritual forms of intelligence clothed withmaterial forms for a while?

How natural it should be, then, for the Creator’s children to be surrounded with spiritualforms and scenes as the means of their continued education in the spiritual world in thesame way that they have been surrounded with forms of intelligence in the material world.

Revelations which have come to tens of thousands of persons during the last hundredyears bear out the testimony that eye hath not seen nor ear heard of the glories that areprepared for the sons and daughters of the Creator. All these revelations substantiate thetruth that every one reaps in the spiritual world just as one sows here, but if one has sowndarkness and suffering, the mercy of the Creator, expressed through Jehovih’s ministeringsons and daughters, helps the individual to outgrow the mental forces that we know wehave within us all the traits of the mortal condition. Something greater than ourselves stirsus to divine activity. Some power from above has been established within us to inspire uswith a desire for change, a desire to be different, a desire to create a better world. Thispower is influencing people all over the world. It seems like a divine manifestation, thoughcreated and woven into the texture of the spirit while in earth-life. No one is doomed toeverlasting punishment. The Ever-Present does not punish anyone for their ignorance.The Creator lets them create according to their desires, good or bad, and then, when inanguish of soul they cry out for wisdom, Jehovih sends more advanced sons anddaughters, the angels, to teach and help them create good for themselves and others.

How glorious to understand that our kindness and loving service to the Creator’s

children here refine our spirits and purify them of the ugliness of selfishness. What anincentive to exercise our souls hourly by creating blessings of goodwill which will uplift andheal others. When you feel love for a friend and send the friend a silent message of goodcheer, you shine a , spiritual light from your eyes, expressive of the outgoing intelligenceof your soul. By the activity of your soul in blessing you are as a spirit here in the fleshbeginning to express the Spirit of the Creator, and you are growing in the consciousnessof Jehovih’s life and love. Your spirit is now outgrowing the aging, material, anddepressing thoughts of earth, and you are becoming a spiritual form of light and beautywith a radiant influence, which will grow brighter and more extensive all the days of yourearthly experience. How joyfully will you be received in the thought atmosphere of those



108

you have loved and blessed, when you graduate from this first grade of the Creator’s greatschool of immortal souls. Is it too good to believe? Why, your most extravagantimaginations of soul loveliness and spiritual happiness are but faint gleams of the realgoodness of your Creator, Who has created you to be an ever-living heir to all the richesand powers of the Ever-Present Omnipotent Wisdom and Love.

A PLETHORA OF STARS

During the winter, the morning and evening sky is often resplendent with stars. To walkamong the stars is always refreshing to one with an active imagination. To such a onethey are not merely points of light in the sky. They are peopled planets; they are splendidsuns; they are universes of suns.

Walking in the mornings and evenings in the winter when the sky is clear is a walkamong the stars. I forget for the moment the sorrows and sufferings of our tiny planet. Iinbreathe the free magnetic life that pulsates through the boundless space. I renew mysoul’s physical garment of magnetic energy.

Yonder moon, suspended in a sea of ether, poised and balanced so nicely, andwhirled around the earth with such perfect precision of movement, is a comrade satellite tothe earth. I think how in like manner our earth is suspended in space, and sustained by a

calculating and ordering power wiser than the intelligence of man.I may be walking the streets among raucous machines emitting odors, but in

imagination, I am riding through boundless space on a huge ball that is traveling at aterrific rate of speed. I am a son of the Creator speeding serenely among theconstellations of suns. I waft my blessings to the inhabitants of the morning or eveningstars, who are voyaging with me through space. I feel the answering soul-thrill of theirgreetings as they receive and respond to my blessings. Yes, my feet are treading theearth, but my soul is reaching out to comrade souls who dwell on distant planets, and onthose other undiscovered planets beyond the ken of man’s sight or calculations. Withuntired imagination I fly on the wings of thought to Aldebaran, the fiery fishing eye ofTaurus, and to Sirius, the Dog star of diamond brilliance. I try to comprehend themagnitude of Betelgeuse, whose size is said to be as great as the orbit of Mars as itswings around the sun. And then if my walk is not yet ended I turn to contemplate thewhirling nebula of Orion, and think of the power of the Creator active there in that vastvortex, millions of miles in extent, which is creating a solar system that in millions of yearsto come will have Planets cool enough to become the birth-places, nurseries and schoolsfor trillions of future sons and daughters of the Creator.

As I walk along I meet the policeman, postman, janitors and others on their dailymission. All these early risers, including early dogs and late cats, I greet heartily as mysoul pours out to them a blessing of love and joy. They do not know that they are voyagingthrough space on an endless soul adventure, and that they can have the joy of living theeternal life now, but I know it and I want to impart the joy of my realization to their souls.This passing salutation is my opportunity to establish a contact with souls I could contact

in no other way. I try to impress my personality upon their minds by my expressions ofgoodwill. For what purpose? To fulfill the Creator’s purpose which is expressingconsciously through my mind.

I want to impress an image of my personality upon their minds, so that this mentalimage will receive the spiritual life which I am constantly sending to all souls from thePlace of Power within. I want to link as many souls as possible with the radiant spiritualpower which is being broadcast from the overshadowing Angel Hosts. These blessingsare life and resurrecting power to souls in all parts of the world.

I look to a future reaping of all the soul-seeds I am now sowing. Sometime in the future



109

when we are all in the spiritual world, some of these souls who are unprogressive and lostin mental states of sensuality or greed may be more receptive to our efforts to enlightenand help them because we were speaking acquaintances while we were on earth.

We shall be able to produce the same effect upon everyone who has read these words,even though but to scoff at them. We shall be able to revive these living words born of oursoul’s realizations, which are stored in their memory, and through these words lead theminto the mental paths of wisdom and peace.

Therefore, I walk among these heavily clouded soul-stars pouring forth my soul’srealization in affirmations of blessings. I recognize that each person walking the streetrepresents a multitude or spirit personalities in the spiritual atmosphere: father, mother,sons and daughters, grandparents, relatives, friends and foes, who have passed fromearth, are all closely united with them by affection or by hatred. So each personrepresents a multitude of both earth-bound and enlightened spirits. To those that are notyet ripe to receive, we can sow the seed for future reaping as we pass them on the streetand establish a soul contact with a word, a smile and a blessing.

Can you follow a still more complex revelation? As I walk these ways through whichhumanity walked yesterday, and will walk today, I am aware that throngs of earth-boundspirits surge through the mental currents which have been created by the thoughts anddesires of multitudes of mortals. Still seeking for the gratification of the senses as they didwhile embodied in the flesh, these spirits float in the currents of mortal desires. As I walk Iradiate soul awakening blessings which will arouse many of these spirits to seek for ahappiness more real and permanent than earth can render.

We do not walk alone. We walk in the midst of a ministering host of glorious immortals.They inspire and augment the blessings which our souls create. They add their soulpowers to all our words. While we are thinking of and blessing single individuals, they areseeing and blessing multitudes of undeveloped human spirits. Therefore, our walksamong humanity are fraught with great good to many, because years ago we learned thatwe could become the Creator’s blessing personified. We are about our Creator’s businessof educating and liberating souls in darkness. Our constant practice of blessing through all

the hours of all the days and weeks, months and years, since that first realization, haveenabled us to develop a power of soul that is invaluable to the angels in heaven as ameans of reaching and blessing the Creator’s slumbering infant angels who walk the earth,or drift in the spiritual atmosphere of earth, unaware of their mighty potentialities.



110

AN AGE OF ENLIGHTENMENT

(First Published in 1930)

We, the Angels of Enlightenment, proclaim that all the benevolent Intelligences in thecelestial realms are bringing all their wisdom and power to bear upon this planet, for thetime is at hand for the ushering in of the Age of Enlightenment.

The Voice of the Creator has spoken within the souls of all Angels in heaven, saying:“The harvest of souls is ripe. Resurrect my beloved children from materiality. Cleanse

the earth of the causes for human degradation, and establish progressive grades of soul unfoldment from the lowly planes of earth to the exalted states of heaven.”

In obedience to the will of the Creator we have come out from our exalted abode in theHeavens to cleanse this planet of greed and fear, and to restore all souls to anenlightened consciousness of their unity with all.

We behold humanity redeemed, and we see the plans and processes of redemption.The future unfolds before our vision and we see humanity enlightened, and all souls freedfrom the prisons formed by selfish desires.

We visualize the whole world of human beings as one great family of brothers andsisters, brought into harmonious unity by the practice of love. They will be inspired to unitetheir wisdom and their efforts to cure the world of the curse of greed which is the cause forpoverty, criminality, warfare, and universal suffering and degradation. Love-inspired mindswill find a way.

Your soul is a seed of infinite depth and complexity of intelligence. Every activity ofyour mind which shuts up your soul, such as thinking and acting for self, without thought ofothers, is counterproductive, and causes suffering. Every activity which develops theinnate talents of the soul, is good, and gives happiness. Affirm for your soul’s expansionthis day:

I will cultivate this Seed of Divinity within me, And become a Tree of

Righteousness Growing for the glory of the Eternal One.The Creator gives of His infinite Love freely and fully, and thereby creates a universe

of joyous Immortals. Give yourself freely and fully to the service of human enlightenment,and all your soul’s talents and powers will express and glorify your life with the goodnessand wisdom of the Creator. Abide today in the faith that:

I am being saved

From difficult and disastrous experiences,

By the wisdom I gain in liberating others

Those who glorify themselves, who are proud of their mortal heredity and ancestry, orof their possessions or good works, become centered within the mortal self, and create for

themselves a mental sphere wherein their soul is bound. Therein they suffer until thislimited and false self, which they build of their thoughts and feelings, is outgrown by theawakening and expression of their soul Self. You have found the way that liberates frommental bondage and suffering. Affirm:

I will do as my Creator does,

Express my soul in all good works,

And grow in sincerity, patience,

Love, wisdom, and purity of vision.



111

Could we lift your soul into our heavenly realm for a year, and bathe your spirit daily instreams of celestial thought until it was cleansed of all its mortal fears and cares, youwould feel as free as an Angel. Could we then return you to your body on earth, andconfront you with your present problems, you would handle them in a masterful manner.Let your spirit be lifted up by thinking this thought with us:

I will develop the wisdom of my soul,

And express the masterful powerOf the Angels of Jehovih.

Could we take you immediately into the celestial abode, which we have gained byyears of self-sacrificing service, you would meet beautiful beings whose countenancesflame forth the sympathy and love of· the Creator. Then when you returned to earth, thememory of the glory attained by human beings would inspire you every moment to work toattain the same noble expression of the Divine in you. Affirm today:

My soul is becoming free

From earthly entanglements,

And exalted to create Light and liberty for all

Were you to spend hours daily for months in our celestial habitation communing withthe Angels, until your soul was fed and strengthened by the radiance of their spirits, youwould become masterful in the Spirit of Love. Then were you to return to earth, you wouldhave the personality, the persistence, the courage, and the inspiration of Jehovih to solveall your problems with ease. You can become superior to your mortal load by communingand blessing with the Angels each day, and your soul will grow in strength and power togreat family of brothers and sisters, brought into harmonious unity by the practice of love.They will be inspired to unite their wisdom and their efforts to cure the world of the curseof greed which is the cause for poverty, criminality, warfare, and universal suffering anddegradation. Love-inspired minds will find a way to overcome. Affirm:

The meekness and might Of the Almighty

Pervade my mind with peace,

And energize my soul with power.

You have been affirming on the plane of mental competition, and you have felt arrayedagainst you the force of the whole world’s selfish thoughts. Come up higher. Do not useyour soul’s powers to get things, or to move people to serve you. That is soul degradation.Open your soul to Love, and its radiance will make you attractive to all good:

I will seek first the Kingdom of Jehovih,

And His righteousness,

And all things shall be added.

You have prayed for the spirit to serve you in unspiritual ways. Your material thoughtsand desires could not compass the spirit. They were unlike the spirit. Rise above materialthoughts and blend with the purpose of the Angels, and you will develop the capacity toexpress the power which is Love. Affirm this day:

I will feel as the Angels feel

For all human souls,

And be resurrected and liberated



112

By the Spirit of Love.

You can have the cooperation of the Creator if you will build a magnet which is of thenature of Jehovih. The All One is everlastingly giving Love to everybody, everywhere. Heis not trying to get anything from anybody. Your soul magnet will be radiant and attractivein the degree that it expresses the unselfish love of the Creator to all His children. Singwith us this day:

We are souls of radiant powerShining light to all the world.

You have found the source of enlightenment within your soul. You are letting your lightshine so that mankind beholds your good works and you glorify your Creator. You arelearning how to express the true and noble nature of your eternal being.

Jehovih, I rejoice that all my thoughts

And feelings

Are now inspired by the light of Thy love.

Your soul’s radiance is becoming brighter each day because you are living the life of

unselfish love, and depending upon the inner light of divine Intelligence to solve all yourproblems.

All-wise Presence,

Sufficient is Thy intelligence

For the perfecting of my life and destiny.

Be alert every moment to express the love-light of your divine soul in every thought,word and deed. Your desire to express love will keep your mind open to the intelligence ofthe Creator’s presence.

Living Creator, my intelligence has its source

In Thee,

And all my thoughts and feelings are inspired

By Thy love.

Your faithful and persistent effort to express the nobility and beauty of your true Self istransforming your life and character, and making you an enlightening influence to all souls.You are outgrowing the causes of misunderstandings and developing the spirit ofsympathetic understanding.

Being of Beauty,

I let Thy perfecting wisdom

Illumine and transfigure my life.

Cultivate your desire to enlighten and liberate souls, and this desire will uncover withinyou the wisdom of Love, which will show you the way to accomplish the greatest good.Each effort to let your light shine will add to your wisdom.

I will express what I feel to be true,

And my capacity to feel truth will increase.

Your soul is your center of wisdom and power.

About your soul shines a spiritual radiance which creates a mental and magnetic



113

influence in and around your body. Remain centered within your own sphere of influence.Do not reach outside yourself for spiritual power. Create power from within.

I will create my own sphere of influence

From within,

And shine forth the beauty and health of

My own soul.By reaching outside of yourself for spiritual power, you make yourself a magnet for

discarnate intelligences. Some spirits are good and wise; others are undeveloped andunwise. But it is weakness to depend upon anything outside of yourself, whenOmnipotence acts within your own soul.

I will abide in my own soul,

And bring forth the wisdom and power

Of the Eternal Being from within.

Unwise minds, in or out of the body, would take delight in guiding your life, but theywould leave you weak, undeveloped and dependent. Wise minds would arouse you to use

and develop your own talents and powers that you might become the strong, self-reliantand fearless child of the Creator. Omniscience seeks expression through your wisdomand good works.

All enfolding Wisdom,

Centered in Thee

I will become a self-reliant and

Courageous expression

Of Thy glorious goodwill.

Like responds to like in the spiritual realm. As long as your mind is occupied wholly

with the things of earth, your spirit is no further advanced than the undeveloped spirits thatcloud the spiritual atmosphere of the earth. But recreate your spirit by thinking and feelingfrom the wisdom and love of the Creator within, and your soul’s radiance will blend withthe radiance of Angelic soul, and you will be lifted above the causes of mortal limitations.

Almighty Creator,

I will commune with Thee from hour to hour,

And create my life and destiny

According to the wisdom of Thy love.

The final word of the Angels of Enlightenment is:

Abide in your eternal dwelling-place within your soul, and recreate your life from yourgrowing consciousness of the Creator’s will, and every day will bring you a new and moreglorious revelation of your powers and possibilities as a son or daughter of the Creator.

I will become so creatively radiant

That my soul will shine as a sun

In the Kingdom of the Creator.



114

THOUGHTS OF THE ANGELS OF INSPIRATION


The bliss of the Eternal Being is beyond words and thoughts. It cannot be described.But it can be realized in an ever-increasing degree by those who will use exalting thoughtsas a means of lifting their mind above all dark and limited states of mind into the holyconsciousness which is the light of their own souls. How shall we help you to see and

understand that which you must know for yourself? Not by defining, describing, and thuslimiting the Reality, but by directing your attention and imagination from day to day to thatwhich is beyond description, and yet which is knowable, because it is all the life andintelligence you possess.

We would lead you to look away from your sorrows and cares, your diseases anddisturbances, away from the things of earth that bind your attention and imagination tolimitation and sorrow, to that inspiration which is this moment the source of all you feel andknow.

Look to the “hills of God” from whence cometh your strength. They are the exaltedstates of Mind in which Angels dwell. Think of the Angels as the great and mighty thoughtsof the I AM, just as human as you are as a thought of the All Mind. Let them enthrall your

imagination and inspire you to become, like them, expressions of the Spirit of the Creator.

All the limitations which surround you have their causes in your own thought, and allthe heavenly glories of which you can conceive are but the out-picturing of what immortalhuman souls have wrought from the inspiration of the Almighty within them. Let the spiritof our thoughts here clothed in mortal language awaken your slumbering soul so that onyou will know and feel the glory the Ever-Present has prepared for all His children.

Could you think, and your thoughts be pictures of exquisite loveliness; could you feel,and your feelings fill thoughts with sunshine and shade; could you speak, and your speechbe as soul-moving music, you would express the true creativeness of your immortal Self.

This you are destined to do.

I will quietly commune with Thy mind,

O Infinite Creativeness,

And let the inspiration of my soul express.

Shall not the Intelligence which designs the web of the spider, builds the nest of thebird, and plans the co-operative commonwealth of the bee, respond to your desire, anddesign your destiny according to the wisdom of His will?

I will attune my mind

To Thy mighty mood of Love

And be wrought into Thy all-wise design,

Creator of Destiny.

Could you write words which will perfectly picture the soul-melting glories of departingday, or the feeling aroused while listening to a song or a symphony? How much less canwe describe the exquisite forms, feelings and activities of our immortal life, where we arethe Spirit of flaming color, and where our blended emotions vibrate soul sounds intosymphonies of endless beauty!

Exalt and refine my imagination,

O Tenderness that touches the souls of Angels,



115

That I may outgrow all earthliness

And respond to Thy inspiration.

Were you perfectly attuned to your soul, you would understand the Meaning of theAlmighty which is revealed in the form and activity of everything and every event. You aredestined to read, as we read, the Creator’s profound meaning as it is revealed more andmore clearly to your unfolding understanding. O, what joy you shall experience in realizing

that you have a part to play in working out the Design of the all-creative Intelligence.I will conceive Thy thoughts,

And understand thy meaning,

O Spirit Divine.

Read the most inspiring prose and poetry, listen to the most exalting music,contemplate the noblest ideals, and feel most fervently the Love of the Creator for all Hischildren, and your spirit will become responsive to the Spirit which is the Meaning of theMind of the Most High.

Father-Mother Creator, I earnestly desire to develop

The sincerity, nobility and benevolence of my soul,And reveal Thy meaning to all humanity.

We who have awakened to the majestic meanings enfolded within the humblest formsof life would sprinkle the living waters of faith upon your eyes that you also may see themysterious Presence that moves as intelligent Power in all your ways. The light thatcaresses the page you read, and the intelligence back of your eyes that comprehendsthese words, are the Nameless Presence you have worshipped afar. Listen to the StillSmall Voice speaking these words within your soul,

Stand in awe! Be still;

And know that I am the I AM.

The One Will that moves the suns in space, and sustains the order of the cells of yourflesh, is the living Power that is benevolently blessing all beings through you this moment.How distractedly and fearfully are people weaving dark veils of thought to hide themselvesfrom the blazing beneficence of their own eternal Being!

Jehovih, Thou art blessing through me now,

And burning away the dark veils of illusion.

The inspiration of the Almighty which you seek, dwells not in the past; it could not becrucified on a cross, or be embalmed in sacred words. It dwells not in the never-attainablefuture. It exists for you in the Ever-Present Now. Cultivate the inspiration of the moment,and realize that this moment is as divine as any recorded in history or conceived by seersof the future.

All the wisdom of the past

And all the possibilities of the future

Are focused within this divine moment.

The healing inspiration of Life is yours this moment. Become quiet, and rest your mindin the sensation of being alive. Feel that the mighty impulse that vitalizes the wholeuniverse is saying in you, I am Life. When you sense a delicate vibration tingling throughall the nerves of your body, know that the waves of a new quickening have begun to



116

express through your nature.

I will abide in Thy all-healing Life, O Creator,

And feel Thy Spirit breathing through my being.

Cultivate inspiration in everything you do. It will grow. Enjoy the flavor of the food youeat. You are partaking, not of matter, but of the substance of Life.

Do you love the flavor of Life? Do you love the life you sense and know this moment?Love life; and love, which is life, will increase your sense of life, and your capacity toexpress life.

I feel the thrill of Thy Being,

O Infinite Life,

As I partake of the substance of Thy Nature.

Glorify your Creator by enjoying His life every moment. Life is not in the form of ourwords, but in the feelings they arouse in you. Do not mistake the form for the Spirit.Discard the form if it does not inspire, and seek to create from within that which makesinspiration and ever-renewing delight.

Concentrate not upon the words of truth, but upon the thrill, the exalted feeling, theenlightening realization that the meaning or spirit of the words awakens within you. This isthe living reality.

Thrilling, inspiring Presence,

My soul pulsates with delight

Because I have found Thy Enlightening Presence.

The universe is greatly inspired by the Presence of the Creator now as at any momentin the past. Those who look to the past, and those who expect the future to reveal truth,are unfaithful to the inspiration of the Almighty which is ever expressing in the Now. Themost glorious moments of exaltation of seers and “saviors ” were born from the realization

of that Intelligence which dwells within the Eternal Now. This moment contains the seedsof all the wisdom and power your immortal soul will experience in the endless future. Doyou feel the inspiration of the Creator this moment? It will increase.

I will lay aside all dead and uninspiring beliefs,

And look upon this moment with unclouded vision,

Upon the exalted grandeur and glory of the Eternal Being.

Your problems contain the seeds of their solution.

The Creator has not left you comfortless. Jehovih is with you always. Look to theintelligence within the problem, which created the problem, for its solution. Searchingdevelops the capacity to understand. The Creator cannot limit His meanings in words, butHis Meaning, His Spirit, can quicken your spirit with understanding.

My understanding inbreathes

The living Breath of Thy Mind, O Creator,

And Thy wisdom enlightens my ways.

Do not try to express the Infinite in a phrase, and call it truth. Your immortal soul, withall its deep-seated powers to form and sustain your mind and body, is but a word of thetruth of the Eternal Being. Do you comprehend this truth? For ten thousand ages you willcontinue to enjoy the unfolding of the comprehension of your Being and even then will you



117

have only just begun. Perpetual joy will flow from the inspiring spontaneity that you are.

Express Thy Self through me, Eternal One,

In liberating thought and inspiring love.

Be not proud of what you have attained or of what you know. That is crystallizedknowledge. What you have experienced and thought is represented by your presentlimitations, which will be outgrown by experiencing deeper love and greater wisdom.

Clothe not your spirit in the debris of the past. Let inspiration weave new garments ofthought each day. Live in the ecstasy of aspiration, watching the newly bursting blooms ofwisdom, and inhaling their fragrance.

I will gladly outgrow and discard the beliefs of the past,

And weave, each day, more beautiful garments of thought

For my unfolding spirit.

Be not separate and superior in the thought that you are a temple of the Ever-Present,but realize in humility that the virtue and the truth is in the sense that the One Spirit is thesame in all temples. Unity is truth.

I am a temple for Thy indwelling, O Creator,But Thou art equally present and powerful in all,

For all are Thee.

Let your affirmation be but a means of keeping your attention upon a great thought,and let your imagination endeavor to conceive the beauty of its meaning. Mere repetitionis not faith. Seeing, as for the first time, wondrous truth, develops faith. When you affirm, “I am a temple,” do not try to make it true.

It is true. Let the affirmation but raise the shade so that your sleep-heavy eyes maybehold the splendor of the rising sun.

Always will I behold the truth of Thy Presence

With the wonder-lit eyes of first-seeing.

Could you imagine how radiant you are with the Creator’s blessing this moment, youwould experience the ecstasy of the Angels, you would feel the inspiration of life eternal.Oh, you are more influential for good, even in your limited conditions, than you dream.Divine Goodness is acting through your soul this moment in mysterious ways which are asyet hidden to your conscious mind. Let your imagination soar above all appearances oflimitation and feel as your soul feels the truth of this affirmation for the day.

I am radiant with Jehovih’s blessings,

I am mighty in His Love.

You do not have to put might into love; the might is in love; you only have to feel andexpress love. All the life which the universe reveals is of the love of the Creator, and lovewill ever fashion its own gracious and perfect forms for expression. Love is unselfishgiving, else it is not love. The mystery of the might of love is its unselfishness.

I lay aside all selfish thoughts and feelings,

And let Thy Love transfigure me with

Its gracious generosity.

The benevolent will of the Creator is all the power there is; and His will is the creativepower in you now.



118

Make your affirmation for this day in the spirit of the gracious and generous will of theuniverse, not in the endeavor to separate some of that power for personal ends. Swinginto the realization that you are not separate from All-power, and exultantly acclaim yourliving faith.

Thy will of love be done through me, O Jehovih,

For Thine is the victory and the glory, forever.



119

THE DAILY INSPIRATION OF WALTER DEVOE

1933

As a counselor and healer I have devoted many hours a day to blessing andtransmitting my realizations of soul power to my friends at a distance. A lifetime devoted tocreative thought for the healing and strengthening of souls has kept my mind exaltedabove mundane disturbing thoughts and feelings. During these hours of creative activity,

my entire mind became polarized to a vivid and victorious State of Being. I led others upthe steep ascent to these sublime heights of contemplation. I poured out to all receptivesouls the wisdom and power gained by soul contact with mighty Immortals. I saw thepossibility of perfect health and happiness for every human being who would walk in thisWay of Eternal Life, and who would so organize their lives as to gradually outgrow thequalities that hold their souls bound to weakness and pain.

I have helped others to health. They have realized soul life and power to the degreethat they have practiced the spiritual principles herein. There are many who would receivea startling spiritual awakening just by reading these words charged with soul potencies.Some would be healed immediately of either mental or physical disturbances by readingthese words. But the majority would uncover their soul health gradually by attuning their

lives to the purpose of the Creator. As they made themselves worthy builders with theCreator, all the wealth of heaven would be poured out through them to make them mightysouls. Their healing and realization of a perfect and powerful character would come as aresult of their service to others.

Whoever will meditate daily, and endeavor to bring their mind back to their own soulcenter of consciousness, as the clock strikes each hour, will begin to realize theawakening of those divine potentialities which will provide them with endless happyexperiences for eternity.

In these meditations I seek to reveal to my friends what I have learned in my quietmoments of communion with the Source of all knowledge. I am not trying to convert theprejudiced or unbelieving. These experiences and revelations are unique and unusual

simply because very few persons devote time to deep thought, or seek to discover whatlies behind their reactions to outer experiences. As the thoughts born of the mathematicalfaculties are difficult to understand to one who has not studied mathematics deeply, so thethoughts born of the spiritual faculties are difficult to one who has not developed that partof the mind. My experience is that spiritual faculties can be fed and strengthened in thesame way as the mathematical faculties; so I have provided the thought-food, the study ofwhich will enlarge and deepen the spiritual understanding of students of Truth. As theyponder upon these thoughts they will have certain inner reactions which will reveal thepossibility of a new world of spiritual activity and experience. What I have realized will, Ihope, inspire students to think and create for themselves as I have done.

I have arisen before the sun to bless my friends, and all the world. Most of the peoplein this country are asleep, passive to the blessings of Inspiration which it is my job to pourout to their souls. While their minds are passive, their souls are alert, and more responsiveto blessings. What an opportunity! Realizing the potent force of thought, and aware that ahost of Victorious Immortals are concentrating their love through my thought, I enjoy theexhilaration of blessing all souls in this country. I desire that everyone shall attain to thisexalted realization of themselves as an influential personality, so I urge my readers tobegin the day in quiet concentration, affirming:

I am a being of radiant power

Attuning all minds to the Cosmic Will.



120

Those who claim that they can find no time for quiet thought during the day, would gaingreat spiritual profit by rising at four or five in the morning and devoting a half hour tocreative concentration. They would escape that heavy psychical period which manyexperience toward morning. Returning to bed after having become positive by meditation,they would be refreshed by further relaxation, whether they slept or remained awake.When I arise at four in the morning, I think of all my friends, and read to them from spiritualwritings, letting the life and joy of my realization of Divine Inspiration flow to them. Then,

thinking of those who have written to me for wisdom or soul strength, I feel Divine Poweras I affirm:

I sit serene in my Place of Power

Creating with the will of the Omnipotent.

Another day is dawning. I am sitting facing the west, and in imagination I see the wholenation awakening to the dawning of a new day. The sun will soon rise over the AtlanticOcean and bless Boston with the radiance of its golden light. As it rises higher and higherin the heavens, the darkness of night will fade from the land and the light of day will reignsupreme. So shall the spiritual Orb of Splendor rise for every soul in the land, and lift thepall of depression from the people of the nation. My work this day and every day is tovoice the Inspiration of the Creator, and to shine as a soul-sun to dissolve the gloom thathides the glory and power within every soul. This should be the work of all enlightenedsouls.

I am a potent personality

Proclaiming the glory of the soul.

The world is spread before me in imagination. I bless its millions with a love that wouldawaken them to the Inspiration of the All One, lighten their burdens, soothe their pain, andharmonize their difficulties. O Creator, help them realize that they can have a spontaneityof creative joy expressing from the Ever-Presence in their souls which would make themmasters of destiny. As I sit quietly blessing these millions of souls, I am aware of waves ofsoft spiritual light vibrating through my blessings to them. This consciousness of the

cooperation of a luminous power greater than I alone could generate has grown during theyears of my service to humanity. I know from hourly experience that anyone can tune inwith the Cosmic Will and become a mediator for the transmission of wisdom and power.May this mighty truth be revealed to the multitudes who are sick, weak and helplesslybewildered, unaware of their divine potentialities as sons and daughters of the Almighty.Everyone who tunes in with this mighty Inspiration will help to bring enlightenment tohumanity, and find happiness for themselves.

I am radiant with the Creator’s Blessings

I am mighty in Eternal Love.

Whence these luminous waves? Whence these pulsations of power? The Inspiration ofthe Creator rises out of my own soul as I bless, but these luminous waves of power arethe inspiration flowing from other souls. They are the blessings expressed by theVictorious Immortals. Vibrating in unison with my blessings, they gain a tangibility from mymind that brings them into touch with the people of the earth, and at the same time theygive an exalting power and radiance to my soul that makes my blessings more inspiringand more effective. Could I make real to those walking in spiritual darkness the reality ofmy experience, and the joy they might experience, all would seek as I have sought toknow the Consciousness of the Creator. This is the knowledge of eternal life, health,peace and joy.

Because I have made the Eternal Being my habitation,



122

I bless the Beings of Beauty

Who dwell in the Realm of Light.

It is a most exalting experience to meditate early in the morning and to feel that onecan positively influence a whole world of sleeping minds. In blessing these minds, I do nottry to impose my will upon them. I tune in with the Cosmic Will and feel Its creative moodwhich prevails this day. I thus exalt my mind into accord with my Creator and feel the

practical power of Infinite Will inspiring all my plans and purposes during this day. Ibecome a step-down transformer for the power of the Cosmic Will.

Everyone can learn to do this, and in so doing they will enlarge and exalt their personalpower. It opens the inner door to permanent health and success. The inner Inspiration ofthe Ever-Present is felt by many this day as a creative urge, moving them to create,originate and invent. The outer inspiration of the Victorious Immortals is felt by thoseharmonious souls attuned to its purpose as a purifying and perfecting power. TheAdministration of the Almighty is preparing the world for a new and more benevolentleadership. Now is the opportunity for every soul to become a bearer of Light to make thehumanitarian purpose of Heaven real and powerful in this world of practical affairs.

I am attuned to the Cosmic Will

And attune all souls to its love.

The mood this day is receptivity, sensitivity, impressionability, and responsiveness ofsoul to divine monitions. The Immortals are seeking the sensitive souls who are the salt ofthe earth, in order to purify them of the psychical influences which hold them in subjection,and draw them into a unity of purpose that shall provide earth with the mightiest souls thathave ever been known. I have felt the Inspiration of the Almighty and the Angel Hostsflowing through and around me this day, blessing all sensitive souls with awakeningpower.

We respond to the Harmony of Heaven

And create with the Angels of the Ever-Present.

As I commune with souls everywhere in the early morning hours I sense a stirring ofthose souls which presages a mighty awakening. In the midst of the gloom glows a greatlight. Those living on the mental plane do not feel it.

But those whose hearts are attuned to the humanitarian motive, and who are seekinghow they may do the greatest good for their fellows, feel the Urge and see the Lightbeginning to illuminate their way.

Young men and women have thought deeply upon the motives that have ruleddestructively in the past, and many of them have felt the Real Motive that will perfect andglorify life here on earth, and bring peace and prosperity to all. These young people will beour leaders, and the builders of a new nation and a new world. Every one of us can help tousher in this new era, and give soul strength to these youthful leaders by cultivating,intensifying and expressing the perfecting influence of Love. The gloom will be dissipatedby the Light of Love that we all create. The world will become perfect as we perfectourselves by expressing Love in all our ways.

The perfecting Power of Love

Is creating a new character and a divine destiny.

What a pleasure to arise early and quietly tune in with the mood and meaning of thenew day! What priceless moments of serenity and harmony, when the whole worldpulsates with healing love! What a spiritual leverage it gives over the conflicts and



123

confusions of the day! I feel myself a universal soul teacher and healer in these exaltedmoments of meditation. I enjoy my attunement with the Cosmic Will and act with it to blessresponsive souls in all the world who are serving humanity. All might enjoy as I enjoy thiscommunion with the Cosmic Will and realize Its healing power working constructively inthem to harmonize body and affairs. But as they are as yet asleep to the truth that theycan be active agents of the Will of the Creator, those who are awakened must vibrate anawakening influence to arouse those around them to know and live life more abundantly. I

feel Divine Inspiration as I affirm:Love pulsates powerfully through me

To awaken and heal the children of the Ever-Present.

I feel that the Inspiration of the Almighty is exalting and empowering all natural andspiritual healers. Life requires expression and not suppression, in order to heal and perfecthuman lives on the physical, mental and spiritual levels. The suppressive psychology andmedication of the past will be replaced by the psychology of self-expression, and healingmethods which liberate life to perfect expression. Intelligent organizing Life is alwayspresent and always powerful to perfect human character and to heal human bodies, but itrequires humanity to think, feel and act so as to give it expression. Then humanity istransformed by the renewal of its life and mind from within. The more I teach the more Iknow, the more I bless the greater is the healing love that flows through my soul; the moreI use my will constructively the greater is my power to do so. Thus I fulfill the law of self-expression. Love is the fulfilling of the law.

Mighty miracles of Love

Shall glorify the children of the Creator.

I see those Beings who personify the authority of the Almighty touching and awakeningyoung men and women throughout the world, and preparing them to fulfill a mightypurpose. They will draw them together into an efficient organization. They will show themthe Way, and make them leaders of world emancipation.

These young people will be inspired and will speak with authority. They will revealmoral, as well as mechanical principles. They will organize human society and createpeace and prosperity. As natural and spiritual healers they will perform miracles of love.As healers they will fill the hospitals with their healing radiance. As teachers of childrenthey will be panoplied with a power which will protect children from all destructivepsychical influences. As scientists they will show the unity of spiritual and physical forces.They will establish righteousness and justice and transform laborious work intohumanitarian service.

The Inspiration of the Almighty

Shall glorify the youth of the land.

I unite with the Immortal Idealists in the heavenly Realm to bless all souls who are

trying to make their ideals real and practical in this physical world. The ideals ofvisionaries and dreamers of the past are the practical facts of today. After many years ofexploration in the Realm of the Ideal, I can say that it contains the answers to all humanprayers, and will satisfy all aspiring souls with permanent peace and progressive wisdom.We have realized strength and inspiration as we have kept attuned with the VictoriousImmortals who would lift the whole world into their exalted state of peace and perfection.They are giving the force of faith to their ideals, knowing that sometime, somewhere, theywill become realities.

As associates with the Angels of the Ever-Present



124

We radiate the blessings of heaven.

As I have consecrated a lifetime to making my ideals real, so have others envisionedthe possibilities and determined to sacrifice and serve together to make those ideals real.After years of association, we have developed a Concord of Creators, every member ofwhich has consecrated their lives to doing the Cosmic Will. Everyone has pledged tosacrifice personal selfishness, time, talents and money in order to help build a new world.Collective self-expression has become to us a source of strength and success.

In the unity and vibrancy of our souls

We are a mighty Concord of Creators.

We have been a progressive nation. Other nations have followed our lead. The ideasand inventions born in this country have had a liberating influence upon the whole world.We have sought a personal and a selfish liberty, but we shall progress to the realizationthat “Where the Spirit of Love is, there is Liberty.” The liberty of the immortal sons anddaughters of the Creator will be realized as we outgrow selfishness, and lose our lives inunselfish service. In the present world men and women are turning for light to theintelligence of their own souls, and they are learning how love will bring liberty. As werealize and organize this Love and make it practical we shall become a progressive nation

in the truest sense, and lead the world to freedom from poverty, criminality, and all theevils born of selfishness. For all souls in this nation, I affirm:

You are triumphant in the Will of the Creator

You shall extend the kingdom of Love.

The Victorious Immortals have created Places of Radiance in the spiritual worlds towhich the sick and distraught spirits newly risen from earth are brought for their healing.Angelic Beings bathe these discordant spirits in their love and harmonize and heal them.Then they teach them how to think constructively and how to bless with love until eachone becomes a center of radiance and a healing influence to others. When I visionedthese spiritual and celestial Places of Radiance years ago, I planned to create a Place ofRadiance in the physical world. The students therein would be taught how to expressdivine Love and become so radiant that together they would create an atmosphere ofharmony into which the Angels could come and help them make a mighty Place ofRadiance on earth. We can truly affirm:

Omnipotence gives power to all our blessings

Omnipotence inspires our Place of Radiance.

I would use the magic of words to withdraw your mind from its entanglement in theshadow world to the contemplation of the truths of the realm of Reality. The truth of yourBeing is so deep, so profound, so glorious, that you could spend endless years in thecontemplation of its beauty. The truth of your Being is the truth of the Creator. As youlearn to express the potentialities of your own nature , you will reveal the truth and power

of the Ever-Present.The truth most essential for you to know, if you would outgrow your mental and

physical limitations, is the truth of that Divine Dynamic which you call your Self.

You will find inspiration and power in the truth that you are a living Will, a Will that canconquer ignorance, disaster, and fate, and rise to those heights of self-knowledge andself-expression which have been attained by the Angels of the Almighty. Meditate uponthis thought this day:

You shall know the truth,



126

content with shadows and sensory pleasures because your consciousness is in the Realmof Reality. You can be satisfied only in the enjoyment of its everlasting Being.

Listen to the Inspiration in your soul which always encourages, strengthens andinvigorates your faith. Identify your Intelligence with that exalted Intelligence which seesno limitations, which feels the joy of endless life and of ever-growing aspirations. Feel thatyou are the Intelligence that has conquered all things, and attained to immortal freedomand power.

Begin to live in the Consciousness which is deeper and broader than your sense life.Be yourself a creative cause for the ideal and happy state that will satisfy your highestconception of what is good and true.

All the creative potencies of the Almighty

Awaken me to everlasting life and activity.

Open-mindedness and tolerance toward all need not hinder discrimination as to theparticular value or degree of spiritual development of any person. Your sympathy andgoodwill for everyone in every condition of life open ways through which you receiveblessings and benefits the Creator is ever giving through all creation. When you close yourmind to the understanding and appreciation of the intelligence of any creature you close

your life to the good that the All One may give you through that soul.

To limit wisdom or revelation to one sect, or doctrine, or nation, is to limit yourrealization of the intelligence and power of the Creator. The Ever-Present is utteringInfinite Intelligence through the scientific mind, the metaphysical mind, the materialist, thespiritualist, and through the revealer of planetary lore. You are to test all things in order tofind that which proves most potent in practice.

The universe as a whole is not great enough to reveal all the wisdom and power of theCreator; how shall one book, one cult, or one nation comprehend or reveal all of theInfinite Intelligence?

My understanding shall be open

To all the wisdom of Thy Presence.

Divine Intelligence knows all by being all. Let your mind find rest and peace in the all-comprehending Mind. Your intelligence and Divine Intelligence are one, and inseparable.Free your mind from beliefs and prejudices which hide this consciousness of Oneness.Feel the greatness and glory of your intelligence reaching out to the Infinite from thedepths of darkness to the heights of Light. You will realize a new depth of meaning in thisaffirmation:

The Creator and I are one.

Mother those in the babyhood of intelligence with the unselfish kindness of a godlikebeing. Do not criticize, condemn or ridicule them for what they do not understand.

Win them to your thought by gentleness and tolerance. Help them as you would helpthe undeveloped babe, and they will grow to bless you.

Work not for any selfish end. Let the joys of self-expression be your satisfying reward.You will find satisfaction in seeing the ripening fruits of your efforts. Leave the fruitage inthe Creator’s hands. Thus you grow in freedom and are not bound by self-interest.

I am radiant with the Creator’s Blessings,

I am mighty in Eternal Love.

Your life of loving service for the good of all lifts up the whole world. You are an active,



127

creative center in the Mind of the Whole, and every mind is benefited by your activity. Youare a silent, subjective source of inspiration and faith to other souls attuned to your radiantinfluence. You are an active agent of the Almighty.

You feel the Love of the Creator expressing through your soul to all children. This isthe freeing Spirit. Where the Spirit of Love is, there is liberty. The love you radiate makesyour atmosphere luminous and harmonious with the healing light of Heaven. Your love forall is the very feeling of the Infinite Intelligence, which purifies and liberates your mind andsoul, and links you with the Victorious Immortals of all ages.

I am a blessing,

Love is my power.

O, the wisdom and power of this Presence of Inspiration! My mind is stilled in wonder,and awe of the Eternal is the beginning of wisdom. This Presence does everything, movesconstellations of suns or creates human bodies with equal ease. I relax into this effortlessPresence and find peace and power. Why strain after things and accumulate heavy andenduring responsibilities in the outer world when wisdom and satisfaction are found only inthe inner world of the soul?

I dwell in the Consciousness of the Creator.

I abide in Eternal Peace.

The nation extends before my thought, and every soul therein draws upon my love.Every soul I bless adds to the enriching current of love that flows through me. My supremesatisfaction is found in feeling and acting as a universal brother. My sympatheticunderstanding of the limitations and suffering of human souls inspires me to serve to theutmost degree to bring them the liberty I have found. I want to give to all the benefits of myknowledge and experience. I want to lead them up the mount of vision where they will seewhat I see:

“New thoughts, new hopes, new dreams, new starry world to scan,

“As Time proclaims the Dawn, the brotherhood of man.”

Inspiration has led me into the exalted realization of the One Who is All. While I tell ofmany planes and states of life, nevertheless I see but One all-comprehending Mind, inwhich all minds live, move and have their being, whether they have physical bodies or not.In the realization of unity with all I cannot think or feel aught against another because in sodoing I injure myself. I am impelled to bless, give and serve to the utmost degree becausein satisfying others, I am myself satisfied. Thus in unity of thought and feeling with all, Iaffirm, as the clock strikes the hour.

Benevolence is my inspiration

And the Creator of a happy destiny.



128

THIS IS MY NAME FOREVER


I AM. I proclaim My divine Being. I assert my Self in you. I sound forth the tone of MyBeing through your soul. I AM!

The sound and strength of My true Name establishes peace and harmony in the midst

of mortal chaos.I am polarizing all minds and all things to My positive center of Eternal being in you.

The joyous tone of Being that I AM vibrates through your personality and makes you aradiant center of attractive influence.

All minds and all mental realms feel and respond to My harmonizing influence.

My Power is organized and made manifest through the Ministry of Angels.

As an active agent of My angelic Ministry you are surrounded by the protectiveinfluence of radiant Immortals.

In communion with Me you create an atmosphere of harmony in which My Angels canaccomplish their mission.

In the dignity and strength of My Being you act as an angel to irradiate human liveswith the light of My love.

You are a blessing; My love is your power. I am in your soul blessing the Angels thatsurround your spirit.

Through your soul I am blessing your friends as My loving Presence radiates from yoursoul.

I AM the Love and Power of the Angels who fill your aura with an atmosphere ofglorious thoughts.

I AM the Pleroma of Power now shining love to· all humanity to awaken the world and

cleanse it of its woes.

THE PLACE OF RADIANCE

Assembled here in this Place, made holy by the radiance of a host of Angels, we actas their mediators. We bless all souls affiliated with the Ministry and help the Angelsirradiate the whole world with their purifying love.

To this army of Angels organized about us on the spiritual side of life, we give ourgratitude for their un tiring labor in protecting us from the malicious and destructive forcesof the mind of the world.

Recognizing the unceasing, self-sacrificing devotion of the Angels to our welfare, weendeavor to become as devoted in our service with them as they are, that they may have

our united soul force to strengthen their efforts to purify and protect us and those affiliatedwith us at a distance.

We bless the concourse of celestial Angels who, from an exalted soul state, pour thepower of their love into our lives to create an atmosphere of soul light and harmony inwhich the Angels of the spiritual realm may do their work. For only as the protectiveAngels of the spiritual realm are given soul strength from the Angels of the celestial realmcan they persist in their efforts to purify, heal and exalt the souls on earth who areconsecrated to growth and service.

Our thoughts are exalted to the still more interior realm where the ancient Angels of



130

THE AWAKENING


The coming of Kosmon promises the most startling changes in human thought andexperience. While they are constructive and benevolent changes, they may seem to thosewho cling to outworn forms of thought and procedure to be destruction-rampant. Thefundamental change will be the quickening of human perception and understanding of the

reality of the spiritual universe.

Until now, education has been through the development of the physical senses andmental responses to information from the senses. The brilliance of intellectual learningilluminates matter and its forces. Its light does not penetrate into or perceive the universeof mind and its finer forces and forms. The highest learning of the earth, as far as theuniversities are concerned, deals with the material universe as the only reality; it does notrecognize the spiritual universe. How startling will be the effect upon all human mindswhen they are suddenly forced to recognize that the material universe is but a negativereality in the form of an objective as well as subjective spiritual universe, which is themolding or forming power of the physical universe.

Some idea of the universal effects of the awakening of the spiritual faculties may be

gained from reviewing what has occurred in the last hundred years. Hundreds ofthousands of persons have been convinced of the reality of the spiritual universe and ofhumanity’s immortality. Those with real spiritual illumination have felt an exaltation of spiritthat has enabled them to live with the sense of a positive reality, superior to the perceptionof life from the negative manifestation of creation as the material world. Working in theobjective material world, there are those who have seen beyond the appearances of thematerial world and realized that it was formed as a reflection of the spiritual world and thatevery organized form of life, vegetable, animal or human, is a manifestation of anobjective spiritual form which is its real motivating power.

This development may be better understood if one is conversant with what beganaround 1848 when thousands of mediums were developed simultaneously in all parts of

the world. The result was a revelation of spiritual facts and fantasies, and the rapid growthof many spiritualistic, occult, healing and humanitarian cults. That was but the first wave ofrevolutionary thought flowing forth to the people of earth from the Mind of the Creator,which enabled the immortal inhabitants of the spiritual worlds to dissolve many old andfalse beliefs, and to promulgate truths of permanent value for humanity.

Now comes the second wave of light from the Mind of the Creator, giving greaterpower to the Immortals, and making manifest the Purpose of the Administration of theAlmighty.

In ages past, one mediator inspired by legions of angels, has come to a race, but nowthe Angel Hosts will have millions of mediators through whom they will not only revealdivine principles, but also radiate a power that will dethrone and dissolve all the spiritual

causes for the diseases and disasters by which the peoples of earth have beenoverwhelmed. The present and future generations will respond readily to the influx ofspiritual light power, but those born and bred under the influence of the materialisticphilosophies which have been taught up to the present time, will find it difficult to readjusttheir minds and beliefs to the new ideas transmitted from the advanced Immortals. Thosewho are willing to devote some time daily to attuning their minds and bodies to the soul-awakening power now beginning to play upon all human beings will benefit thereby.

Our preparation to act as mediators for the Angel Hosts has made it possible todevelop a Place of Radiance through which a multitude of souls can learn how to adjust



132

Power from the most interior to the most exterior realms, so that the Creator’s love maybless and benefit even the outer material nature of humanity.

Your meditations upon our revelations will quicken and exalt your imagination, so thatyou will begin to feel that you are an active worker in our organized unity of illuminatedsouls. You will lose your mortal sense of separateness, which is weakness, and gain atrue sense of unity, which is power. “Arise, shine, for thy light is come, and the glory of the Eternal is risen upon thee!”

Unity of souls for the accomplishment of a noble purpose brings divine power intomanifestation. You may think of yourself as a separate material being, but the fact is, youare a spiritual form blended by subtle lines of mental influence with many other spirits inthe spiritual realms. Because you are at present a part of the chaotic and unorganizedmass of minds which compose the social disorder called civilization, you suffer from thespiritual diseases, disorders and discomforts which afflict all mankind. The study andpractice of these spiritual principles will give you a realization of the orderly unity in thevast variety of the Creator’s creation, and help to bring your mind into harmony with theorder and perfection of our heavenly organization. As your imagination is exalted toconceive the glory of the government of the Creator, you will unite consciously with us tomake its purpose and prosperity known to the children of earth.

These revelations will enable you to take the first steps in the upward path ofprogression that leads to liberation from all the conditions that bind men’s souls. Thispathway of light ascends from the states of mind that mortals know to those high statesinhabited by , immortal beings who consciously know and do the Will of the Father. Toprogress in this upward way, it will be necessary for you to develop those faculties thatdistinguish radiant immortals from care-burdened, earth-bound mortals.

The first of these faculties is faith, or spiritual imagination; the ability to conceive ofspiritual things as real. This is the ability of a little child, which enables it to dwell inimagination in the spiritual realms of Light.

Daily meditation upon these revelations will quicken and exalt your imagination, so thatyou will begin to feel that we are real, and that our ministrations are potent to protect andheal you, and lead you back to the Creator’s Presence.

Every human soul is a thought or idea of the Creator. The Almighty sows His thoughtsin the earth world where they develop senses, gain mortal experience, and begin theirunfoldment from a potential idea to a perfect form of His intelligence.

In mortals on earth and in the magnetic planes surrounding the earth, the Creator’sthought is in a potential form, but in the immortals who have attained to angelhood it hasdeveloped to express the perfection of His idea and to image His intelligence. The higherstates of the Infinite Mind are inhabited by these Benevolent Ideas who have becomeAngels and Archangels of individualized power, and who fill the celestial spheres with theradiance of their revealment of the Creator’s meaning. These very sympathetic and kindly

beings are advanced human souls in whom the divine nature has become victorious andthrough whom the Creator’s idea is most perfectly expressed. By long service inenlightening human beings less developed than themselves, they have attained to a stateof blissful existence. Thus you understand that the powers of the mind of the Creator areHis ideas. These powers are real, intelligent and human; they are angels and archangels.With your cooperation they will make your soul a generator of spiritual life and strength,and enable you to create for yourself a successful and prosperous destiny. They willrestore your soul to the consciousness of its Creator, and help you to develop the angelthat you potentially are, for is it not written that the Creator made man but little lower thanthe angels and crowned him with glory and honor?



133

We who lived in past times on earth suffered from earthly limitations, as every mortalsuffers. Now that we have outgrown earth’s mental and physical limitations we cannotknow complete joy while our brothers and sisters on earth are suffering. Therefore, we arerevealing to you the wisdom we have gained through long experience in the progressivegrades of the schools of everlasting life, that we may help you to enter into your rightfulinheritance of health and happiness.

The intelligence of the Creator is organized into your soul, but His idea is hampered bymany hereditary impulses sown in your spiritual brain or subconscious mind. As thesehereditary impulses prevail in all human minds, and are perpetuated from generation togeneration, they hold the soul in subjection. Therefore, it is essential that the potential soulof man be fed and strengthened by divine impulses, imparted from angelic souls, impulseswhich will neutralize hereditary propensities and enable souls on earth to outgrow andovercome their present limitations. We are coming as close as possible to souls on earthto inspire them to express and individualize the benevolent spirit which reigns in heaven.

As spirits we sought to develop the nobility of our soul nature and we were lifted out ofthe darkness of earth’s mentality into the luminous mentality that Angels create, and in thisdivine harmony all destructive propensities were subdued, and the nobility in our soulswas strengthened. In like manner we will lift aspiring souls on earth in to the harmonious

atmosphere of heavenly thought. With our help souls will lose their destructive impulseswith greater ease and rapidity than they would without it. Cultivating I all the faculties andpowers of their angelic natures under our inspiration, they will find happiness and health.

As you seek to do the Father’s Will and radiate His merciful Spirit you will create anatmosphere into which we can come to help you with greater wisdom and power. You willbe consciously enfolded in the Glory Presence, within which we work for the purification ofhumanity. We will make you one of the foundation stones upon which we will rest thespiritual structure of our Place of Radiance.

Grow to become a co-worker with us by thinking and blessing with us from hour tohour, and you will progress in that straight and upward way in which you will realize thefulfillment of all the promises made to the doers of the Divine Will by prophets and seers of

old. Become a revealer of the principles of eternal life, that a multitude now suffering maylearn to live divinely, and experience the inspiration and protection of our lovingministrations. Dedicate your life to the prospering of our labors through which theProvidence of Divine Love now stoops from highest heaven to save to the utmost all wholive in man’s sorrowful state of existence.

As you retire from the disturbing and depressing atmosphere of mortals, in order tocommune with the Creator and His angels, your soul will be renewed, strengthened, andempowered to minister with them to the famished souls of mortals.

As the waves of electrical energy vibrate through space and can be intercepted by anyradio receiver attuned to their wave-length, so the healing currents of spiritual powerradiating from our souls can be intercepted and intensified in your nature by your daily

service with us. By thinking, blessing and acting with the motive that inspires us, you willattract and build into your spiritual nature the merciful healing potencies of the InfiniteMind which we bring down to your comprehension.

Your ability to feel and express our blessings of love will grow by practice. Spiritualrealities may seem unreal when you begin to study these messages because yourspiritual imagination has not been fed with thoughts above the material range ofexperience, but study will spiritualize your imagination, and exalt your faith and hope tothe understanding of the things of life eternal. You will begin to experience the rare joyswhich an all-wise and all-loving Creator has provided for all His sons and daughters.



134

Attune your mind with us the first thing in the morning by reading or thinking of somethought of truth we have expressed, and your entire day will be brighter by your morningattunement. Develop the habit of recalling a truth or affirmation representing our thoughtas the clock strikes each hour during the day, and you will soon feel that you are blendingin spirit with our tangible power. By thus linking your mind with a host of souls who arepositive in the expression of a Divine Purpose, you will be able to meet your dailyproblems with a light heart and a soul strong and courageous.

Attune your mind with us the first thing in the morning by reading or thinking of somethought of truth we have expressed, and your entire day will be brighter by your morningattunement. Develop the habit of recalling a truth or affirmation representing our thoughtas the clock strikes each hour during the day, and you will soon feel that you are blendingin spirit with our tangible power. By thus linking your mind with a host of souls who arepositive in the expression of a Divine Purpose, you will be able to meet your dailyproblems with a light heart and a soul strong and courageous The daily exaltation of yourmind by the study of our words will help to cleanse your mind of the subconsciouscontacts which have kept you thinking and feeling on the level of the weak and discordantminds of earth. Your mind will become attuned to soul-consciousness, and be so liftedabove mental inharmonies that it will reflect our soul light and power. Your effort to

personify and express the benevolence of the Creator toward your fellow men will makeyou increasingly proficient in the expression of your soul’s real power all the days of yourlife. Each day’s experience will become a means of noble self-expression. Your soul willtake its place in the army of the Almighty and march with the angels to victory over all thenegative conditions of earth, and you will develop the victorious attitude of one who knowsthat he is living the eternal life now as an associate and co-worker with the VictoriousImmortals.



137

awakened, and have learned how to strengthen others by the power of their thought, areradiantly happy, getting the most out of life because they are putting the most into it. Allthings work together for the good of people who have attuned their lives through unselfishblessing to the infinite Soul of Love.

Insidious dangers, however, lurk in the path of those who walk alone, even though theybless. Due to the physical manifestation in the world of chaotic, selfish spirits preying onthe minds of others the world over, people who try to bless alone may be swamped, takingon the conditions of those they are trying to help. Spiritual blessing, just like spiritualhealing, when conducted by individuals acting in isolation must fully with self-imposedlimitations are standing of the risks of carelessness.

Because we see this, and know its reality, we urge you to unite in your efforts tobless others, with those who have gained angelic protection. Through the dark chaos ofthe realms close to earth, picture a wedge of brilliant light penetrating: a phalanx of angel,whose flaming presence lifts the earthbound spirits. This power from the spheres of SoulSplendor cleanses strengthens all those who contact through the Concord of Creators andconcerted action.

This protection, this purification, this increase of power, can be realized when peopleunite to help others.

The third step, then, is co-operation.

Co-operation

We must secure free co-operation among all. We must create a vision of a newrelationship goodwill and angels of goodwill. This alliance. To this co-operation we haveourselves, as a Concord of Creators. To this Glorious Togetherness, we invite you toparticipate by forming alliances for such a purpose.

Make unseen friends of us. Link up with us in thought. We can promise you no magicword: no “Open Sesame” to health, prosperity, and peace. through unity of thought, helpyou healing, healing from within, that does new form of dependence, but shows you only

with effects, but with causes of that Power within yourselves.Then what do we offer you as a cure for that soul-condition that is responsible

ultimately for your physical condition? Something definite to do in co-operation with divineforces, that the Creator’s will may “be done on earth as it is in Heaven.”

Do you feel the dead weight of inertia, so that you crave a stimulant? Try tuning in withJehovih and the Angelic Hosts, if you would be thrilled and stirred as never before in yourexistence.

Have you a phobia, a fear of illness, of loneliness, of death? Co-operate with others inthought each day, and before you know it, those fears will melt like ice in sunshine.

For there in your Place of Radiance is Power

As the warmth of the sun is focalized through a lens until it sets on fire the objectbefore it, so the purifying power of love of the Angelic Hosts brings a focus to the Place ofRadiance and, as it radiates through your soul, and bum away those clouds that hide fromyou the Creator within, and will further empower you to help heal the hurts of those youbless.

No salvation exists for anyone except in co-operative effort. If you wanted light, heatand power in your house, you would not dream of trying to get in touch with electricity bymeans of kite and key; rather you would connect up with a power-house: get the co-operation of a Great Plant.



138

No person alone can bring about his or her own salvation. An individualistic philosophywill not save the world; and until the world is saved, we are all more or less boundbecause of the organized selfishness in the world. The power must come from deeperthan the mental planes. Soul fire must be developed to consume the debris of the ages.

Here we have built up a Place of Radiance, a temple of angelic presence to guard usagainst intrusion by spirits of darkness. Here we contact that infinite Love. The Creatordoes not hide anything from us. Jehovih gives us the supreme gift of Love; the question is,how to bring that Love into manifestation.

If people give out Love for an hour a day, they can work miracles. The best way toeliminate negative conditions is to work together and be a blessing. Get out of the wave-length of your own needs, and tune in with others on universal concerns. Get into the habitof radiating. But this habit does not come quickly. You have to school yourself to do itmost effectively, like children trained to sing together.

The words spoken, the will set in motion, are being carried out as a positive force.Every word voiced in this Place of Radiance is heard in many places. We are establishinga step-down transformer through which the Angelic Hosts can work. Each hour that we sodevote is a divine hour. So we say to you: co-operate with from hour to hour.

Contribute by helping us make love real in human affairs. As you give of your love,your soul will expand. Your soul cannot be freed of all its veils in a few months. Health andperfection of mind and body call for a development that goes on for years, a lifetime in theworld; and it continues on in realms immortal. Soul expression, like musical expression,requires daily practice under inspiration for a long period of time.

We cannot give you in a few months the results of years of self-effort and inspiringblessings. Join with us to inspire and bless others; and consecrate a part of your time tohelp us do the will of the Creator every day. Then your growth will be continuous, and lifewill be an endless joy of self-expression. You will become the miracle.

BLESS, SERVE AND CREATE COLLECTIVELY

Good, to overcome Evil, must present a united front.

From every plane of being, highest to lowest, from realms supernal, celestial,heavenly, magnetic, now are gathering all positive forces for the transformation of therealms of darkness. But as electricity, though free flowing in air, sky and running water, isavailable for humanity’s use only as it has a power house and conductors, even so thoseGlorious Immortals who long to give this planet the help of their power and love, need ourcooperation to put that power and love into expression.

The divine manifestation of love must come through human beings. Tens of thousandsof mediators are needed to become radiators of Love powerful enough to melt down thewalls of Greed. The Angelic Hosts are becoming stronger every day in their effort to joinwith people of goodwill in bringing peace and love to humanity; but it is definitely to beaccomplished by human beings, by Divine Love pouring through them. The Creator’s“Kingdom ” will come to earth when the Creator’s Will is done by human beings on earth asit is done by Angels in Heaven. Here’s the whole secret: togetherness. As more andmore Victorious Immortals band together to exalt the strata below them, so must humanbeings band together. It is what you do for the fellow below you that puts you in tune withthose above you. When you meet to broadcast Love to the stratum below you, you in turnare put in touch with the angels above you. By collective effort, by collective blessing, wechange the whole atmosphere.

Think of a million angels singing together the affirmation that we often use here:



140

THE GREAT PURPOSE


OUR PURPOSE IS TO ORGANIZE THE KINGDOM OF THE CREATOR.

In preparation for this mission it has been necessary to become as active in the

psychical and spiritual realms as we are in this material world; to become conscious of ourindividuality exalted above time and space; to be able to function consciously in the hellsand the heavens of the planet; and able to know and deal with the spirit inhabitants of bothstates of mortal life. In order to lay a foundation for the Kingdom of the Creator on earth, itis essential first to establish a connection with the Kingdom of the Creator in heaven;second, to act as mediator for a host of heavenly Beings great and wise enough toovercome the resistance of the mass of mortal or astral spirits, and contact consecratedsouls on earth; and third, to sustain the line of communication between heaven and earthagainst the opposition of all the principalities and powers of darkness that have ruledhumanity through their selfishness.

According to the laws and conditions of spiritual life, it was absolutely necessary that asoul in a physical body should gain mastery over the selfish forces of the astral realms, in

order to vibrate with the Cosmic Will and become a mediator for the Immortals whoadminister the Will of the All One.

Now that the Angel Hosts have mediators on earth, through whose souls and mindsthey can contact mortals. They have come to inspire humanity to organize Benevolenceinto all human affairs. With all these conditions fulfilled, the work of building the Kingdomof the Creator can go forward.

To develop many mediators between the Ever-Present and humanity is the purpose ofthe Angel Hosts because as the number of mediators increases, the Creator’s Kingdomwill increase. As they devote their lives to making Benevolence the organic social reality,the Creator within will become as objectified as the Creator without. The Kingdom of theAll One is within people, and expresses to the degree that they individualize and expressBenevolence in all their ways.

Majestic Beings, who have been doing the Will of the Creator for hundreds ofthousands of years, stand in the Places of Radiance in transcendent glory, revealing theWill and Wisdom of the Ever-Present.

Golden Glory is shining forth from the Places of Radiance to all souls. Students whohave been fulfilling the conditions for the awakening of their souls and the purification oftheir minds form groups for the exercise of the Divine Will. They are spiritually uplifted bythe Golden Glory, and feel its Power thrilling through every nerve of their nature as theybless. Here in the Places of Radiance is a daily demonstration of the power ofBenevolence. the larger development of which will bring the Kingdom of the Creator tohumanity.

People who will come here with an open mind and practice the principles which willattune their nature with the Will of the Almighty, will develop the capacity to learn aboutspiritual life, and have daily proof that these principles are practical and yield results whenthey are fulfilled. They will begin immediately to realize and use the Power of theImmortals. As mastery of electricity is gained by going to school and following theinstructions of the teacher, so soul mastery can be gained by coming to this school andapplying the knowledge imparted by using the power manifested here.

The reason for the dissimilarity of the power and method of this Ministry to others lies



141

in the difference of Purpose. Because our Purpose has been to discover the method ofbringing about the healing of the nations and of organizing the Creator’s Kingdom onearth, we have become attuned with the Glorious Immortals. Those Beings do notrespond to the small purposes of mortals. The selfish desires and prayers of mortals arefulfilled to some degree by the spirits in the same plane of consciousness. All invocationsand prayers to the Creator that seek to gratify personal desires draw undeveloped spiritsto do what they can to satisfy mortals. The Glorious Immortals respond only to those

working on behalf of the welfare of all.Because there are few organizations on earth that strive to develop every member into

a strong angelic character, and then to unite these positive characters to form a Body onearth through which the Victorious Immortals can express their wisdom and power in thegreatest degree, there are consequently few organizations which represent the collectivepower of the Angelic Administration.

All we ask is that seekers keep an open mind. be willing to lay aside all theirpreconceived notions as to how power should act. and do the things necessary to enablepower to flow through their own organism.

The power of the Almighty Will is as practical and as operative as electricity. Learn thescience of soul-culture in the Place of Radiance with the same mental attitude that youwould learn in a school how to build dynamos for the generation of electricity. Use yoursoul power to develop your potential image of the All One into an actual personality ofPower.

We have helped people in all parts of the world to realize health by ministering to themthrough correspondence. We are performing daily the miracle of keeping our souls opento transmit the visible Light of the Creator to humanity on earth, and we are teachingstudents how they can use this power to perform their own miracles. We are showingthem why they are sick, mentally and physically, and how their souls have been bound byall the limiting beliefs of the past, and how they can create a new mind, a new character, anew body, and a new destiny by doing the Will of the Ever-Present.

A SIMPLE FORM OF MEDITATIONThere is no exercise of the mind that provides so much pleasure and spiritual profit as

that of meditation. With a little practice anyone can learn to meditate and begin to enjoythe creative activity of his own thought in a way that gradually gives him mastery over hisown mind.

There are many kinds of meditation, inspired by many desires and purposes. One ofthe simplest forms is that of the prayerful meditation which leads to deep thought andprofound feeling.

The prayerful attitude of mind in meditation can provide convincing evidence of thereality of states of consciousness deeper and more delightful than one ordinarilyexperiences through the senses or by reading or study.

To begin this simple form of meditation it is only necessary to desire to commune withthat Source of all intelligence which we call the Creator or God.

Taking a restful position, you close your eyes and begin to think of the Creator, formingthoughts about Him which direct your attention to His Being. Then by carrying on athought-conversation with Him, you sustain your interest and even arouse feelings whichfurther deepen your concentration.

To illustrate: Begin with thoughts like these:

Father! Almighty Creator. Infinite Intelligence. All-Enfolding Love.



142

By forming these thoughts you have brought your mind to a focus upon that Beingwhich is the source of all. You have begun your meditation by trying to find words todescribe the Eternal Being.

This effort has an immediate practical value. It withdraws your thought from the outerworld with all its distractions and disturbances, and centers it within your mind.

If you can conceive that there is a Being whose great Mind is sensitive to your every

last thought, then it will seem possible for you to commune with that Being. You may haveenough faith in the truth that your mind is in and of that Mind, and is using Its intelligence,and this amount of faith will enable you to feel that if you talk in thought-language to thatMind, there will be some kind of an intelligent reaction in your own mind as a result.

There will be an intelligent response to your every communion with Divine Intelligence,but it may be some little time before you are able to recognize that reaction because ofyour thoughts as to the way it should respond. The reaction may come in a change in yourown mind, or it may come in an answering thought, word or deed through some othermind. It is better at first not to expect any intelligent response to your prayerful meditation,but to find satisfaction in the quiet pleasure of mental communion. You may proceed withyour meditation, something like this:

Living Creator! Thou hast formed me from Thy Mind and nature, and in me are imagedthe forces of Thy feeling, Thy thought and Thy will.

I desire to commune with Thy intelligence. I desire to direct my thoughts from the caresand worries of the outer world to Thy peace in my inner world.

With Thy intelligence as my inner light and intuition, I will form thoughts and feelingswhich will refresh my mind and make the inner world of spirit more potent and influential.

As you cultivate your thought in this way you will discover that there is a genuinepleasure in this quiet form of communion. You will find a source of peace and comfort thathas saved millions of minds from being overwhelmed and made insane by the trials andtroubles of earthly existence.

By turning to the Creator in prayer, countless multitudes have found an inner fountainof serenity and strength which has proved to them that human minds may have instantrecourse to the Divine Mind, and draw there from a very real and vital consolation which isrenewing to both mind and body.

Those who have failed to find in this prayerful attitude an ever-present source ofrefreshment have usually approached Divine Intelligence in the attitude of a beggar.Appealing for the fulfillment of desires or the attainment of personal ends, they havelimited their minds to mundane things.

When you approach the Divine Being without thought of personal desires and benefitsyour mind will be lifted above mortal limitations and become exalted into a state of purecreative communion which is the highest form of feeling and knowing that mortals can

experience.Reading prayers and meditations is helpful in that it teaches you how to apply a

method of prayerful meditation, but after you learn the method, then you should form yourown prayers and meditations.

Let your meditations be your sincere thought or feeling formed into words. The mentalact of forming your thought is the effort that keeps your attention concentrated. Those whopray sincerely and fervently do not complain of not being able to concentrate.



143

A PROSPERING PRAYER

Living Creator, I live from Thy life. I am sustained and provided for by Thy almightypresence.

I can depend upon Thy intelligence to express through me during these moments ofcommunion so that I shall know what to do to provide for myself and those I love.

I love to give myself, my thoughts, my experiences and my time and talents in service

to Thy children, and from my willingness to serve I shall realize Thy prosperity.

Thou art the intelligence of all Thy children, and as I lovingly express Thy intelligencein service to them, Thou will be my remuneration. From them as from Thee will I receivethe compensation to provide for myself and those whom Thou hast placed in my care.

I let Thy love radiate through me and express in thoughts, deeds, and acts of kindness.I am sowing myself into as many lives as possible, and as generously as my talents willpermit, that I may reap a large fruitage for Thy glory and for the good of those I can serve.

A DEVOTIONAL MEDITATION

Almighty Creator. Infinite Intelligence. All-enfolding Love. Thou hast formed me fromThy Mind and nature, and in me are imaged the forces of Thy feeling, Thy thought and

Thy will.I desire to commune with Thy Intelligence. I desire to direct my thoughts from the cares

and worries of the outer world to Thy peace in my inner world.

With Thy Intelligence as my inner light and intuition, I will form thoughts and feelingswhich will refresh my mind and make the inner world of spirit more potent and influential.

As I think of Thee, my Creator, my mind is exalted by the greatness of Thy Intelligenceand power. As I dwell in thought upon the powers contained in Thy infinite Mind the imageof these powers in me is stirred into life and activity.

As I am Thy child I have the seeds of Thy powers within my nature. These seeds arepossibilities which time and experience will bring to life and grow to fruitfulness.

My Creator, as I think of Thy wisdom and try to conceive of the greatness of Thy mightI am opening my mind to Thy vitalizing, fructifying love.

Trying to imagine the glorious possibilities of my endless life as an immortal being? Igain faith in Thy image in me, and become confident that Thou wilt succeed in carrying outThy purpose through me.

My latent possibilities will become probabilities, and come into actual expression. Theseeds of Thy thought and purpose sown in my spiritual nature will develop into actualcreative forces which will make me a master of life and destiny.

I rejoice, Creator, in this experience of divine communion. I am nourished andsustained in body, mind and soul.

I shall look forward to these moments of communion with Thee, and set apart times forcommunion during which my spirit will blend with Thy Spirit and Thy will shall beexpressed through all my nature.

AN EXALTING MEDITATION

Read this meditation in a devotional spirit, then ponder upon each separate sentence.The hundredth reading will convince you that you have grown in spiritual understanding.

Infinite Spirit! Thou living light! Thou divine and perfect love!



144

Thou who hast known the most ancient of ages!

Thou who hast manifested Thy power in all time and to all people!

Thou who hast seen the stars flash forth in response to Thy will, and hast counted asbeads upon the brow of heaven the myriads of worlds that shine in space!

Thou who hast filled that which seemed to be chaos and void with the breath of Thyinfinite intelligence, until every atom has responded and every world vibrated to the power

of Thy intelligent life!

Thou who hast set in their places the suns in all their splendor!

Thou who hast made the planets with wonderful light shine out in space!

Thou who hast made all forms of being fraught with intelligence, and hast with thineown power of mind seen the whole, and encompassed it with Thy Being!

Spirit of Life, Thou that dost abide in the human soul!

Thou that hast given forth intelligence wherewith the mind of man may strive to knowThee, that winged steed of fire that strives to mount upward and outward to Thee!

O divine Source of Being, with what wondrous power hast Thou endowed the human

spirit! How like unto Thee, that it feels Thy life and Thy breath, and is fraught with Thineinfinite Mind!

Spirit, Creator, Deity, Life! We know that Thou art with us; we know that Thy presencedoth abide here; that it even fills each atom of this room, and far out into space Thypresence still is found.

We know that Thou art in our hearts; that every breath finds response in Thee; thatevery aspiration toward Thee has found an answer so distinct and palpable as to beknown to our spirits.

O, let our short struggle in darkness behold Thy light! Let the victims of human follyand hatred behold Thy truth and love; let them hear Thy voice calling them nearer and

nearer; let them know that even in adversity and sorrow Thou art with them still the same,and doth abide as a perfect and loving Spirit forever.

We would aspire to all truth; we would call for all knowledge; we would encompasstime and space, and measure the entire thread of the Spirit; we would pass beyond thegrave and behold the chains of love that bind soul with soul and thought with thought,even into the worlds immortal.

We would light Thy children who are in sorrow and despair, from whom the hand ofdeath may have snatched the dearest idol of affection. Oh, let them know that life iseternal! That death is not in Thy universe, but everywhere only life, and love, and beauty,and order, and harmony! Let them see that true affection survives the tomb.

Let them behold the myriads of angels that ascend and descend, bearing the

messages from their bright abodes, and laden with the flowers of eternal truth and love.

We shall ever aspire to know Thee: we shall ever seek Thy glory: we shall ever bask inthe sunlight of Thy wisdom: We shall ever live in Thy love.

VISION OF TRUTH

Mighty beings are through your efforts leading you into pleasant pastures, to the stillwaters of truth and wisdom for your soul’s good pleasure. It is my will even as it is yoursand the Creator’s that this be so.

Let not this message remain a message but let it become a reality on earth. This is the



145

vision of truth. Through practice it will become a living thing.

ANGELS

The true idea of what an angel is has much to do with our contacting them.

An angel is a being the same as ourselves that has developed to a super human state,a being that has outgrown all limitations and is able to express the Creator’s Will, Wisdomand Love. The angelic beings are super human and divinely human, but never inhuman as

some mortals suppose. Many intelligent spirits are cold and inhuman but are not andcannot be rightly called angels.

Angels enjoy the consciousness of the Creator and the Creator is love. If you havemuch knowledge and cannot love, it availeth nothing. Nor can you enter the kingdom ofthe Father, or know of it.

Wisdom is greater than knowledge. It is all that knowledge is and much more besides,for it is life.

Therefore, knowledge without life is a dead thing and can produce nothing. The angelshave bodies that are more solid than ours, as without a body of some sort, there could beno expression. This is true of the highest type of being. As the body is the soul’s form,

there is no such thing as the formless or the so called abstract. That which could be calledformless would be in the true sense nothingness. Life is everywhere and what we term asnothingness is a name of something which we are incapable of conceiving of. To theangels, there is no such state as nothingness. What passes beyond our comprehensionwe term as nothing because of our limited mental state.

Angels do not guide or direct us in any way. They give power to all our good intentionsbut we must make the first effort. We must have the will to do and dare before we will getany inspiration or help from the angels. They increase our will and all our faculties.

This is the direct opposite of the unwise spirits. The unwise spirits impose upon ustheir personality and habits. They subdue our will in order to impose their own and reflecttheir powers and traits of character on us whether they be good or bad. This is a most

important point to remember and for this reason the Place of Radiance is an exactopposite to the spiritualistic school and develops a power which is much greater, higherand purer in quality than any other school that teaches the things of the spirit. The angelicbeings have power to do all things, but their expression of power depends on ourdevelopment. The power of the angels is not given; it is earned and this is not easy. Thepoint to be remembered is that unlike the unwise spirits the Angels of the Almightystrengthen our bodies as well as our souls. The unwise can only weaken both soul andbody.

BLESSINGS

What is a blessing? Few are those who know what a blessing is or what it does. Yetthey may be those who bless constantly. In order to accomplish anything, it is most

necessary to know what it is and what results to expect. A blessing is very similar to anelectric current both to the sight and in its manifestation. It is a light ray of current. It is thegeneration of love from the angels. It manifests in many ways, as heat or cold, or a tinglingsensation. It may even be like a slight shock. In all cases, it is the expression of divinelove. In order to bless and receive real results, it is necessary to have undergone a certainamount of purification. This can only take place by cooperating with the angels.

Some will say to you, “I have blessed all my life without any results.” This may be verytrue. Blessings avail very little unless conditions are made and understood. If you desire togain benefit from blessings, go where the power is organized and work with the angels.



146

CONCENTRATION

Everyone knows that concentration is to keep the mind or thought on one subject. Buthow many know how to do that? Only general directions can be given here as eachperson is different. Some can concentrate objectively, others subjectively, and some by acombination of both, yet the result in all cases is the same. The law is that when one ideafills the consciousness to the exclusion of all other ideas, action then can take place. Hereis the rub.

Concentration seems so simple on first sight. The first step to take is to direct thethought by will to that which we desire to manifest. Next is to isolate that thought from allother thoughts that exist in the greater part of the mind. The ability to keep the mind on thematter at hand is accomplished by the subjective part of the will. We first affirm thethought to ourselves out loud or in silence just as we choose.

As we analyze ourselves, we find a multitude of opposite thoughts. When we noticethis we find ourselves losing our hold on the thought we desire and become influenced byopposite thoughts. We again affirm the thought we wish to control or to have control. Weagain make the affirmations of the idea we wish to express. It is not necessary to use thesame words as long as the same idea is expressed. In fact it is better to use differentwords all the time because changing the words centers the attention on what we are trying

to do and arouses joy and interest in our work.

Never try to use the objective part of the will to hold the attention on the idea. Alwaysuse the subjective side of the Will. The small field of consciousness that we have controlof is like a lever by which we can move the other ninety percent. Yet this takes effort andtime at first. After much practice the sluggish mind is more easily moved and the effortrequired to concentrate becomes in part involuntary.

Faith is most necessary in the art of concentration.

Yet a clear understanding is also necessary for success for faith and understanding gohand in hand. The clearer we know what we want, the easier it is to obtain. A clear pictureis necessary even before we begin to concentrate. If we do not give the will force definite

direction, how can we expect it to ever reach the goal we have in mind?

DECREES

Decrees or affirmations are absolutely necessary to bring about concentration. Thereason being that they stimulate the mind into activity, causing the life forces to flow, alsoto break up old limited ideas which hinder the angelic beings from expressing any greatdegree of power.

Affirmations also give one a new outlook on life itself. The Intelligent use of affirmationscan change all negative conditions of one’s life. They can change sickness into health,failure into success. In fact almost anything can be accomplished through this means withthe proper effort and the necessary time.

Let your will be as positive and as strong as the grip of a bulldog. You will surely win.Because of the great power that is with you, you can expect wonderful results from theintelligent use of affirmations. I say this to you as I realize your present stage ofdevelopment and know its outcome.

To give power to affirmations it is a very good idea to put in front of each and everyaffirmation I am or I will. This is true for the reason that it is quite impossible to use powerthat is outside of one’s self.

The use of I will or I am identifies one with the power one desires to express and in thisway enables one to express a certain degree of power that would otherwise be quite



147

impossible. To identify one’s self with the power forms a connecting link between him andthat thing or condition. The angelic connection becomes stronger as well, and the power isdrawn through the objective plane of consciousness.

Affirmations also help us to realize spiritual truths and to awaken latent power of thesoul. We can do that which we can feel and conceive of and in the degree that we feel andconceive of a certain thing, that degree and amount of power only will be the objectiveexpression of the desired thing or condition. This means much more than a wildimagination. To conceive of a thing is to feel and to know of that thing. It is touching asubjective reality. You will see by this that I refer to much more than a mental picture oridea.

When a person conceives of anything, he comes in contact with that thing. He in truthtouches the spirit of that thing or condition and almost always is unaware of the fact.

Because the Creator could conceive of all things, He through this principle wasenabled to create all things. In referring to the Creator, the ever active creative principle,“He ” is but a figure of speech for as far as we can understand the nature of the EternalBeing, He is both masculine and feminine.

INTELLIGENCE

Many people believe that the mind is powerful, if not all powerful. Yet believing so theyare unable to bring about any demonstrations, the reason being that they are unable tograsp what mind, consciousness or intelligence is. We are ever conscious of mind butwhen we examine it, it seems to have flown.

Mind is force acting in, through and on matter like the blowing of the wind, the waves ofthe ocean. All is the manifestation of mind.

People try to separate mind from matter and to know what it is. This is an impossiblething to do as it would be to study a sun ray separate from the sun. Action and matter aremind. Where we find matter we also find mind of some degree. We cannot study one sideof a thing and expect to know it. Such is not true reasoning. A satisfactory answer to whatmind is cannot be gained in this way. Thoughts seem such airy things yet they are mostsubstantial for the reason that they have both weight and power.

In reality all is mind, having two poles, negative and positive. Thought and will are thepositive poles of the mind and material is the passive pole. Energy in a low rate ofvibration is matter. Energy in a high rate of vibration is mind, or energy acting on matter.Mind is the complex organized energy and through this complex organized energy knownas mind does the spirit or soul express.

Mind and body are but instruments of the spirit and soul. They can be disorganizedand reorganized without affecting the spirit or soul. The destruction of the body does notmean the destruction of a personality nor the destruction of the mind. In order to get a trueunderstanding of yourself, isolate yourself in thought from both mind and body.

Most people believe that their true self is very different from which mind or bodyexpresses, but this is far from the truth. The mind and body reflect you in a limited degreeand the thoughts and feelings of others that you bring to yourself through the law ofattraction. Therefore, it is not a difficult task to know your true self.

JOY

Joy is a state of activity that the angels enjoy.

It is freedom from limiting thoughts, an expression of divine love which never becomesexhausted but is ever fresh.



148

Love, joy and life are one and the same thing.

We cannot have joy without love of some kind, whether it be love of work or love of aperson or love of life itself which includes all things. Life is activity therefore the love of lifewhich is all inclusive means service of some sort. In serving the Creator and the angels,we have joy to the fullest extent. The reason being that overcoming limitations ourconsciousness expands to a point where it includes all. It is a joy that is everlasting andtrue. Joy in any other way is but a fleeting condition and is soon followed by bitterness.Joy like every other blessing has to be earned, and till we earn it the joy we mayexperience is not a true joy or a soul joy, therefore it is not everlasting. If we are trulyserving the angels, we cannot be in a sad or depressed state as true joy is the blessingthat the angels give to the faithful workers of the heavenly kingdom. Sadness and worryare mortal conditions and not angelic ones. When one truly has the company of an angelhe cannot help but express and radiate joy. While the angels are protected by divinepower and they protect the one they are with, they do not interfere with any mortal nor arethey interfered with. As their purpose and joy is to serve all and make manifest theKingdom of the Creator on earth through the one they are with, joy is their harmony ofbeing and the expression of goodwill to all. The condition of joy is a strange magic thatbrings health and prosperity to one and all as it is allowed to express.

Joy opens up the channels for a larger and fuller life and increases the physical bloodcirculation of the body. This is the state of being that the angels ~eek to bring about to allmankind. Let this fact inspire and influence our ambitions to be more faithful workers.

HEAVENLY KINGDOM

Here we enter upon the great purpose of the angels which is a paradise on earth.Since the beginning of man’s creation, this was the purpose of the angelic beings. Butman had to pass through various stages of consciousness before the angels were ableand ready to bring the great work to pass. These stages were: first the instinct, second theintellectual, and third the intuitive which is the highest development of mind as intelligenceand super reasoning faculties. The angels through this faculty express the greatest degreeof wisdom, will and love. Because this time is at hand, all old things shall pass away for

out of the imperfect will be born the perfect. A great pull of angelic power is now exercisedon all mankind. Unknowingly they work against the current of divine love which is drawingthem upward.

On every hand we see the mighty manifestation of the divine will and the time is nearwhen great multitudes shall behold the glory of the Creator. Mortals, because of theirminds limited by their small desires, cannot see the reason for the great work to begin.The reason being that people think in terms of the past and not in the eternal now.

Like the unwise spirits, they say one to another that there have always been wars andthere will continue to be, we have always been waiting for the kingdom of the Creator andhis angels and have not seen it. They do not realize that all things in nature progress. Theworld is undergoing a great change. It is they who are standing still. They foolishly judge

all things with their limited mind. Our message to the world is,

“Awake thou that sleepest and make way for the coming of the Creator’s Kingdom on earth.”

Mortals hesitate to join the ranks of the angelic beings for that would be to lose all.They are unable to see that all must be lost for a time, but for a time only. When through amighty purpose they can contact the Source of all things, they will gain back what theyhave lost with increase. Seek ye first the kingdom of the Creator, and all things will beadded unto you.



150

NEGATIVE

Negative and positive, passive and active, are terms for the two forces that control theuniverse.

These two forces are always found together for they are parts of one and while theymay be apart in space, they are found together in action, for no action or manifestationcan take place with the positive or the negative alone. This is a great principle that should

always be kept in mind, for it is found throughout all creation. The proper understanding ofthis principle would enable one to control all things. Material substance is the only purenegative state. Matter is the clay on which mind or spirit stamps its impression or quality.Without matter there could be no manifestation of force. For while matter is purelynegative it has a small degree of resistance. Without this small degree of resistance therecould be no form in the universe. The force would be diffused and make no impression onmatter. The negative quality of matter gives force or energy a place in creation byproviding a means through which it can express. We mean all grades of matter from thehighest to the lowest.

It is quite impossible to separate matter from energy completely or to understand bothmatter and energy in their pure forms. It is most easily done with mortals for a human spiritis intelligence and intelligence recognizes itself apart from matter completely, so at timesmind and spirit also are organisms through which intelligence works. The action of thebody is wholly mind acting on matter. Mind can change or recreate matter. While there is acertain degree of energy in matter (otherwise it could not decay) yet we cannot rightly callthis energy mind or intelligence. Yet it is a fact to be remembered that the slow vibratingenergy in matter can be completely controlled by mind.

Speaking of negative personalities is a very different thing. The person outwardlynegative is inwardly positive while the person outwardly positive is inwardly negative. Asfar as power is concerned both can be equal. Also one who is outwardly negative canbecome the reverse. This is true of each. A truly negative person is one who is obsessed,the mind being suppressed by unwise spirits.

OBJECTIVE CONSCIOUSNESSWhat we mean by the objective consciousness is the expression of consciousness

through the five senses and the objective part of the will. The objective consciousness isthe controlling consciousness.

When one realizes that all the power is in the subjective part of the mind, they becomeconfused as to how the subjective mind can be reached when the objectiveconsciousness is operating. In hypnotism the objective consciousness is made a completeblank and the subjective is open to influence. While great results come through thismethod, it is by no means advisable for the reason that there exists no self control. Also,the results, even though they be sensational, cannot be relied upon. Any power that existswithout self control is worthless and is a thing to be avoided. The objective consciousness

can gain control of the inner powers of the mind and produce great results. What we arenow revealing to you is the fact that through the intelligent direction of the outerconsciousness one can gain control of the subjective mind and super consciousnesswithout falling into the snare of hypnosis, self induced or otherwise. The will is the mostimportant faculty of the mind, and it can be aroused by the indirect method by the powersof faith, desire and realization through meditation.

When we arouse the will by the method spoken we can then objectively gain controlover the inner powers of the mind. The objective will is used in this method not to force theactivity of the inner consciousness but to direct it in the desired channels. We cannot get



151

results by offering resistance to the inner powers but only by directing them to that whichwe wish to accomplish. We can in this way bring about any mental or physical conditionthat we desire. Knowing this, we do not have to wonder how we will reach the depths ofconsciousness to bring about hidden powers. We can through the direction of the will andsuitable forms of suggestion cause the nervous energy to flow to any part of the body, inourselves or another, even though that person be at a distance.

PLANS

Wither are you going in this journey of life? Have you any aim in life or reason forliving? Are you controlled or do you wish to control? Do you master conditions or doconditions master you?

Do you wish to change things and become successful or will you be satisfied with whatcomes to you without knowing how or why they came about? All this and more could besaid about a neat plan or purpose.

People have often said that it is useless to make plans as they could never bedepended upon. That is true but they have never considered the reason why. I say untoyou if you have a great plan, if it is the Creator’s plan, then all other smaller plans will fitinto this divine purpose and make a perfect whole, and your small plans in daily life will

take place for the fact that the smaller plans are held together at the center by the largeplan which is a mighty purpose. If we have little plans only, they become scattered andcannot express, for there is nothing strong enough to hold them. They are too small toproduce anything; they have no weight. If we have the greater, we will also have thelesser. But if we make only small plans, we can get nowhere, and the small plans that wehave thought could take place easily do not manifest. Again we are reminded of the truth.Seek ye first the kingdom of God and all things will be added unto you. Make big plansand you will have success with the smaller ones. The first condition for success inanyone’s life is to realize in what direction you are going and what you wish to attain. Ifyour purpose is the same as the angels, then you will have the hosts of heaven workingwith you. For this reason let your plan or purpose be one that includes the Creator and hisangels. What then is this mighty purpose? What is the will of the angelic hosts? The great

purpose, the divine plan is the freedom of all souls in all planes and the kingdom of theCreator on earth. This is the great work.

HEALING LESSONS FROM THE SANCTUARY

This group is a class in which we practice the Will of the Creator in the simplest waypossible. The world has been sermonized until sermons mean nothing. If inventors hadgiven us sermons about electricity instead of machines for the use of it, we should nothave been able to harness and control it as we are doing today. If our religious teachershad practiced and used the Will of the Creator; instead of merely talking about it, weshould not now be in mental darkness. Spiritually, the world would be illuminated withdivine light; and there would be power enough to heal all the diseases of humanity. Ifpeople had expressed their divinity, this world would be filled with angelic human beings.

The kingdom of heaven would have come out of the heart of humanity, as it is destined tocome.

I am trying to show you how you can bless and heal from the power hidden in you,from the strength in the depths of your own being; and, with this inner potency, have asgreat a demonstration in your lives as I have had in mine.

No one man is going to save the world. The world will not be saved until everyone letsthe potential divinity in his soul come into expression. All that the great Teachers of thepast did was to reveal the Presence of the Almighty within them, bringing it from potentialinto actual expression; and they had millions of Angels to help them. People have been



152

praying to the Almighty, as a Power outside of them, to accomplish what He created themto do. They have tried to demonstrate something from the outside instead of from within.

My research has been to find out where the Power was. While sick and depressedmyself I tried to heal others, and was astonished at my success. Then I investigatedpsychic phenomena, and found that people did not die. I had a great fear of death, but Ilearned that there is no death. Every time I gained a glimpse of the kindness of theCreator and of His marvelous intelligence in all creation, I had a greater realization ofeternal life and freedom.

The truth will make us free, but not without unselfish cooperation. All the Power of theAlmighty is touching every one of us every moment, but we shall have to exert ourselvesto use it in order to increase our capacity to wield it. It is possible for me to make you feelpower today because for years I have used my mental equipment to generate it. In thedegree that I have developed my soul love and intelligence am I able to do so.

People who understand the spiritual world and its inhabitants and know how tocooperate with Angelic Intelligences can, to a certain extent, alleviate physical and mentalills. They can see that a great many mental ills are due to obsession.

The condition of the world today is the result of the way people have thought, felt, and

acted for ages. If we are to have a new, healthy, and prosperous world, we must beginwith the individual. Then, by gathering together the most benevolent individuals, we canform a battery which will create a tremendous collective force, and have but one purpose,doing the Will of the Creator. We can bring into expression a Divine Power, and do awaywith all the poverty and diseases of the world. In endeavoring to heal humanity, those whowork the hardest, those who love the most, those who do the Will of the Creator mostintensely, will experience the greatest healing and express the greatest power.

Anyone who blesses gives out some good from his soul; and, in so doing, gives outsomething of the Creator. The Creator is Love. Love is divine; and if you express it, youwill impart it to those you are blessing. You will be giving out something just as substantialand real as the light in an electric bulb. The more you practice doing the Will of theCreator, the more you will feel of the Creator.

We will now bless the person in this chair before me. In blessing him you can affirm,“The Almighty blesses you,” – or speak any affirmation which will convey to him the love ofthe Creator. Something will pass from your soul to his as a feeling of goodwill; and thatfeeling has more power to heal and strengthen than all the medicines in the world. I wantyou to open your nature and feel goodwill toward this person. Say to yourself, “I am a Blessing: Love is my power,” or, “I bless you with love.” When I make statements likethese I feel them thrill through me; I feel something tremendous go out from me. I havehealed people in all parts of the world with similar blessings, proving that the Creator is thesame in all places. Follow my thought now as I bless this friend.

I clothe myself in the vitality of the universe, in the vital forces of this great Mothering

Principle which is all about us. I am pouring this power into your nature to vitalize andstrengthen you. I am a living soul, pulsating with the very life essences of the Almighty.Because I feel this life thrilling through me, your soul, mind, and body respond to thesepositive, healing words.

I am generating a soul power, a living energy, and weaving it into your aura. I amcalling it forth from the depths of your being; and as I bless you, everyone here begins tofeel the potency of my words, the force of my faith, the intensity of my good feeling. Everysoul must vibrate with this positive power I feel. The Power of the Almighty is alwayspresent, and always operates through His children as they strive to use it. Something inyour nature responds and vibrates now to the potency I feel thrilling through my being. Life



153

flows up through your feet, all through your body; it flows through your sympatheticnervous system and up into your brain. All depressing thoughts are being dissolved. I ama generator of Life, the Life of the Creator; and as It vibrates through me, every soul herevibrates to this positive realization of life; thus awakening that which slumbers; arousing allthe potentialities of your beings. The words I speak are visible forms of living light. I amcreating them and sowing them into your natures; and they will abide with you andstrengthen you, and work through your beings to give you health and peace.

Bless as often as possible when you are alone. You may fumble at first, like a beginnerat the piano; but that is the way I learned to heal, by experimenting, by proving that theWill of the Creator is in every soul, and will respond as you attempt to use it. Here is theprinciple to keep in mind: If you have a positive faith in yourself as a generator of theCreator’s Love, the vibrations of that faith go to the one you are blessing. If you have loveand sympathy in your heart, and you cultivate it for weeks and months until the feelingsare deep, those feelings are a living substance to the person you bless. If you havebecome strong in doing the Will of the Creator, and you have confidence that the Will ofthe Creator works through your soul, you can speak with a certain degree of authority, andnegative conditions will respond. You can harmonize minds if you have learned tocultivate harmony. It is because of what you have cultivated that you can do these things.

I WILL that you shall feel this power which is flowing from a higher to a lower potential.You are all uniting with me now in blessing this friend. Feel that your goodwill is centeredhere as I vibrate my goodwill in a positive manner to strengthen the spirit of our friend.

When the spirit gets tired it loses its organizing power. It is more highly organizedentity than the physical body, which is only a shadow of the mental form. I have pouredthe strength of my spirit into weakened spiritual bodies, and saved them when they werealmost ready to pass on. I could not do it if I had no strength, no love, no harmony; buthaving cultivated these qualities, I am able to infuse the one I bless with all that I havedeveloped. I infuse you with tremendous spiritual strength. The Will of the Almighty is thestrength of your soul. It is the strength of your spiritual, organizing power which flowsthrough the sympathetic nervous system, and affects every cell in your body. I am

energizing your soul’s Will, which is your permanent organizing Will. I am infusing everycell in your body with positive forcefulness. Because I am positive, I arouse that positivecenter of life and vigor within you. I call upon the life of nature, of sunshine, air, water, andall elements; and arouse the life forces of your own nature, that they may build up thesubstance for a perfect, healthy, vigorous body, and restore permanent health. Thisblessing shall abide with you, and gather strength for you: it shall continue to vitalize yourspiritual body, and built it up in power.

When you are alone, imagine yourself using this power with Angelic hosts around you.Your faith will polarize you, and you will have experiences that will prove that power isflowing through you, to vitalize your spirit and body, and strengthen the person you bless.The Spirit of the Creator is flowing through you, and if you will pour it out to heal someoneelse you will have a demonstration which will bring health quicker than if you asked the

Creator to heal you. It is what you sow, or give out, that produces beneficial results, notwhat you beg for. The Creator waits for you to express His Love so that He may actthrough you to make you a more perfect expression of His Benevolence. Instead of Hisanswering your prayers, you are to answer the needs of others, using His Wisdom andLove. Most of the modern cults tell you that you can have everything you wish withoutprice; but the Ever-Present tells you that you have to work for everything you get.

Say to yourself: “I am radiant with the Creator’s blessings, I am mighty in His love.” It istrue, even though you do not yet know it. When I think of a person and make thataffirmation, I FEEL it; and no matter what part of the world he may be in, the person often



154

writes back and tells me that the blessing was felt; for all the powers of heaven and earthare waiting to flow through the channels we make. You can all be radiant with theCreator’s blessings as you pour forth your feelings of goodwill for others. I am nowarousing this latent power in your soul to heal and prosper you. You will have such aharvest of prosperity that there will not be room to store it away; and not merelyprosperous in a material way, but on all the planes of your being: a prosperity that growsin radiance, that fills your soul and every soul you contact, and makes you beautiful in the

sight of the Creator and His Angels. But this will not be brought about by praying for it: itwill come only as you sow, as you do for others.

I am talking not only to you people here, but also to a great invisible audience of spirits.My congregation extends out into the spiritual worlds where there are millions of minds tobe educated in these truths. And at the same time, I am strengthening the soul of thisfriend in the chair. This power rouses up healing forces in him and stimulates hisintelligence. The power will grow in him as he uses it. As he learns to practice theseprinciples, the power that organized his mind and body will begin to express. He will knowthe Creator, and the truth of His inspiration. He will become a radiant center of inspirationto all souls. The influence of his personality will reach out and become a blessing tothousands, and he will have the cooperation of millions of Angelic Beings to enable him to

do a greater work.I am doing all this freely, to help you know and express the Creator. I am giving you

knowledge which has taken me two thirds of a lifetime to learn. I did not have thisknowledge to being with, but I healed people because the Creator wants people to knowHim. The Creator is always working through human beings because that is the Way Hedevelops them, and makes them more masterful through the years and through the ages.



155

THE NEW EARTH (A lecture delivered by Walter DeVoe at the Eloist Ministry, Brookline, Mass. on

Sunday, February 20, 1938)

I have held your attention upon the New Heaven and the majestic Beings who are itsinhabitants. Now I will hold your attention upon the New Earth, so that in imagination youmay conceive of its reality, and become attuned to its vital energies.

In “Men Like Gods”, H. G. Wells describes a man riding along a road in England, whensuddenly he crosses a line into another dimension of peace and finds himself in anentirely different world.

Let me take you across that imaginary line between the ordinary, discordant, four-dimensional mental world in which you live and the five-dimensional spiritual world; andshow you a new land which is coming into existence below and around you, so that youmay begin to enjoy the more abundant life which it provides for all who will attune theirminds to its reality.

This New Earth exists now! It is a new creation of the Will Almighty which you canunderstand as your consciousness is lifted from the ordinary desires and purposes of

mortals to the desires and purposes of the Angel Hosts. I urge you to prepare yourself tolive in this new and splendid creation, because only by so doing can you find the health,happiness, and prosperity you have so long sought and failed to realize. I urge you tolearn how to build the new body, adapted to life on the New Earth, because we have cometo “the end of the world” as it has existed; and all who cling to its beliefs, desires, andways, of doing will fade out with its passing. But those who now give their lives and talentsto building with the Will of Benevolence, will develop the ever-youthful, ever-perfect bodiesthrough which their awakened souls shall express the Wisdom and the Will of theirCreator here on the New Earth.

As you sit here in this Sanctuary you will feel the vital elements which constitute the lifeof the New Earth. As I stand here before you I am fulfilling the conditions which makethese vital elements real to your senses. I have demonstrated over and over again that Icould surround you and fill your bodies with the vital radiance of the old earth, which youhave felt as vitality flowing up through your bodies, or seen as a rose radiance. Now I amdemonstrating a vitality of the five-dimensional world, which you may see clairvoyantly asan emanation of the color of “old-gold.” As you learn to absorb and to use this living,intelligent life of the new world you will build it into your spiritual nature, and becomeaware of the healthy sensations that all will feel as they become adapted to enjoying andexperiencing the limitless life of the Creator in the midst of Jehovih’s perfect creation.

You have read the prophecies of ancient seers who saw the time when all diseasesand evils would disappear from the earth; the time when people would live in perfect,youthful bodies as long as earth afforded them an opportunity for advancement in soul-consciousness and individual power. That time is now! Many teachers in recent years

have taught this as a possibility, but none has demonstrated the personal or collectivepower for its accomplishment, which we are now demonstrating to you. Under theinspiration of the Almighty, we are revealing the Creator’s plan and purpose for humanity,and showing how men and women must and will cooperate to make it manifest.

Since June 1936, the Radiance of the New Heaven has been pouring through oursouls, minds, and bodies, and awakening the souls of humanity. It has penetrated down tothe very core of the old earth. As a result, the New Earth is being developed in the midstof the old by the power of the collective wills of mighty Immortals, which are the Will of theAlmighty.



156

Now, as you sit here in this Golden Glory, some of you are aware that below andaround you are the substance and the scenery of the New Earth. If you do not yet seethem, it is because your mind and eyes are attuned to the wavelength of the mind andnature of the old earth. But you can tune in with the wavelength of this new world aroundus, and begin to partake of its vitality and health.

Some of you feel the radiance of this living sphere of vitalized substance. Youinbreathe the pure atmosphere, which gives a sense of exhilarating life to your spirit. Asyou fulfill the conditions that we are revealing to all who will help us in service to theCreator, you will no longer feel that your spirit is mortal and subject to disease and death.You will feel, as we feel, that your spirit is a living immortal; and you will begin to exerciseyour immortal faculties and powers as a doer of the Will of the Creator.

Our realization expressed to you is gradually attuning your imagination and will to thewavelength of this verdant earth where the trees, flowers, and humanity express in formsof beauty and health. This land is as luxuriant as a tropical forest. The trees and animalscannot suffer from disease or imperfection. Every form is as transcendently beautiful ascan be when they express the wisdom and beauty of immortal souls. The beautiful beingsin this land are substantial, as substantial as you are, even though they may not be visibleto you. As you and I work together to reveal to the world of suffering humanity the wisdom

and power that the Creator is here revealing to us, we shall be able to touch thetremendous energy of this new earth, transmit it to every awakened soul who chooses todo the Will of Benevolence, and perform miracles of spiritual and physical healing, whichwill prove even to the most obtuse that the miracle working Presence of Divine Love isexpressing through the children of the Creator.

The planet that you know is sick. Its substance is poisoned to the very core by theselfish thoughts of mortals. Once it has served its usefulness it will gradually be displacedby the pure virgin substance of the Divine Nature which is adapted to the perfectexpression of the souls of mortals.

For ages humanity has generated a discordant, disease-breeding wavelength of fear,hatred, and all the elements of selfishness. Millions of spirits have, by the force and

momentum of their selfish desires, bound themselves in the earth’s discordantatmosphere, and have projected their thoughts and feelings into the minds of the peopleof earth. Thus both spirits and people have been kept from discovering their own divinityand from outgrowing the darkness of the past.

Now the Angels of the Almighty have come to the planet again, empowered to dissolveand burn away all the seeds of evil which are sown in the old earth. As they do this, theyliberate to a more progressive life, myriads of earth-bound spirits, and thus, at the sametime free the minds on earth from the depressing incubus of their collective influence.

The new wavelength which we are generating is called Benevolence. It is love-intelligence activated by will; or the Will, Wisdom, and Love of the Creator combined, andexpressed through humanity,

From now on, we shall see greater demonstrations of Benevolence here in this Placeof Radiance, and among our associates throughout the world, because daily practice isenabling us to become more proficient in the exercise of the Divine Will. We are perfectingits technique. After forty-three years of daily practice in doing the Will of the Creator, wehave attained to a State of Consciousness and to an expression of power which has madethe Golden Glory of the Almighty a reality to those with clairvoyant vision. But even withthis degree of attainment, we are only at the beginning of our mission, which is to trainsouls in the collective exercise of the Will of Benevolence, and to enable all to know anddo what we know and can do. Thus the sons and daughters of the Creator on earth will



157

act together in doing Jehovih’s Will, as do the Creator’s sons and daughters in heaven;and the organization of the Angel Hosts will express through all within the organization ofilluminated mortals.

As awakened souls are attracted to this Place of Radiance from far and near to learnhow to make the Creator manifest in their souls, minds, and bodies, their collective soul-power will express the power of the Golden Glory now shining in the celestial sphere.They will step it down into the mental and physical worlds to conquer all darkness anddisease, and even death. The leaders of the old order are bewildered and see no solutionfor any of the present world problems. They will see none because selfishness is self-destructive. They have sown to selfishness, and they shall reap disillusionment. Theyhave sown the wind, and they shall reap the whirlwind which shall sweep the old systemout of existence. The Golden Glory is shining in the celestial sphere to complete thedissolution of the old world, and to amplify the efforts of those who are the creators of thenew order.

What could not be done by nineteen centuries of preaching, by propaganda for peace,by a world-wide system of intellectual education or by mental or physical force shallultimately be accomplished by the awakening of the slumbering souls of humanity. Divinityshall now begin to express through all as it has expressed in the past through a very few

specially prepared mediators. What they accomplished was but a foretaste of what allshall accomplish on the New Earth. Think of a world populated by people like Buddha,Moses and others, all working in unity for universal good, with no opposition to overcome.Let your imagination expand to the most transcendent possibilities, and even then it willfall short of perceiving the glory of the divine things which humanity shall. from now on,express in more and more perfect degree.

I tell you truly that the time of preparation is short.

There is much work of personal purification and transmutation of desires and purposesto be done by everyone who would abide here and partake of the glories of the NewEarth. Those who know of these revelations and put off their cooperation with the Will ofthe Creator, will not benefit. Everyone must learn to breathe the new atmosphere and

build into their spirit the New Spirit of the New Earth. Millions shall not benefit becausethey are too conservative in their selfishness, or too slow to accept the ideas of how theCreator’s Will is to be done; their spirits shall no longer gain life from their deadpsychologies or from the quality of selfishness, for the world is being purged of these futilebeliefs and propensities. The new atmosphere of purity, love, and truth shall not feedthese old traits which their spirits harbor, and they shall be sent to other realms foreducation and rehabilitation. There is nothing in them to receive the New Spirit of Be-nevolence which is. the only life of the new world.

Those who will devote their lives to doing the Will of the Creator, as we are nowteaching it, will attune soul and spirit to Benevolence. They shall inbreathe the New Spiritand build it into exalted minds and healthy bodies.

Every time you come into the Sanctuary and unite with us to express the Creator’sGoodwill for all, your souls are made more substantial, and your spirits inbreathe and buildthis healing life into all your cells. But for rapid development, for the overcoming of chronicmortal traits and physical conditions you need to attune with us daily and work as thestudents here work to learn to overcome. It is only what you do yourself that will make youproficient in the practice and demonstration of the Will of the Creator. We open a way foryou to become an enlightened soul and provide the technical education in soul culture.

You will not find this method of Power development in any other school on earth. Allteach mental doctrines which reach no higher and no deeper than the mind. Some gather



thousands of selfish mortals together and have them affirm tremendous things, butnothing more than a psychic development is induced. As none has discovered how todevelop anything higher than mediumship, the greater the number of mediumisticallysensitive persons that gather, the greater the dominion given to the realms of earth-boundspirits. This is the reason that we hear of so much obsession resulting from suchassemblies. Not until the soul is awakened, not until it gains individuality and dominion in astate above the mentality of the individual, not until it has mastered its own psychical

realm, can it be a mediator for the Angels of the celestial sphere. One such soul cancreate protection for many seekers after the way because this soul is an open doorthrough which protective Angel Hosts can manifest and quickly prepare many other souls.

We have shown you a New Way such as you will not learn from any other system ofpsychology or metaphysics. When you see this clearly, you will throw all the energy ofyour awakening soul into doing the Will as we have revealed it to you: then you will quicklysee results on all planes, which your years of past effort have not brought you.

We will awaken your soul to the consciousness of the Eternal One and bring you intoconscious companionship with the Victorious Immortals. Then we shall have yourcooperation to help us share the same with others, and working as one, we will conquerthe mentality and materiality of the old earth. With the Angel Hosts we will create for all

humanity a New Heaven and a New Earth.

Thou Eternal One! We realize that we are in Thy Presence and we are feeling ThyPresence as never before. By exerting our wills to do Thy Will every day we arediscovering the dynamics of our souls. We are learning that we are all potential angels,and that the expression of Thy Will through our souls, minds and bodies will make usperfect as Thou art perfect.

As we work to bless Thy children we rejoice in the quickening of our souls’i I thi d t t f li i h b th t hi i A l

The Very Best Writings of Walter DeVoe

Documents

Transcript of The Very Best Writings of Walter DeVoe